VR 1.0 PT J AU Cruzan, MB Templeton, AR TI Paleoecology and coalescence: phylogeographic analysis of hypotheses from the fossil record SO TRENDS IN ECOLOGY & EVOLUTION NR 49 AB The application of principles from coalescence theory to genealogical relationships within species can provide insights into the process of diversification and the influence of biogeography on distributional patterns. There are several features that make some organisms more suitable for detailed studies of historical processes; in particular, limited dispersal, which serves to conserve the patterns of genetic variation that developed during colonization. We describe the potential benefits of studies that integrate analyses of genetic variation with information from the fossil pollen record and present recent examples of the application of quantitative methods of phylogeographic analysis. CR AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL BENNETT KD, 1986, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V314, P523 BIRKS HJB, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P503 BIRKY CW, 1976, BIOSCIENCE, V26, P26 BYUN AS, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P2013 CAIN ML, 1998, ECOL MONOGR, V68, P325 CLARK JS, 1998, BIOSCIENCE, V48, P13 COMES HP, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P355 CRANDALL KA, 1993, GENETICS, V134, P959 CRANDALL KA, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE, P81 DAVIS MB, 1983, ANN MO BOT GARD, V70, P550 DELCOURT HR, 1991, QUATERNARY ECOLOGY P DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 HARDING R, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P1 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HEWITT GM, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P140 HOLDER K, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P1936 HUDSON RR, 1990, OXF SURV EVOL BIOL, V7, P1 HUNTLEY B, 1988, VEGETATION HIST LENK P, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1911 MASKAS SD, 2000, EVOLUTION, V54, P815 MORITZ C, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P419 NEIGEL JE, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P105 PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630 PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996 PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE POSADA D, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P487 SCHAAL BA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P465 SCHNEIDER C, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P191 SINCLAIR WT, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P83 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 STAUFFER C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P763 SWINGLAND IR, 1987, ECOLOGY ANIMAL MOVEM TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TEMPLETON AR, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P398 TEMPLETON AR, 1992, GENETICS, V132, P619 TEMPLETON AR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P381 TREMBLAY NO, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1187 TURNER TF, 2000, GENETICS, V154, P777 WEBB SL, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P1993 WEBB T, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P141 WESTOBY M, 1997, PLANT LIFE HIST ECOL, P143 WHITLOCK C, 1997, NATURE, V388, P57 WHITLOCK MC, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P117 WILLIS KJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1406 WOOD N, 1996, ELECTROPHORESIS, V17, P247 TC 0 BP 491 EP 496 PG 6 JI Trends Ecol. Evol. PY 2000 PD DEC VL 15 IS 12 GA 383AV J9 TREND ECOL EVOLUT UT ISI:000165860300012 ER PT J AU Box, EO Choi, JN TI Estimating species-based community integrity under global warming, with special reference to the western Mediterranean region SO PHYTOCOENOLOGIA NR 44 AB Climate-based estimates of the fitness of the main structural elements of several western Mediterranean plant communities were used to estimate potential community integrity and its consequent vulnerability under a global-change scenario involving warming but no net drying. Results for a simple Quercus ilex community suggest expansion northward and inland under warming but with significant loss of area currently covered by the community. The data for estimating such changes in potential community integrity and areal coverage can be readily obtained from climatic envelope models. Mapping can be done by interpolation or by pixel-based GIS methods. CR *ESRI, 1996, ARCV GIS ENV SYST RE *GOLD SOFTW, 1999, SURFER CONT 3D SURF *HARV U, 1968, SYMAP SYN MAPP *IPCC, 1995, CLIM CHANG 1994 RAD ANGERMEIER PL, 1994, BIOSCIENCE, V44, P690 ARRIGONI PV, 1996, PARLATOREA, V1, P47 BARBERO M, 1992, VEGETATIO, V99, P19 BOLOS O, 1998, ATLAS COROLOGIC FLOR BOX EO, 1987, ANN BOT, V45, P7 BOX EO, 1999, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V41, P213 BOX EO, 1986, CLIMATIC RELATIONS V, V91, P181 BOX EO, IN PRESS J VEG SCI BOX EO, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P629 BOX EO, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P309 BOX EO, 1981, MACROCLIMATE PLANT F BOX EO, 1995, VEGETATIO, V121, P101 CAMARDA I, 1995, WEBBIA, V49, P141 COSTA M, 1986, VEGETACIO PAIS VALEN COSTA M, 1999, VEGETACION PAISAJE T CRAMER W, 1993, VEGETATION DYNAMICS, P190 CRUMPACKER DW, IN PRESS PREDICTED B DELCOURT HR, 1985, POLLEN RECORDS LATE, P1 EMANUEL WR, 1985, CLIMATIC CHANGE, V7, P29 FENAROLI L, 1985, FLORA MEDITERRANEA FIFE D, 1971, ENVIRONMENT, V13, P20 FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637 GAVILAN R, 1997, J VEG SCI, V8, P377 GAVILAN RG, 1998, PLANT ECOL, V139, P1 HOLDRIDGE LR, 1959, SCIENCE, V130, P572 KLOTZLI F, 1999, C REC SHIFTS VEG BOU LASSITER RR, 2000, J ENV TOXICOL CHEM, V19, P1153 LOIDI J, 1997, ITINERA GEOBOT, V9, P161 MAESTRE MV, 1998, ITINERA GEOBOTANICA, V11, P121 MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL PIGNATTI S, 1998, BOSCHI ITALIA SINECO PIGNATTI S, 1994, ECOLOGIA PAESAGGIO POLUNIN O, 1981, GUIDA FLORA MEDITERR RIVASMARTINEZ S, 1999, 42 S SOC INT SCI VEG, V13, P5 RIVASMARTINEZ S, 1993, ITINERA GEBOTANICA, V7, P5 ROMANE F, 1992, QUERCUS ILEX ECOSYST, V99, P1 SCHLESINGER ME, 1985, POTENTIAL CLIMATIC E, P81 SOLOMON AM, 1993, VEGETATION DYNAMICS WATTS WA, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, V1, P294 ZABINSKI C, 1989, HARD TIMES AHEAD GRE, P5 TC 0 BP 335 EP 352 PG 18 JI Phytocoenologia PY 2000 PD NOV 17 VL 30 IS 3-4 GA 380NG J9 PHYTOCOENOLOGIA UT ISI:000165707500004 ER PT J AU Kraaijeveld, K Nieboer, EN TI Late Quaternary paleogeography and evolution of arctic breeding waders SO ARDEA NR 61 AB This review Links published data on mitochondrial DNA phylogeography of three wader species breeding in the Arctic to the availability of suitable breeding habitat during the past 250 000 years. We argue that the breeding ranges of arctic waders were most restricted in size during warm phases in the earth's climate (interglacials), resulting in population bottlenecks in species breeding in the high arctic zone, such as Red Knot Calidris canutus and Ruddy Turnstone Arenaria interpres, and population contraction and the initiation of genetic divergence in low arctic species, such as Dunlin Calidris alpina. When the climate cooled, all species could spread over larger areas. However, large ice-sheets fragmented tundra habitat, which resulted in more differentiation. Subspecies of Dunlin that became isolated during or before the last glacial period are genetically distinct, while those that originated after the glacial cannot be distinguished using mitochondrial DNA. The sensitivity of waders breeding in the high Arctic to increases in global temperature raises concerns over the effect of possible global warming due to anthropogenic factors on these species. CR *GRIP PROJ MEMB, 1993, NATURE, V364, P203 *LIGA MEMB, 1991, QUAT INT, V10, P9 AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457 BAKER AJ, 1994, J ORNITHOL, V135, P599 BARD E, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P191 BAUCH HA, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P194 BERTHOLD P, 1995, BIRD STUDY, V42, P89 BLOOM AL, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P215 BOHNCKE SJP, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P707 BOLSHIYANOV D, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P469 BRUBAKER LB, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P111 CHAPIN SF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV CHERNOV YI, 1985, LIVING TUNDRA CRAMP S, 1983, HDB BIRDS EUROPE MID, V3 DANSGAARD W, 1993, NATURE, V364, P218 ELIAS SA, 1996, NATURE, V382, P60 ENGELMOER M, 1998, GEOGRAPHICAL VARIATI FEDEROV VB, 1999, P R SOC LOND B, V266, P621 FRENZEL B, 1992, ATLAS PALEOCLIMATES FULTON RJ, 1989, QUATERNARY GEOLOGY C FUNDER S, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P77 GREENWOOD JG, 1986, B BRIT ORNITHOL CLUB, V106, P43 GROOTES PM, 1993, NATURE, V366, P552 HAHNE J, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P407 HALE WG, 1980, WADERS HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PAST PRESENT P HUNTLEY B, 1997, GLOBAL CHANGE ARCTIC, P290 JACOBSON GL, 1987, N AM ADJACENT OCEANS, P277 JOHNSEN SJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P117 KASSENS H, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S KLICKA J, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1666 KREMENETSKI CV, 1998, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V30, P317 LAMB HF, 1988, VEGETATION HIST, P519 LARSEN E, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P125 LOZHKIN AV, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P147 LUNDQVIST J, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P9 MORGAN AV, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P354 MORGAN AV, 1987, N AM ADJACENT OCEANS, P353 PIERSMA T, 1994, ENERGETIC BOTTLENECK PIERSMA T, 1996, HDB BIRD WORLD, V3, P444 PIERSMA T, 1997, OIKOS, V80, P623 PIERSMA T, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1377 PLOEGER PL, 1968, ARDEA, V56, P1 ROBERTS N, 1989, HOLOCENE RUDDIMAN WF, 1987, N AM ADJACENT OCEANS SEREBRYANNY L, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P59 SHER AV, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P215 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TOMKOVICH PS, 1999, ARDEA, V87, P289 TURELLI M, 1988, EVOLUTION, V42, P1085 VANWAGNER CE, 1990, J MOL EVOL, V31, P373 VELICHKO AA, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV WALKER MJC, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P63 WALKER MJC, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P659 WENINK PW, 1996, AUK, V113, P744 WENINK PW, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P318 WENINK PW, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P22 WENINK PW, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P94 WENNERBERG L, 1999, IBIS, V141, P391 ZAGWIJN WH, 1985, ATLAS NEDERLAND 20 D ZIMOV SA, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P127 TC 0 BP 193 EP 205 PG 13 JI Ardea PY 2000 VL 88 IS 2 GA 377RK J9 ARDEA UT ISI:000165527100007 ER PT J AU Golden, JL Bain, JF TI Phylogeographic patterns and high levels of chloroplast DNA diversity in four Packera (Asteraceae) species in southwestern Alberta SO EVOLUTION NR 53 AB Chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) haplotype variation is compared among alpine and prairie/montane species of Packera from a region in southwestern Alberta that straddles the boundary of Pleistocene glaciation. The phylogeny of the 15 haplotypes identified reveals the presence of two groups: one generally found in coastal and northern species and the other from species in drier habitats. The presence of both groups in all four species and most populations from southwestern Alberta is evidence of past hybridization involving species or lineages that may no longer be present in the region. With the exception of the alpine P. subnuda (Phi (ST) = 1.0), interpopulational subdivision of haplotype variation is low (Phi (ST) < 0.350), suggesting that interpopulational gene flow is high. However, based on haplotype distribution patterns, we propose that Pleistocene hybridization and incomplete lineage sorting have resulted in reduced subdivision of interpopulational variation so that gene flow may not be as high as indicated. Drift has been more important in the alpine species populations, especially P. subnuda. CR ALLEY NF, 1973, B CANADIAN PETROLEUM, V21, P153 AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL AXELROD DI, 1983, ORIGIN EVOLUTION DES, P131 BAIN JF, 1997, CAN J BOT, V75, P730 BAIN JF, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1719 BAIN JF, 1985, CAN J BOT, V63, P1685 BAIN JF, 2000, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V16, P331 BAIN JF, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V195, P209 BAIN JF, 1988, RHODORA, V90, P277 BARKLEY TM, 1988, BOT REV, V54, P82 BARKLEY TM, 1978, N AM FLORA 2, V10, P50 BARKLEY TM, 1962, T KANS ACAD SCI, V65, P318 BURNS JA, 1980, CAN J ZOOL, V58, P1507 COMES HP, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P36 COMES HP, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P355 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 CRANDALL KA, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE, P81 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 HOLSINGER KE, 1996, GENETICS, V142, P629 JACKSON LE, 1979, CURRENT RES A, P107 JANSEN RK, 1987, CURR GENET, V11, P553 KOWAL RL, 1975, MEM TORREY BOT CLUB, V23, P1 LEGENDRE P, 1991, R PACKAGE MULTIDIMEN LISTON A, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V197, P33 LOWE AJ, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P1365 MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE ANAL PHYLOG MASONGAMER RJ, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P371 MCCAULEY DE, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P8127 MILLIGAN BG, 1991, CURR GENET, V19, P411 MOSS EH, 1983, FLORA ALBERTA NEI M, 1981, GENETICS, V97, P145 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN OKADA M, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P1236 PACKER JG, 1972, CAN J BOTANY, V50, P507 PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P456 PALMER JD, 1986, METHOD ENZYMOL, V118, P167 RAYMOND M, 1995, J HERED, V86, P248 RIESEBERG LH, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P151 RUTTER NW, 1984, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA, P49 SLATKIN M, 1993, EVOLUTION, V47, P264 SLATKIN M, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P1349 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 STRAND AE, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1822 SWOFFORD DL, 1998, PAUP STAR PHYLOGENET VANRAAMSDONK LWD, 1997, BOT J LINN SOC, V123, P91 WENDEL JF, 1992, SYST BOT, V17, P115 WHITTON J, 1992, CAN J BOT, V70, P285 YATES JS, 1999, CAN J BOT, V77, P305 ZAMUDIO KR, 1997, SYST BIOL, V46, P284 TC 0 BP 1566 EP 1579 PG 14 JI Evolution PY 2000 PD OCT VL 54 IS 5 GA 376RR J9 EVOLUTION UT ISI:000165471000010 ER PT J AU Castella, V Ruedi, M Excoffier, L Ibanez, C Arlettaz, R Hausser, J TI Is the Gibraltar Strait a barrier to gene flow for the bat Myotis myotis (Chiroptera : Vespertilionidae)? SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 51 AB Because of their role in limiting gene now, geographical barriers like mountains or seas often coincide with intraspecific genetic discontinuities. Although the Strait of Gibraltar represents such a potential barrier for both plants and animals, few studies have been conducted on its impact on gene now. Here we test this effect on a bat species (Myotis myotis) which is apparently distributed on both sides of the strait. Six colonies of 20 Myotis myotis each were sampled in southern Spain and northern Morocco along a linear transect of 1350 km. Results based on six nuclear microsatellite loci reveal. no significant population structure within regions, but a complete isolation between bats sampled on each side of the strait. Variability at 600 bp of a mitochondrial gene (cytochrome b) confirms the existence of two genetically distinct and perfectly segregating clades, which diverged several million years ago. Despite the narrowness of the Gibraltar Strait (14 km), these molecular data suggest that neither males, nor females from either region have ever reproduced on the opposite side of the strait. Comparisons of molecular divergence with bats from a closely related species (M. blythii) suggest that the North African clade is possibly a distinct taxon warranting full species rank. We provisionally refer to it as Myotis cf punicus Felten 1977, but a definitive systematic understanding of the whole Mouse-eared bat species complex awaits further genetic sampling, especially in the Eastern Mediterranean areas. CR ARLETTAZ R, 1996, ANIM BEHAV, V51, P1 ARLETTAZ R, 1995, ECOLOGY SIBLING MOUS ARLETTAZ R, 1999, J ANIM ECOL, V68, P460 ARLETTAZ R, 1997, J ANIM ECOL, V66, P897 ARLETTAZ R, 1997, J ZOOL, V242, P45 AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL AVISE JC, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P992 BARRATT EM, 1997, NATURE, V387, P138 BENDA P, 1995, MYOTIS, V32, P45 BOGAN MA, 1978, P 4 INT BAT RES C NA, P217 BOURSOT P, 1985, CR ACAD SCI III-VIE, V301, P161 BURBAN C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1593 CASTELLA V, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P1000 CORBET GB, 1978, MAMMALS PALAEARCTIC DOBSON M, 1998, MAMMAL REV, V28, P77 ELLERMAN JR, 1966, CHECKLIST PALAEARCTI, P1758 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP FELTEN HF, 1977, SENCKENBERG BIOL, V58, P1 FILIPPUCCI MG, 1992, ISRAEL J ZOOL, V38, P193 GOUDET J, 1999, ISTAT 2 9 PROGRAM ES GOUDET J, 1999, PCA GEN VERSION 1 2 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HORACEK I, 1985, ACTA U CAROLINAE BIO, V8, P161 JOHNS GC, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1481 KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196 LUGONMOULIN N, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P419 MILLER SA, 1988, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V16, P215 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN OD P, 1986, B ESTACION CENTRAL E, V30, P113 PAETKAU D, 1997, GENETICS, V147, P1943 PAETKAU D, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P347 PALMERIRIM JM, 1979, ARQ MUS BOCAGE, V46, P1 PEDROLAMONFORT J, 1994, PLANT SYST EVOL, V191, P111 PETIT E, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P1717 PETRI B, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P235 RAYMOND M, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P1280 RICE WR, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P223 RUEDI M, 1990, MAMMALIA, V54, P415 SCHNEIDER S, 1996, ARLEQUIN SOFTWARE PA SEVILLA P, 1989, EUROPEAN BAT RES 198, P349 SLATKIN M, 1994, ECOLOGICAL GENETICS, P3 SMITH MF, 1993, BIOL J LINN SOC, V50, P149 STEININGER FF, 1985, GEOLOGICAL EVOLUTION, P559 SWOFFORD DL, 1996, PAUP VERSION 4 0 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TAUTZ D, 1984, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V12, P4127 VALDES B, 1991, BOT CHRON, V10, P117 WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358 WILMER JMW, 1996, BAT RES NEWS, V37, P1 WRIGHT S, 1978, VARIABILITY NATURAL TC 0 BP 1761 EP 1772 PG 12 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD NOV VL 9 IS 11 GA 375MX J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000165404800007 ER PT J AU Clausing, G Vickers, K Kadereit, JW TI Historical biogeography in a linear system: genetic variation of Sea Rocket (Cakile maritima) and Sea Holly (Eryngium maritimum) along European coasts SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 38 AB The exclusively coastal Cakile maritima and Eryngium maritimum represent a linear biogeographical system. Genetic variation among 25 individuals of C. maritima and it individuals of E. maritimum from the coasts of Europe, North Africa and the Canary Islands, was analysed using random amplified polymorphic DNAs (RAPDs) and intersimple sequence repeats (ISSRs). Genetic distances (Dice) were calculated and used to investigate the correlation between genetic and geographical distances, to construct Neighbour Joining (NJ) trees, and to compare mean genetic distances between areas within and across species. Genetic distances and geographical distances measured along the coast are well correlated in Cakile and Eryngium. This implies that dispersal in both species is largely along the coast. The NJ analyses resulted in the recognition of Atlantic and Mediterranean clusters in both Cakile and Eryngium. The genetic distance between these two clusters is much larger in Eryngium (0.285) than in Cakile (0.037). Mean genetic distances are substantially higher in the Mediterranean than in the Atlantic clusters in both species, and higher in Cakile than in Eryngium particularly in the Atlantic cluster. It is argued that all similarities and differences between the two species can be explained with the presumed distribution of the two species in the Wurm glacial as reconstructed from their extant temperature requirements, the distribution of ice cover, permafrost, and sea surface temperatures in that period, and indirect fossil evidence. CR BALL PW, 1964, FEDDES REPERT SP NOV, V69, P35 BALL PW, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P413 BARBOUR MG, 1970, B TORREY BOT CLUB, V97, P13 BARBOUR MG, 1970, RHODORA, V72, P370 BASSAM BJ, 1991, ANAL BIOCHEM, V196, P80 BELL FG, 1969, NEW PHYTOL, V68, P913 BENNETT KD, 1997, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY PA BUTZER KW, 1965, ENV ARCHEOLOGY INTRO CHARLESWORTH JK, 1957, QUATERNARY ERA SPECI CHARTERS YM, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P442 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 DAVIS MB, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, V2, P166 DAWSON AG, 1992, ICE AGE EARTH LATE Q DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11 FRENZEL B, 1968, GRUNDZUGE PLEISTOZAN GODWIN H, 1984, HIST BRIT FLORA HULTEN E, 1964, CIRCUMPOLAR PLANTS, V1 HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PAST PRESENT P JALAS J, 1996, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE, V11 JALAS J, 1980, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE, V5 JEDICKE E, 1997, ROTEN LISTEN GEFAHRD LANG G, 1994, QUARTARE VEGETATIONS MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209 MEUSEL H, 1978, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL, V2 MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL, V1 ORTIZ S, 1993, FLORA IBERICA, V4, P423 PAKEMAN RJ, 1991, J ECOL, V79, P146 PAKEMAN RJ, 1991, J ECOL, V79, P155 PAYNE AM, 1981, CAN J BOT, V59, P2592 POBEDIMOVA E, 1963, BOT ZH, V48, P1762 RIDLEY HN, 1930, DISPERSAL PLANTS WOR RODMAN JE, 1974, CONTRIB GRAY HERB HA, V205, P3 ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL I SMITH JF, 1991, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V23, P2 SWOFFORD DL, 1999, PAUP VERSION 4 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 THIEDE J, 1974, NATURE, V276, P680 TUTIN TG, 1980, UMBELLIFERS BRIT ISL TC 0 BP 1823 EP 1833 PG 11 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD NOV VL 9 IS 11 GA 375MX J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000165404800013 ER PT J AU McLenachan, PA Stockler, K Winkworth, RC McBreen, K Zauner, S Lockhart, PJ TI Markers derived from amplified fragment length polymorphism gels for plant ecology and evolution studies SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 14 AB We describe the types of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) markers that we have isolated using amplified fragment length polymorphisms (AFLP) in closely related taxa from diverse plant genera. With these markers, both inter- and intraspecific differences have been identified. The characterization of the nucleotide sequences and fragment length polymorphisms of such AFLP-derived PCR markers is promising for investigating the ecology and evolution of closely related plant taxa. CR *PROM CORP, 1998, SILV SEQ DNA SEQ SYS COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 CRAWFORD DJ, 1993, PLANT SYST EVOL, V184, P233 JONES BE, 1998, EXTREMOPHILES, V2, P191 LOCKHART PJ, 1997, FOCUS, V19, P70 LOCKHART PJ, 2000, IN PRESS ANN MISSOUR LOU H, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P876 MASONGAMER RJ, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P371 MELOTTO M, 1996, GENOME, V39, P1216 MUELLER UG, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P389 SCHUPP JM, 1999, BIOTECHNIQUES, V26, P905 SHAN X, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V98, P1072 VOS P, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4407 WINKWORTH RC, 1999, J BIOGEOGR, V26, P1323 TC 0 BP 1899 EP 1903 PG 5 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD NOV VL 9 IS 11 GA 375MX J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000165404800020 ER PT J AU Franzke, A Hurka, H TI Molecular systematics and biogeography of the Cardamine pratensis complex (Brassicaceae) SO PLANT SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION NR 77 AB Representatives of the C. pratensis complex were analysed for allozymes, ITS, non-coding cpDNA, and RAPDs to elucidate phylogenetic relationships and the historical biogeography of this species group. Our concepts differ in some important aspects from current ideas. Two diploid species from southeastern Europe form the Basal Group of the complex. A diploid from the Iberian Peninsula represents another old lineage. The phylogenetically younger Derived Group comprises diploid taxa and all known polyploid tare. The two old lineages represent pleistocene relicts which were not involved in the formation of the Derived Group. All polyploids evolved in postglacial time from diploids of the Derived Group which may have survived the glaciations in refugia centered around and within the Alps. The arctic-circumpolar C. nymanii is of young age and migrated to Scandinavia in postglacial times from south to north. CR ALLIONI C, 1789, AUGUSTOE TAURINORUM BANACH E, 1950, B ACAD POL SC LETT B, P197 BARTELHEIM S, 1995, THESIS U OSNABRUCK BERG CC, 1967, ACTA BOT NEERL, V15, P683 BERG CC, 1966, GORTERIA, V6, P77 BLEEKER W, 1997, FLOR RUNDBR, V31, P145 CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P423 DAHL E, 1987, ECOL B COPENHAGEN, V38, P77 DALE A, 1974, WATSONIA, V10, P1 DELANGHE JE, 1976, GORTERIA, V8, P47 DERSCH G, 1969, BER DEUT BOT GES, V82, P201 DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11 EHRENDORFER F, 1962, BER DEUT BOT GES, V75, P137 FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P793 FERNALD ML, 1920, RHODORA, V22, P11 FITCH WM, 1971, SYST ZOOL, V20, P406 FRANZKE A, 1998, FOLIA GEOBOT, V33, P225 FRANZKE A, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V98, P831 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GAMS H, 1936, JB VEREINS SCH ALPEN, V8, P7 GLIEMEROTH AK, 1995, PALAOOKOLOGISCHE UNT GUINOCHET M, 1946, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, V222, P1131 HUNGERER KB, 1998, PL ECOL EVOL SYST, V1, P121 HURKA H, 1989, BIOCHEM GENET, V27, P77 HURKA H, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P126 JAVURKOVA V, 1986, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V21, P430 JONES BMG, 1964, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P287 JORDAN A, 1860, ANN SOC LINN LYON N, V7, P496 KERNER A, 1883, SCHEDAE FLORAM EXSIC KHATRI KS, 1989, FEEDES REPERT, V100, P81 KLUGE AG, 1969, SYST ZOOL, V18, P1 KOCH M, 1996, NORD J BOT, V16, P585 LABBE P, 1788, HIST MEM ACAD ROY SC, V3, P310 LANDOLT E, 1971, BER DEUT BOT GES, V84, P683 LANDOLT E, 1984, FESTSCHRIFT MAX WELT, P481 LANG G, 1994, Q VEGETATIONSGESCHIC LEJEUNE ALS, 1831, COMPENDIUM FLORAE BE, V2 LEJEUNE ALS, FLORE ENV SPA, V2 LIHOVA J, 2000, IN PRESS TAXON LINDMAN CAM, 1914, BOTANISK NOTISER, P267 LOVKVIST B, 1947, HEREDITAS, V33, P421 LOVKVIST B, 1956, S BOT UPSAL, V14, P1 MARHOLD K, 1991, ACTA BOT HUNG, V35, P279 MARHOLD K, 1999, ANN BOT FENN, V36, P171 MARHOLD K, 1984, BIOLOGIA, V39, P905 MARHOLD K, 1995, CARINTHIA 2, V53, P101 MARHOLD K, 2000, FL AUSTR NOVIT, V6, P1 MARHOLD K, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P349 MARHOLD K, 1994, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V29, P335 MARHOLD K, 1994, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V34, P19 MARHOLD K, 1996, PLANT SYST EVOL, V200, P141 MARHOLD K, 1986, PRESLIA, V58, P193 MARHOLD K, 1994, TAXON, V43, P77 MERXMULLER H, 1952, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V17, P96 MERXMULLER H, 1954, JB VEREINS SCHUTZE A, V19, P97 MERXMULLER H, 1953, VEREINS SCHUTZE ALPE, V18, P133 MUMMENHOFF K, 1995, BOT ACTA, V108, P449 MUMMENHOFF K, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V183, P99 NEI M, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P5269 NEUFFER B, 1997, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V23, P57 NEUFFER B, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1667 NIKLFELD H, 1972, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V37, P42 PENZES A, 1965, ANN HIST NAT MUS HUN, V57, P169 PETERMANN WL, 1846, BOT CENTRALBL DTSCH, V1, P45 RIESEBERG LH, 1991, EVOL TREND PLANT, V5, P65 SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406 SCHULTES JA, 1809, OBSERVATIONES BOT SP SCHUR F, 1852, VEREINS NATURWISS HE, V3, P84 SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 VERSION 1 7 SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PAUP VERSION 3 1 MAC TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 URBANSKA KM, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V204, P233 URBANSKAWORYTKI K, 1974, BER GEOBOT I ETH STI, V42, P42 VANDEPEER Y, 1994, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V10, P569 VANHUSEN D, 1987, OSTALPEN EISZEITEN H TC 0 BP 213 EP 234 PG 22 JI Plant Syst. Evol. PY 2000 VL 224 IS 3-4 GA 376UT J9 PLANT SYST EVOL UT ISI:000165475700007 ER PT J AU Davison, A Griffiths, HI Brookes, RC Maran, T Macdonald, DW Sidorovich, VE Kitchener, AC Irizar, I Villate, I Gonzalez-Esteban, J Cena, JC Cena, A Moya, I Minano, SP TI Mitochondrial DNA and palaeontological evidence for the origins of endangered European mink, Mustela lutreola SO ANIMAL CONSERVATION NR 75 AB The European mink Mustela lutreola is one of Europe's most endangered carnivores, with few vulnerable populations remaining. Surprisingly, a recent phylogeny placed a single mink specimen within the polecat (M. putorius, M. eversmannii) group, suggesting a recent speciation and/or the effects of hybridization. The analysis has now been extended to a further 51 mink and polecats. As before, phylogenetic methods failed to resolve the relationships between the species. One haplotype (C11) was found in both species, and predominated in European mink from Spain and eastern Europe. The known M. lutreola fossils are of very young date, so either mink arose recently, or else the situation is confused by hybridization and a biased fossil recovery. The study highlights the dangers of using a single genetic marker in defining Evolutionarily Significant Units (ESUs). Polecats and European mink are clearly distinct in their morphology and ecology, and should still be considered as separate ESUs, but without further data it is difficult to define Management Units. Following the precautionary principle, we recommend that for the moment European mink in eastern Europe (Belarus, Estonia and Russia) and Spain should be managed separately. CR *SIN ASS, 1993, PAUP VERS 3 1 1 AVISE JC, 2000, PHYLOGEOGRAPHY BARRATT EM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, PS55 BELTRAN JF, 1996, NATURE, V379, P407 BIRKS JDS, 1999, DISTRIBUTION STATUS BROWNLOW CA, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P390 CARR SM, 1997, MARTES TAXONOMY ECOL, P15 CHANUDET F, 1981, ANN SOC SC NAT CHARE, V6, P851 CHARLES R, 2000, MUSTELIDS MODERN WOR, P127 CRANDALL KA, 2000, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V15, P290 DAVISON A, 1999, BIOL CONSERV, V87, P155 DUMITRESCU M, 1963, LUCRARILE I SPELEOLO, V1, P229 GALIK A, 1997, WISS MITT NIEDEROST, V10, P63 GAUTIER A, 1980, MEM I R SCI NAT BELG, V177, P25 GOODMAN SJ, 1999, GENETICS, V152, P355 GOTEA V, 1999, SMALL CARNIV CONSERV, V21, P23 GROMOV IM, 1963, MAMMALS FAUNA USSR, V2 GUERIN C, 1996, GRANDS MAMMIFERES PL HAHN J, 1991, ARCH INF BADEN WURTT, V17, P102 HEDRICK PW, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P313 HELLER F, 1957, AMTES DENKMALPF ST A, V2, P53 HEPTNER VG, 1967, MAMMALS USSR 2, V1 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HILLIS DM, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS HOKR Z, 1951, ANTROPOZOIKUM, V1, P1 HORACEK L, 1984, N JB GEOL PALAONT MH, P560 HUGUENEY M, 1975, NOUV ARCH MUS HIST N, V13, P29 JANOSSY D, 1986, PLEISTOCENE VERTEBRA KOBY FE, 1951, ECOL GEOL HELV, V44, P394 KOEPFLI KP, 1998, J ZOOL, V246, P401 KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR KURTEN B, 1968, PLEISTOCENE MAMMALS LYNCH M, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P622 MAIDAK BL, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P3484 MALEZ M, 1986, QUARTARPALAONTOLOGIE, V6, P101 MARAN T, 1994, 2 N EUR S EC SMALL M, P42 MARAN T, 1995, ANN ZOOL FENN, V32, P47 MARAN T, 1998, J ZOOL, V245, P218 MARAN T, 1998, S ZOOL SOC LOND, V71, P297 MASUDA R, 1994, ZOOL SCI, V11, P605 MITCHELLJONES AJ, 1999, ATLAS EUROPEAN MAMMA MORITZ C, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P373 MOTTL M, 1937, FOLDT KOZL, V67, P37 NOVIKOV GA, 1939, EUROPEAN MINK OGNEV SI, 1931, ANIMALS E EUROPE NO, V2 PALOMARES F, 1991, MUSTELID VIVERRID CO, V4, P16 PITTS M, 1996, FAIRWEATHER EDEN LIF POHAR V, 1981, GEOLOGIJA, V24, P241 REMANE A, 1970, Z WISS ZOOL, V180, P185 REQUATE H, 1956, ZOOL ANZ, V156, P65 RHYMER JM, 1996, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V27, P83 RUIZOLMO J, 1991, MUSTELID VIVERID CON, V5, P13 SANTUCCI F, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1163 SICKENBERG O, 1968, EISZEITALTER GEGENWA, V19, P147 SIDOROVICH V, 1999, J ZOOL, V248, P521 SIDOROVICH V, 2000, MUSTELIDS MODERN WOR, P295 SIDOROVICH VE, 1998, S ZOOL SOC LOND, V71, P177 SIDOROVICH VE, 1995, SMALL CARNIVORE CONS, V12, P14 STEHLIN HG, 1935, MEMOIRES SOC PALEONT, V56, P1 STUBBE M, 1993, HDB SAUGETIERE EUR 2, V5 TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195 THULIN CG, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P463 TUMANOV IL, 1999, SMALL CARNIV CONSERV, V21, P9 VERESAGIN NK, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P219 VERESHCHAGIN NK, 1984, QUARTERNARY EXTINCTI, P483 VILA C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P2089 VONKOENIGSWALD W, 1975, QUARTAR, V26, P107 VONKOENIGSWALD W, 1984, STUTT BEITR NATURK B, V110, P1 WOLSAN M, 1993, ANTHROPOLOGIE, V97, P203 WOLSAN M, 1989, FOLIA QUATERNARIA, V59, P177 WOLSAN M, 1993, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, V5, P699 WOLSAN M, 1993, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, V5, P770 YOUNGMAN PM, 1982, ACTA ZOOL FENN, V166, P1 YOUNGMAN PM, 1990, MAMMAL SPEC, V362, P1 ZAPFE H, 1966, OST AKAD WISS MN, V112, P23 TC 0 BP 345 EP 355 PG 11 JI Anim. Conserv. PY 2000 PD NOV VL 3 PN 4 GA 371YA J9 ANIM CONSERV UT ISI:000165205800007 ER PT J AU Semino, O Passarino, G Oefner, PJ Lin, AA Arbuzova, S Beckman, LE De Benedictis, G Francalacci, P Kouvatsi, A Limborska, S Marcikiae, M Mika, A Mika, B Primorac, D Santachiara-Benerecetti, AS Cavalli-Sforza, LL Underhill, PA TI The genetic legacy of paleolithic Homo sapiens sapiens in extant Europeans: A Y chromosome perspective SO SCIENCE NR 32 AB A genetic perspective of human history in Europe was derived from 22 binary markers of the nonrecombining Y chromosome (NRY). Ten lineages account for >95% of the 1007 European Y chromosomes studied. Geographic distribution and age estimates of alleles are compatible with two Paleolithic and one Neolithic migratory episode that have contributed to the modern European gene pool. A significant correlation between the NRY haplotype data and principal components based on 95 protein markers was observed, indicating the effectiveness of NRY binary polymorphisms in the characterization of human population composition and history. CR AMMERMAN AJ, 1984, NEOLITHIC TRANSITION BERGEN AW, 1999, ANN HUM GENET, V63, P63 CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1994, HIST GEOGRAPHY HUMAN CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1993, SCIENCE, V259, P639 CHAKRABORTY R, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P1041 CHIKHI L, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P9053 GIMBUTAS M, 1970, INDOEUROPEAN INDOEUR, P155 GOLDSTEIN DB, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P1213 HAMMER MF, 1997, GENETICS, V145, P787 HAMMER MF, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P749 HAMMER MF, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P6769 KLEIN RG, 1992, EVOL ANTHR, V1, P5 LAHR MM, 1998, AM J PHYS ANTHR S, V27, P137 LELL JT, 1997, HUM GENET, V100, P536 MACAULAY V, 1999, AM J HUM GENET, V64, P232 MENOZZI P, 1978, SCIENCE, V201, P786 OTTE M, 1990, WORLD 18000 BP, V1, P54 QUINTANAMURCI L, 1999, ANN HUM GENET, V63, P153 RENFREW C, 1987, ARCHAEOLOGY LANGUAGE RICHARDS MB, 1998, ANN HUM GENET, V62, P241 RUHLEN MA, 1987, GUIDE WORLD LANGUAGE SANTACHIARABENE AS, UNPUB SANTOS FR, 2000, HUM MOL GENET, V9, P421 SEIELSTAD MT, 1998, NAT GENET, V20, P278 SEMINO O, 1996, AM J HUM GENET, V59, P964 SHEN PD, 2000, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V97, P7354 TORRONI A, 1998, AM J HUM GENET, V62, P1137 UNDERHILL PA, 1997, GENOME RES, V7, P996 UNDERHILL PA, 2000, NAT GENET, V26, P358 WHITFIELD LS, 1995, NATURE, V378, P379 WILLIS KJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1406 ZERJAL T, 1997, AM J HUM GENET, V60, P1174 TC 0 BP 1155 EP 1159 PG 5 JI Science PY 2000 PD NOV 10 VL 290 IS 5494 GA 372HL J9 SCIENCE UT ISI:000165228200046 ER PT J AU Hansen, KT Elven, R Brochmann, C TI Molecules and morphology in concert: Tests of some hypotheses in Arctic Potentilla (Rosaceae) SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY NR 58 AB We developed a combined molecular and morphological approach to unravel complex variation at low taxonomic levels, exemplified by some arctic members of Potentilla. Twenty-one populations from Svalbard were analyzed for random amplified polymorphic DNAs (RAPDs) and 64 morphological characters to test the hypotheses that (1) the P. nivea complex (section Niveae) consists of three taxa (P. chamissonis. P. insularis, and P. nivea), (2) three "eco-morphetypes" in P. pulchella (section Multifidae) should be considered different taxa. and (3) P. insularis originated as an intersectional hybrid (Niveae X Multifidae). Twenty-two RAPD multilocus phenotypes were observed in the 136 plants analyzed based on 35 markers. Three fairly distinct groups of RAPD phenotypes were identified in the P. nivea complex based on multivariate analyses and an analysis of molecular variance (AMOVA; 77.6% among-group variation). The variation within the P. nivea complex was more or less continuous in multivariate analyses of the morphological data. We identified, however, several individual morphological characters that separated unambiguously among the three groups of RAPD phenotypes, revealing that these groups correspond to the previously hypothesized taxa. Many identical RAPD multilocus phenotypes were observed in the ''eco- morphotypes" of P. pulchella, suggesting that its conspicuous morphological variation is caused by plasticity or by genetic variation at a small number of loci. The hypothesis of the hybrid origin of P. insularis was not supported by the RAPD data Overall, very little RAPD variation was observed within populations of the four taxa (2.1-16.7% in AMOVA analyses: average genotypic diversity, D, was 0.10-0.30). We conclude that detailed, concerted analysis of molecules and morphology is a powerful tool in low-level taxonomy. CR ASKER S, 1992, APOMIXIS PLANTS ASKER S, 1977, HEREDITAS, V87, P179 BALL PW, 1968, FLORA EUROPAEA, V2, P36 BELAEVA VA, 1976, BOT ZURN SSSR, V61, P873 BOCHER TW, 1950, MEDD GRONL, V147, P1 BRADSHAW AD, 1965, ADV GENET, V13, P115 BROWN R, 1824, J VOYAGE DISCOVERY N DANSEREAU P, 1956, B TORREY BOTAN CLUB, V83, P113 ELLSTRAND NC, 1987, AM J BOT, V74, P123 ELVEN R, 1994, NORSK FLORA ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9 ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1 ERIKSEN B, 2000, AM J BOT, V87, P642 ERIKSEN B, 1996, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V31, P333 ERIKSEN B, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P621 ERIKSEN B, 1999, TAXON, V48, P165 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FAGER EW, 1972, AM NAT, V106, P293 FLOVIK K, 1940, HEREDITAS, V26, P430 GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GOSWAMI DA, 1974, NEW PHYTOL, V73, P1243 GOWER JC, 1966, BIOMETRIKA, V53, P325 GOWER JC, 1967, STATISTICIAN, V17, P13 GOWORUCHIN VS, 1932, FLORA URAL HIITONEN I, 1949, ARCH SOCIETATIS ZOOL, V2, P23 HOLMEN K, 1952, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V128, P1 HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS HULTEN E, 1945, BOT NOTISER, P127 JORGENSEN CA, 1958, BIOL SKR DAN VID SEL, V9, P1 JURTZEV BA, 1984, FLORA ARCTICA URSS I, P137 JUZEPCHUK S, 1941, FLORA USSR X, P78 KNABEN G, 1967, ACTA BOREALIA, V21, P1 KROGULEVICH RE, 1978, FLORA PRIBAJKALJA, P19 LEHMANN JGG, 1830, NOVARUM MINUS COGNIT, V2 MACDONALD SE, 1988, AM J BOT, V75, P1191 MUNTZING A, 1928, HEREDITAS, V11, P267 NATHORST AG, 1883, KUNGLIGA SVENSKA VET, V20, P1 NORUSIS MJ, 1993, SPSS WINDOWS RELEASE PIELOU EC, 1969, INTRO MATH ECOLOGY PORSILD AE, 1980, VASCULAR PLANT CONTI RESVOLLHOLMSEN H, 1927, SVALBARDS FLORA MED RIESEBERG LH, 1995, AM J BOT, V82, P944 ROHLF FJ, 1998, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T RONNING OI, 1961, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V124, P1 SMITH GL, 1963, NEW PHYTOL, V62, P264 SNEATH PH, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY P SOJAK J, 1986, BOT JB SYST, V106, P145 SOJAK J, 1989, CANDOLLEA, V44, P741 SOJAK J, 1985, PRESLIA, V57, P263 SOMMERFELT C, 1833, MAGAZIN NATURVIDENSK, V11, P232 STACE CA, 1989, PLANT TAXONOMY BIOSY TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217 WIDEN B, 1994, FOLIA GEOBOT PHYTOTX, V29, P245 WILLIAMS JGK, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P704 WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531 ZHUKOVA PG, 1980, BOT ZH, V65, P651 ZHUKOVA PG, 1976, BOTANICESKIJ ZURNAL, V60, P395 TC 0 BP 1466 EP 1479 PG 14 JI Am. J. Bot. PY 2000 PD OCT VL 87 IS 10 GA 367RD J9 AMER J BOT UT ISI:000090074500008 ER PT J AU Liu, YS Basinger, LF TI Fossil Cathaya (Pinaceae) pollen from the Canadian High Arctic SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PLANT SCIENCES NR 141 AB Palynological studies of the Eocene Buchanan Lake Formation, Axel Heiberg Island, Canadian High Arctic, have yielded pollen grains closely comparable to those of extant Cathaya Chun et Kuang, a paleoendemic conifer of southwestern China. These palynomorphs are assigned to Cathaya gaussenii Sivak, which is here interpreted as the only species to which known fossil pollen of this genus can be assigned. Unless scanning electron microscopy is used, generic affinity cannot be determined with certainty. On the basis of light microscopy alone, Cathaya-like pollen fossils may be grouped into one form-taxon, Pityosporites microalatus (Potonie) Thomson et Pflug. The Eocene record from Canada provides convincing evidence for the occurrence of Cathaya in North America and is consistent with interpretations for warm climatic conditions in the Canadian Arctic in the Middle to Late Eocene. An appraisal of the available literature on fossil Cathaya and Cathaya-like pollen of Cretaceous to Recent age has been undertaken. The pre- Cretaceous record is difficult to evaluate. The genus Cathaya was apparently restricted to North America and East Asia during the Cretaceous but had dispersed to Europe, possibly via a North Atlantic land bridge, by the Early Tertiary. In the Neogene, Cathaya became widespread in North America, East Asia, and Europe. Late Tertiary climatic deterioration and Quaternary glaciation appears to have been responsible for extirpation of Cathaya from North America first (latest record Late Miocene), and then from Europe (Pleistocene). Therefore, the endemic distribution of extant Cathaya in China represents a remnant of a formerly widespread Asiatic population. CR ASHRAF AR, 1996, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V241, P1 BAGNELL CR, 1975, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V19, P203 BASINGER JF, 1991, GEOL SURV CAN B, V403, P39 BASINGER JF, 1994, NATO ASI SER, V1, P175 BATTEN DJ, 1984, GEOL J, V11, P127 BIRKS HJB, 1978, GRANA, V17, P149 BOULTER MC, 1989, P ODP SCI RESULTS, V104, P663 BOULTER MC, 1979, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V28, P259 BOULTER MC, 1970, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V10, P61 BRIDEAUX WW, 1975, B GEOLOGICAL SURVEY, V252, P1 CARATINI C, 1972, POLLEN SPORES, V14, P169 CHANEY RW, 1951, T AM PHILOS SOC, V40, P171 CHATEAUNEUF JJ, 1980, MEMOIRE BRGM, V116 CHUN WY, 1958, BOT ZURN, V43, P461 COUPER RA, 1958, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V103, P75 DELCOURT A, 1955, SOC BELG GEOL PALEON, V4, P5 DOKTOROWICZHREB J, 1960, B I GEOL, V157, P69 DOKTOROWICZHREB J, 1960, B I GEOL, V157, P222 DOKTOROWICZHREB J, 1957, I GEOL PRACE, V15, P87 EBERLE JJ, 1999, J PALEONTOL, V73, P979 ELSIK WC, 1968, POLLEN SPORES, V10, P263 ENGELHARDT H, 1908, ABH SENCKENB NAT, V29, P150 ERDTMAN G, 1943, CHRONICA BOT ERDTMAN G, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P367 ERDTMAN G, 1965, POLLEN SPORE MORPHOL, V3 FARJON A, 1990, PINACEAE DRAWINGS DE FARJON A, 1992, TAXON, V41, P721 FELIX CJ, 1973, GEOSCI MAN, V7, P1 FERGUSON DK, 1997, CHANGING FACE E ASIA, P359 FERGUSON DK, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V101, P147 FLORIN R, 1963, ACTA HORTI BERGIANI, V20, P121 FREDERIKSEN NO, 1980, 1084 US GEOL SURV GEYLER T, 1887, ABH SENCKENB NAT, V15, P1 GOSSMANN R, 1991, PAN PAL C VIENN SEPT GRAY J, 1964, ANCIENT PACIFIC FLOR, P21 GREGOR HJ, 1990, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V62, P309 GROOT JJ, 1962, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V111, P161 GUAN XT, 1989, RES LATE CENOZOIC PA HAMILTON W, 1983, ANN MO BOT GARD, V70, P440 HANSEN BS, 1973, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V84, P1181 HERTER G, 1985, PALEONTOGRAPHICA, V195, P1 HOCHULI PA, 1978, BEITR PALAONTOL OSTE, V4, P1 HOPKINS WS, 1969, CAN J BOTANY, V47, P1101 HU SY, 1980, J ARNOLD ARBORETUM, V61, P41 HU YS, 1984, AM J BOT, V71, P727 KEDVES M, 1982, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V182, P87 KEDVES M, 1969, PALYNOLOGICAL STUDIE KEDVES M, 1968, POLLEN SPORES, V10, P315 KHLONOVA AF, 1961, SPORY PYLTSA VERKHNE KLAUS W, 1984, BEITR PALAEONTOL OST, V11, P289 KLAUS W, 1987, EINFUHRUNG PALAOBOTA, V1 KLAUS W, 1978, GRANA, V17, P161 KLAUS W, 1977, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V23, P303 KNOBLOCH E, 1996, ROZPR CESK GEOL USTA, V49 KOVAREDER J, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V101, P125 KRUTZSCH W, 1971, ATLAS MITTEL JUNGTER LEPAGE BA, 1991, B GEOL SURV CAN, V403, P67 LEPAGE BA, 1995, INT J PLANT SCI, V156, P910 LESCHIK G, 1954, SENCKENB LETHAEA, V35, P247 LIU YS, 1997, MEDED NED I TOEGEPAS, V58, P227 LIU YS, 1996, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V238, P141 LONA R, 1961, POLLEN SPORES, V3, P93 MACKO S, 1959, TRAV SOC SCI LETT B, V96, P1 MACKO S, 1957, TRAVAUX SOC SCI LE B, V88, P1 MAI DH, 1994, FEDD REPERT, V105, P207 MAI DH, 1994, NATO ASI SER, V1, P199 MAI DH, 1999, PALAEONTOGR B, V250, P1 MAI DH, 1988, QUARTARPALAONTOLOGIE, V7, P55 MARTIN HA, 1966, CAN J BOTANY, V44, P171 MARTINETTO E, 1995, THESIS U TORINO MCANDREWS JH, 1973, KEY QUATERNARY POLLE MCINTYRE DJ, 1991, GEOL SURV CAN B, V403, P83 MCIVER EE, 1999, ANN MO BOT GARD, V86, P523 MCKENNA MC, 1972, EVOL BIOL, V6, P179 MELLER B, 1999, PALAEONTOGR B, V252, P123 MOHR BAR, 1984, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V191, P29 MOORE PD, 1991, POLLEN ANAL NAGY E, 1985, GEOL HUNG P, V47 NAKOMEN E, 1968, POLLEN SPORES, V10, P521 NGHIA TD, 1974, ACTA PALAEOBOTAN, V15, P46 NICKEL B, 1996, PALAEONTOGR B, V240, P1 OLTZ DF, 1969, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V128, P90 OSZAST J, 1960, MONOGR BOT, V9, P3 PANT DD, 1977, BOT J LINN SOC, V75, P271 PIEL KM, 1971, CAN J BOTANY, V49, P1885 PIERCE RL, 1961, U MINN MINN GEOL SUR, V42 POCKNALL DT, 1981, NEW ZEAL J BOT, V19, P67 POCOCK SAJ, 1962, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V111, P1 POTONIE R, 1934, ARB I PALAOBOT PETRO, V5, P5 POTONIE R, 1975, FORTSCHR GEOL RHEINL, V25, P151 POTONIE R, 1931, JB PREUSS GEOL LANDE, V52, P1 POTONIE R, 1951, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V91, P131 POTONIE R, 1934, PREUSSISCHEN GEOLOGI, V4, P25 PUNT W, 1994, LAB PALAEOBOTANY P 1 RICKETTS BD, 1986, 861B GEOL SURV CAN P, P405 RICKETTS BD, 1991, GEOL SURV CAN B, V403, P1 RICKETTS BD, 1994, MEM GEOL SURV CANADA, V439, P1 ROUSE GE, 1957, CAN J BOT, V35, P349 ROUSE GE, 1970, GEOL SOC AM SPEC PAP, V127, P213 ROUSE GE, 1959, MICROPALEONTOLOGY, V5, P303 RUDOLPH K, 1935, BOT CBL B S, V54, P244 RUNIONS CJ, 1999, AM J BOT, V86, P190 SCHNEIDER W, 1981, Z GEOL WISSENSCHAFT, V9, P889 SEWARD AC, 1914, BR MUS NAT HIST GEOL, V1, P1 SIVAK J, 1976, POLLEN SPORES, V18, P243 SIVAK J, 1976, REV MICROPALEONTOL, V18, P259 SONG ZC, 1985, RES CENOZOIC PALYNOL STANLEY EA, 1965, B AM PALEONTOL, V49, P179 STRAHLER AH, 1992, MODERN PHYSICAL GEOG SUN MR, 1989, CENOZOIC PALEOBIOTA, P6 SVECHNIKOVA IN, 1964, PALAEONTOL ZH, V2, P125 TAKAHASHI K, 1988, SCI B FAC LIB ARTS N, V28, P67 TAKEUTI S, 1974, SCI REP TOHOKU U GEO, V44, P65 THIELEPFEIFFER H, 1988, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V211, P1 THIELEPFEIFFER H, 1980, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V174, P95 THOMSON PW, 1953, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V94, P1 TIFFNEY BH, 1994, NATO ASI SER, V1, P267 TRAVERSE A, 1955, 5151 US BUR MIN TRAVERSE A, 1994, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V82, P265 TSCHUDY RH, 1970, GEOLOGICAL SOC AM SP, V127, P65 TSCHUDY RH, 1970, PROFESS PAP US GEO E, V643, P1 UENO J, 1958, J I POLYTECH OSAKA, V9, P163 VANCAMPO M, 1950, TRAV LAB FOR TOULOUS, V2 VANDERBURGH J, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V101, P209 WALTHER H, 1999, PALAEONTOGR B, V249, P63 WANG FH, 1995, POLLEN FLORA CHINA WANG HS, 1989, ACTA BOT YUNNANICA, V11, P1 WEIR GH, 1975, PALYNOLOGY, V1, P157 WHITE JM, 1994, B GEOL SURV CAN, V479, P85 WILKINSON GC, 1980, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V175, P27 WILSON MA, 1978, PALAEONTOGRAPHICA B, V166, P99 WODEHOUSE RP, 1933, B TORREY BOT CLUB, V60, P479 WODEHOUSE RP, 1935, POLLEN GRAINS THEIR XI YZ, 1989, CATHAYA, V1, P119 YING TS, 1983, ACTA BOT SIN, V25, P157 YING TS, 1981, ACTA PHYTOTAXON SIN, V19, P408 YING TS, 1993, ENDEMIC GENERA SEED ZAGWIJN WH, 1960, MEDED GEOL STICHT 3, V1, P1 ZAKLINSKAYA ED, 1957, ACAD SCI SSSR WORKS, V6 ZETTER R, 1989, COUR FORSCH I SENCKE, V109, P41 ZETTER R, 1996, GRANA, V35, P285 TC 0 BP 829 EP 847 PG 19 JI Int. J. Plant Sci. PY 2000 PD SEP VL 161 IS 5 GA 367CP J9 INT J PLANT SCI UT ISI:000090044400012 ER PT J AU Fineschi, S Taurchini, D Villani, F Vendramin, GG TI Chloroplast DNA polymorphism reveals little geographical structure in Castanea sativa Mill. (Fagaceae) throughout southern European countries SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 39 AB The distribution of haplotypic diversity of 38 European chestnut (Castanea sativa Mill.) populations was investigated by PCR/RFLP analysis of regions of the chloroplast and mitochondrial genomes in order to shed light on the history of this heavily managed species. The rapid expansion of chestnut starting from 3000 years ago is strongly related to human activities such as agricultural practice. This demonstrates the importance of human impact, which lasted some thousands of years, on the present-day distribution of the species. No polymorphism was detected for the single mitochondrial analysed region, while a total of 11 different chloroplast (cp) haplotypes were scored. The distribution of the cpDNA haplotypes revealed low geographical structure of the genetic diversity. The value of population subdivision, as measured by G(STc), is strikingly lower than in the other species of the family Fagaceae investigated. The actual distribution of haplotypic diversity may be explained by the strong human impact on this species, particularly during the Roman civilization of the continent, and to the long period of cultivation experienced during the last thousand years. CR BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BURBAN C, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1593 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13 DUMOLIN S, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P1253 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V80, P584 FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584 FERRIS C, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P731 FERRIS C, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P337 FINESCHI S, 1991, GENETIC VARIATION EU, P181 FINESCHI S, 1994, P INT C CHESTN SPOL, P309 FINESCHI S, 1988, SILVAE GENET, V37, P82 FINESCHL S, 1994, CAN J FOREST RES, V24, P1160 GELLINI R, 1997, BOT FORESTALE, V2 GONI MFS, 1993, BRIT ARCHEOLOGICAL R, V586, P44 HARLOW WM, 1996, TXB DENDROLOGY HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PAST PRESENT P KREMER A, 1993, ANN SCI FORESTIER S1, V50, P186 KUBITZKI K, 1993, FAMILIES GENERA VASC MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642 MULLERSTARCK G, 1994, P INT C CHESTN SPOL, P303 PETIT RJ, 1999, DIVERSITE GENETIQUE PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122 PIGLIUCCI M, 1990, J GENET, V69, P141 PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 SOLTIS DE, 1992, MOL PLANT SYSTEMATIC, P17 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 VILLANI F, 1991, BIOCH MARKERS POPULA, P91 VILLANI F, 1997, DYNAMICS FUNCTION CH, P119 VILLANI F, 1994, GENET RES, V63, P109 VILLANI F, 1991, HEREDITY, V66, P131 VILLANI F, 1999, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V12, P233 ZOHARY D, 1988, DOMESTICATION PLANTS TC 0 BP 1495 EP 1503 PG 9 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD OCT VL 9 IS 10 GA 366HC J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000089998600005 ER PT J AU Koskinen, MT Ranta, E Piironen, J Veselov, A Titov, S Haugen, TO Nilsson, J Carlstein, M Primmer, CR TI Genetic lineages and postglacial colonization of grayling (Thymallus thymallus, Salmonidae) in Europe, as revealed by mitochondrial DNA analyses SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 74 AB In stark contrast to other species within the Salmonidae family, phylogeographic information on European grayling, Thymallus thymallus, is virtually nonexistent. In this paper, we utilized mitochondrial DNA polymerase chain reaction- restriction fragment length polymorphism (mtDNA PCR-RFLP) and sequence variation to infer the postglacial dispersal routes of T. thymallus into and within northern Europe, and to locate geographically, potential evolutionarily distinct populations. Mitochondrial analyses revealed a total of 27 T. thymallus haplotypes which clustered into three distinct lineages. Average pairwise interlineage divergence was four and nine times higher than average intralineage divergence for RFLP and sequence data, respectively. Two European grayling individuals from the easternmost sample in Russia exhibited haplotypes more genetically diverged from any T. thymallus haplotype than T. arcticus haplotype, and suggested that hybridization/introgression zone of these two sister species may extend much further west than previously thought. Geographic division of the lineages was generally very clear with northern Europe comprising of two genetically differentiated areas: (i) Finland, Estonia and north-western Russia; and (ii) central Germany, Poland and western Fennoscandia. Average interpopulation divergence in North European T. thymallus was 10 times higher than that observed in a recent mtDNA study of North American T. arcticus. We conclude that (i) North European T. thymallus populations have survived dramatic Pleistocene temperature oscillations and originate from ancient eastern and central European refugia; (ii) genetic divergence of population groups within northern Europe is substantial and geographically distinct; and (iii) the remainder of Europe harbours additional differentiated assemblages that likely descend from a Danubian refugium. These findings should provide useful information for developing appropriate conservation strategies for European grayling and exemplify a case with a clear need for multinational co- operation for managing and conserving biodiversity. CR ALLENDORI FW, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P238 ANDERSEN C, 1968, THESIS U OSLO AUER V, 1960, SUOMEN KARTASTO AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62 AVISE JC, 2000, PHYLOGEOGRAPHY BANARESCU P, 1990, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V1 BECKER II, 1988, HEREDITY, V61, P21 BERNATCHEZ L, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P173 BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240 BERNATCHEZ L, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1016 BERNATCHEZ L, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P1002 BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431 BERNATCHEZ L, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P285 BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161 BOUVET Y, 1990, ARCH HYDROBIOL, V119, P89 BRUNNER PC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P209 CRONIN MA, 1993, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V50, P708 CUMBAA SL, 1981, CAN J EARTH SCI, V18, P1740 DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN DURAND JD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P989 ESTOUP A, 1996, MOL MAR BIOL BIOTECH, V5, P295 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FELSENSTEIN J, 1995, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF FITCH WM, 1967, SCIENCE, V155, P279 GARCIAMARIN JL, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P46 GARDINER R, 2000, COMPLETE BOOK GRAYLI HANSEN MM, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P493 HANSEN MM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P239 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HUITFELDTKAAS H, 1918, FERSKVANDFISKENES UT, P16 JAAROLA M, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P113 JONSSON L, 1995, MAN SEA MESOLITHIC C, P147 KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111 KOLJONEN ML, 1999, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V56, P1766 KVASOV DD, 1979, ANN ACAD SCI FENNI A, V3, P127 LELEK A, 1984, FRESHWATER FISHES EU, V9, P93 MAITLAND PS, 1992, FRESHWATER FISHES BR MCELROY D, 1992, J HERED, V83, P157 MORITZ C, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P269 MORITZ C, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P373 NEI M, 1990, GENETICS, V125, P873 NEI M, 1983, GENETICS, V105, P207 NEI M, 1981, GENETICS, V97, P145 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN NESBO CL, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1387 NIELSEN EE, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P351 NIELSEN EE, 1998, J FISH BIOL, V53, P216 NORTHCOTE TG, 1995, REV FISH BIOL FISHER, V5, P141 NYKANEN M, 1999, RIISTA JA KALATALOUD, V156 NYLANDER E, 1998, FINNISH FISHERIES FA OSINOV AG, 1996, J ICHTHYOL, V36, P723 PAETKAU D, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P1507 PALUMBI SR, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P426 PIGEON D, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P196 RAINIO H, 1991, E FENNOSCANDIAN YOUN, P25 REDENBACH Z, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P23 REFSETH UH, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1015 RYDER OA, 1986, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V1, P9 SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1 SCHOFFMANN J, 2000, J GRAYLING SOC SPR, P41 SCOTT WB, 1973, FISHERIES RES BOARD, V184 SEPPOVAARA O, 1982, RIISTA JA KALATALOUD, V5 SHUBIN P, 1984, J ICHTHYOL, V4, P159 SMITH GR, 1992, SYST BIOL, V41, P41 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 SWOFFORD DL, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS, P407 TABERLET P, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P1255 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TAYLOR EB, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1155 VERSPOOR E, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P129 WILSON CC, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P187 WOOLLAND JV, 1986, J GRAYLING SOC AUT, P35 TC 0 BP 1609 EP 1624 PG 16 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD OCT VL 9 IS 10 GA 366HC J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000089998600016 ER PT J AU Gaudeul, M Taberlet, P Till-Bottraud, I TI Genetic diversity in an endangered alpine plant, Eryngium alpinum L.. (Apiaceae), inferred from amplified fragment length polymorphism markers SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 50 AB Eryngium alpinum L. is an endangered species found across the European Alps. In order to obtain base-line data for the conservation of this species, we investigated levels of genetic diversity within and among 14 populations from the French Alps. We used the amplified fragment length polymorphism (AFLP) technique with three primer pairs and scored a total of 62 unambiguous, polymorphic markers in 327 individuals. Because AFLP markers are dominant, within-population genetic structure (e.g. F-IS) could not be assessed. Analyses based either on the assumption of random-mating or on complete selfing lead to very similar results. Diversity levels within populations were relatively high (mean Nei's expected heterozygosity = 0.198; mean Shannon index = 0.283), and a positive correlation was detected between both genetic diversity measurements and population size (Spearman rank correlation: P = 0.005 and P = 0.002, respectively). Moreover, F-ST values and exact tests of differentiation revealed high differentiation among populations (mean pairwise F-ST = 0.40), which appeared to be independent of geographical distance (nonsignificant Mantel test). Founder events during postglacial colonizations and/or bottlenecks are proposed to explain this high but random genetic differentiation. By contrast, we detected a pattern of isolation by distance within populations and valleys. Predominant local gene now by pollen or seed is probably responsible for this pattern. Concerning the management of E. alpinum, the high genetic differentiation leads us to recommend the conservation of a maximum number of populations. This study demonstrates that AFLP markers enable a quick and reliable assessment of intraspecific genetic variability in conservation genetics. CR AJMONEMARSAN P, 1998, ANIMAL GENETICS, V28, P418 ALLENDORF F, 2000, IN PRESS POPULATION ALLNUTT TR, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P975 BREYNE P, 1999, MOL GEN GENET, V261, P627 BUSSELL JD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P775 CAHA CA, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P1704 CHEREL O, 1982, TRAVAUX SCI PARC NAT, V2, P53 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 CROUCH JH, 1999, MOL BREEDING, V5, P233 ELLSTRAND NC, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P217 ELLSTRAND NC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P77 FISCHER M, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P811 FRANKHAM R, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1500 FRANKHAM R, 1998, NATURE, V392, P441 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GILLOT P, 1995, LIVRE ROUGE FLORE ME, V1, P85 GILPIN ME, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P19 GLIDDON C, 1994, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P107 HAMRICK JL, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P281 HAMRICK JL, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P75 HAMRICK JL, 1989, POPULATION GENETICS, P43 HOLSINGER KE, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2558 HOLSINGER KE, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO JACKSON PSW, 1994, GUIDELINES FOLLOWED LEWONTIN RC, 1972, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, V6, P381 LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65 MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813 MILLER MP, 1997, TOOLS POPULATION GEN MILLIGAN BG, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P423 MORDEN CW, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P617 MULUVI GM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P463 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN NEWMAN D, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P345 PAUL S, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V94, P255 PETIT RJ, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P844 POWELL W, 1999, MOL BREEDING, V2, P225 RAYMOND M, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P1280 SACCHERI I, 1998, NATURE, V392, P491 SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY TEMPLETON AR, 1986, CONSERVATION BIOL SC, P105 TRAVIS SE, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P735 VANDERVOORT JNAMR, 1997, MOL GEN GENET, V255, P438 VIDA G, 1994, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P9 VOS P, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4407 WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V43, P1358 WOLFF K, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P365 YEH F, 1997, POPGENE USER FRIENDL YEH FC, 1995, J HERED, V86, P454 YOUNG A, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P413 TC 0 BP 1625 EP 1637 PG 13 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD OCT VL 9 IS 10 GA 366HC J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000089998600017 ER PT J AU Fjeldskaar, W Lindholm, C Dehls, JF Fjeldskaar, I TI Postglacial uplift, neotectonics and seismicity in Fennoscandia SO QUATERNARY SCIENCE REVIEWS NR 22 AB Fennoscandia has experienced major uplift in postglacial time, which is assumed to reflect a glacial isostatic process connected to the melting of the last ice sheets. Extensive modelling of the isostatic movements show that the applied deglaciation and uplift model fit the observations well. There are, however, areas with significant deviations between uplift measurements and regional model predictions. The misfit between observations and the isostatic uplift modelling is interpreted here to reflect a tectonic component of the uplift. The objective of the present investigation is to isolate this tectonic uplift component. Interestingly enough, the areas found partly correspond to areas with pronounced seismic activity, and the assumption that the postglacial rebound is responsible for much of the observed onshore seismicity is substantiated. We conclude that there seems to be present-day deformation along the shoreline of mid-Norway, southern Norway (shoreline and mountain areas), and along the Swedish east coast with the centre northeast of the Gulf of Bothnia that cannot be explained by glacial isostasy. Not all of the deformations in these areas are necessarily co-seismic. The study suggests that such vertical deformations are small in magnitude and overprint the glacial rebound. The deformations map be a consequence of the Plio-Pleistocene erosional pattern, which is of glacial origin. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved. CR DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET EKMAN M, 1998, GEORESEARCH FORUM, V3, P383 ENGELDER T, 1994, STRESS REGIMES LITHO FEJERSKOV M, 2000, GEOLOGICAL SOC LONDO, V167 FJELDSKAAR W, 1994, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V126, P399 FJELDSKAAR W, 1997, TECTONICS, V16, P596 GUDMUNDSSON A, 1999, TECTONOPHYSICS, V307, P407 HICKS E, 2000, IN PRESS STRESS INVE JAMIESON TF, 1965, Q J GEOL SOC LOND, V21, P161 KOLDERUP CF, 1930, JORDSKJELV NORGE 192 KVALE A, 1960, MATEMATISKNATURVITEN, V10 MAKINEN J, 1986, REPORTS FINNISH GEOD, V85, P195 MORNER NA, 1979, GEO J, V33, P287 RIIS F, 1992, NORWEGIAN PETROL SOC, V1, P163 ROHRTORP E, 1994, B NOR GEOL UNDERS, V426, P47 STEPHANSSON O, 1988, B GEOLOGICAL I U UPP, V14, P39 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 SYKES LR, 1974, NATURE, V245, P298 WHITE WA, 1972, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V83, P1037 WU P, 1999, GEOPHYS J INT, V139, P657 ZATSEPIN SV, 1997, GEOPHYS J INT, V129, P477 ZOBACK ML, 1992, J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA, V97, P11703 TC 1 BP 1413 EP 1422 PG 10 JI Quat. Sci. Rev. PY 2000 PD OCT VL 19 IS 14-15 GA 361CA J9 QUATERNARY SCI REV UT ISI:000089703100004 ER PT J AU Amane, M Ouazzani, N Lumaret, R Debain, C TI Chloroplast-DNA variation in the wild and cultivated olives (Olea europaea L.) of Morocco SO EUPHYTICA NR 23 AB Polymorphism in the lengths of restriction fragments of the whole cpDNA molecule was studied in cultivated and wild olive growing throughout Morocco. The main Moroccan varieties and old trees cultivated locally (66 individuals), wild olive (45 individuals) and 5 individuals of the taxon, O. laperrinei subsp. maroccana endemic to the western part of the High Atlas, were scored for 10 restriction enzymes. A total of 470 restriction fragments were obtained of which 18 were variable. Four chlorotypes were identified. Chlorotype (I), predominant in wild and cultivated olive of the whole Mediterranean Basin, was observed in all the cultivated trees and in 74% of the wild trees (oleasters) analysed from Morocco, confirming that cultivated and wild olive material are closely related maternally. Chlorotypes II and III, each characterised by a length mutation, were observed exclusively in Moroccan wild types, suggesting that these did not originate exclusively in cultivated varieties, as reported previously by several authors. As compared to the predominant chlorotype I, Chlorotype IV, characterised by a site mutation, was present exclusively in the maroccana individuals, confirming the originality of this taxon. CR AMANE M, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V99, P133 CHEVALIER A, 1948, REV INT BOT APPL AGR, V28, P1 DAY A, 1985, CURR GENET, V9, P671 DUGGLEBY RG, 1981, ANAL BIOCHEM, V110, P49 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547 LENOIR M, 1984, OLIVAE, V3, P12 LIPHSCHITZ N, 1991, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V18, P441 LUMARET R, 1997, BOCCONEA, V7, P39 MICHAUD H, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V13, P131 OUAZZANI N, 1996, EUPHYTICA, V91, P9 OUAZZANI N, 1993, J HERED, V84, P34 OUAZZANI N, 1993, TEHSIS I AGRONOMIQUE PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P6 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 QUEZEL P, 1995, ECOL MEDIT, V21, P19 SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V83, P529 SUGIURA M, 1992, PLANT MOL BIOL, V19, P149 SUGIURA M, 1986, PLANT SCI, V44, P211 TURRILL WB, 1951, KEW B, V3, P137 ZOHARY D, 1994, ACTA HORTIC, V356, P62 ZOHARY D, 1993, DOMESTICATION PLANTS, P137 ZOHARY D, 1995, EVOLUTION CROP PLANT, P379 ZOHARY D, 1975, SCIENCE, V187, P319 TC 0 BP 59 EP 64 PG 6 JI Euphytica PY 2000 VL 116 IS 1 GA 357KW J9 EUPHYTICA UT ISI:000089501700007 ER PT J AU Lumaret, R Amane, M Ouazzani, N Baldoni, L Debain, C TI Chloroplast DNA variation in the cultivated and wild olive taxa of the genus Olea L. SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS NR 23 AB Polymorphism in the lengths of restriction fragments of the whole cpDNA molecule were studied in 15 taxa (species or subspecies) of the genus Olea. From restriction analysis using nine endonucleases, 28 site mutations and five length polymorphisms were identified, corresponding to 12 distinct chlorotypes. From a phenetic analysis based on a Nei's dissimilarity matrix and a Dollo parsimony cladistic analysis using, as an outgroup, a species of the genus Phillyrea close to Olea, the ten taxa of section Olea were distinguished clearly from the five taxa of section Ligustroides which appear to posses more ancestral cpDNA variants. Within the section Ligustroides, the tropical species from central-western Africa, Olea hochtetteri, showed a chlorotype which differed substantially from those of the other four Olea taxa growing in southern Africa, supporting a previous assessment according to which O. hochtetteri may have been subjected to a long period of geographical isolation from the other Olea taxa. Within the Olea section, three phyla were identified corresponding to South and East Africa taxa, Asiatic taxa, and a group including Saharan, Macaronesian and Mediteranean taxa, respectively. On the basis of cpDNA variation, the closest Olea taxa to the single Mediterranean species, Olea europaea, represented by its very predominant chlorotype, observed in both wild and cultivated olive, were found to be Olea laperrinei (from the Sahara), Olea maroccana (from Maroccan High Atlas) and Olea cerasiformis (from Macaronesia). These three taxa, which all share the same chlorotype, may have a common maternal origin. CR AMANE M, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V99, P133 ANGIOLILLO A, 1999, THEOR APPL GENET, V98, P411 CHEVALIER A, 1948, REV BOT APPL, V303, P1 CIFFERI A, 1950, DATI IPOTESI SULLORI, P144 CIFFERI R, 1942, P CONVEGNO STUDI OLI, P49 DAY A, 1985, CURR GENET, V9, P671 DUGGLEBY RG, 1981, ANAL BIOCHEM, V110, P49 FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF GREEN PS, 1989, DAVIS HEDGE FESTSCHR, P287 MANOS PS, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V12, P333 MICHAUD H, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V13, P131 MORETTINI A, 1972, OLIVICOLTURA NEI M, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P5269 PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P6 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 QIU YL, 1995, AM J BOT, V82, P1582 QUEZEL P, 1978, ANN MO BOT GARD, V65, P479 QUEZEL P, 1995, ECOL MEDIT, V21, P19 SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V83, P529 SIGIURA M, 1986, PL SCI, V44, P211 TURRILL WB, 1951, KEW B, V3, P437 ZOHARY D, 1994, ACTA HORTIC, V356, P62 ZOHARY D, 1993, DOMESTICATION PLANTS TC 0 BP 547 EP 553 PG 7 JI Theor. Appl. Genet. PY 2000 PD SEP VL 101 IS 4 GA 357TP J9 THEOR APPL GENET UT ISI:000089517200006 ER PT J AU Soranzo, N Alia, R Provan, J Powell, W TI Patterns of variation at a mitochondrial sequence-tagged-site locus provides new insights into the postglacial history of European Pinus sylvestris populations SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 36 AB Due to their maternal mode of inheritance, mitochondrial markers can be regarded as almost 'ideal' tools in evolutionary studies of conifer populations. In the present study, polymorphism was analysed at one mitochondrial intron (nad 1, exon B/C) in 23 native European Pinus sylvestris populations. In a preliminary screening for variation using a polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism approach, two length variants were identified. By fully sequencing the 2.5 kb region, the observed length polymorphism was found to result from the insertion of a 31 bp sequence, with no other mutations observed within the intron. A set of primers was designed flanking the observed mutation, which identified a novel sequence-tagged-site mitochondrial marker for P. sylvestris. Analysis of 747 trees from the 23 populations using these primers revealed the occurrence of two distinct haplotypes in Europe. Within the Iberian Peninsula, the two haplotypes exhibited extensive population differentiation (Phi(ST) = 0.59; P less than or equal to 0.001) and a marked geographical structuring. In the populations of central and northern Europe, one haplotype largely predominated, with the second being found in only one individual of one population. CR BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BUCCI G, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1633 CATO SA, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V9, P587 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET DONG J, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P573 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307 ENNOS RA, 1998, FORESTRY, V71, P1 ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P250 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584 FORREST GI, 1980, FORESTRY, V53, P101 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HUNTLEY B, 1983, ATLAS PRESENT POLLEN KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151 KINLOCH BB, 1986, NEW PHYTOL, V104, P703 MOGANTE M, 1997, MOL TOOLS SCREENING, P407 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630 PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996 PHILLIPS JD, 1989, WATER RESOUR BULL, V25, P867 PROVAN J, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1697 PRUSGLOWACKI W, 1994, SILVAE GENET, V43, P7 SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN V 1 1 SOFTW SINCLAIR WT, 1998, HEREDITY, V809, P233 SINCLAIR WT, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P83 STRAUSS SH, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P605 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TOBOLSKI JJ, 1971, FOREST SCI, V17, P293 VENDRAMIN GG, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1117 WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358 WU JY, 1998, GENETICS, V150, P1605 TC 0 BP 1205 EP 1211 PG 7 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD SEP VL 9 IS 9 GA 356BM J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000089424200002 ER PT J AU Ditchfield, AD TI The comparative phylogeography of Neotropical mammals: patterns of intraspecific mitochondrial DNA variation among bats contrasted to nonvolant small mammals SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 67 AB The major aim of this study was to compare the phylogeographic patterns of codistributed bats and small nonvolant Neotropical mammals. Cytochrome b sequences (mitochondrial DNA) were obtained for a total of 275 bats representing 17 species. The tissue samples were collected in coastal Brazil, and were available from Mexico and the Guyana. The study concentrates on four species (Artibeus lituratus, Carollia perspicillata, Sturnira lilium and Glossophaga soricina) which were well represented. The other 13 species were sequenced to test the generality of the patterns observed. In general, sequence divergence values within species were low, with most bat species presenting less than 4% average sequence divergence, and usually between 1 and 2.5%. Clades of highly similar haplotypes enjoyed broad distribution on a continental scale. These clades were not usually geographically structured, and at a given locality the number of haplotypes was high (8-10). As distance increased, some moderately divergent clades were found, although the levels of divergence were low This suggests a geographical effect that varied depending on species and scale. Small nonvolant mammals almost invariably have high levels of sequence divergence (> 10%) for cytochrome b over much shorter distances (< 1000 km). The grain of intraspecific variation found in small nonvolant mammals is much finer than in bats. Low levels of geographical structuring cannot be attributed to a slower evolutionary rate of bat DNA in relation to other mammalian taxa. The phylogeographic pattern of bats contrasts sharply with the pattern found for Neotropical rodents and marsupials. CR ADACHI J, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P177 ALVAREZ J, 1991, MAMMALIAN SPECIES, V379, P1 ARNASON U, 1995, J MOL EVOL, V40, P78 AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62 AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457 AVISE JC, 2000, PHYLOGEOGRAPHY HIST BAKER RJ, 1994, J MAMMAL, V75, P321 CAMARA IG, 1988, PLANO ACAO MAIA ATLA DASILVA MNF, 1993, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V2, P243 FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783 FELSENSTEIN J, 1981, J MOL EVOL, V17, P368 FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP PHYLOGENETIC FLEMING TH, 1988, SHORT TAILED FRUIT B GARDNER AL, 1977, SPECIAL PUBLICATIONS, V13, P293 GAUTHIER J, 1988, CLADISTICS, V4, P105 HAFFER J, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P131 HALL ER, 1981, MAMMALS N AM HANDLEY CO, 1976, SCI B BIOL SERIES B, V20 HASEGAWA M, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P142 HOLMAN JD, 1988, AM ZOOL, V28, PA171 IRWIN DM, 1991, J MOL EVOL, V32, P128 KISHINO H, 1989, J MOL EVOL, V29, P170 KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196 KOIKE K, 1982, GENE, V20, P177 KOOPMAN KF, 1993, MAMMAL SPECIES WORLD, P137 KOOPMAN KF, 1982, MAMMALIAN BIOL S AM, P273 KRAJEWSKI C, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P21 LARA MC, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P403 LECOINTRE G, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P205 LI WH, 1991, FUNDAMENTALS MOL EVO LI WH, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V25, P330 MALLET J, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P294 MCLELLAN LJ, 1984, AM MUS NOVIT, V2791, P1 MEYER A, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P278 MILLER SA, 1988, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V16, P215 MUSTRANGI MA, 1997, U CALIFORNIA PUBLICA, V130 PATTERSON BD, 1992, MEMORIAS MUSEO HIST, V21, P189 PATTON JL, 1998, ENDLESS FORMS SPECIE, P202 PATTON JL, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1314 PATTON JL, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P174 PATTON JL, 1996, J MAMMAL EVOL, V3, P3 PATTON JL, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P229 PETERSON AT, 1993, BIOL J LINN SOC, V49, P203 PINE RH, 1972, TECHNICAL MONOGRAPH, V8, P1 PUMO DE, 1996, J MAMMAL, V77, P491 PUMO DE, 1988, MOL BIOL EVOL, V5, P79 SAIKI RK, 1988, SCIENCE, V230, P1350 SANGER F, 1977, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V74, P5463 SARICH VM, 1973, SCIENCE, V179, P1144 SCHMITT LH, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P399 SINCLAIR EA, 1996, BIOL CONSERV, V76, P45 SMITH MF, 1993, BIOL J LINN SOC, V50, P149 SMITHSON A, 1991, PLACES-Q J ENVIRON D, V7, P8 STACKEBRANDT E, 1994, SYST APPL MICROBIOL, V17, P39 SUDMAN PD, 1994, J MAMMAL, V75, P365 SWOFFORD DL, 1993, J GEN PHYSIOL, V102, PA9 VANDENBUSSCHE RA, 1993, J MAMMAL, V74, P793 VANDENBUSSCHE RA, 1995, MAMM GENOME, V6, P521 VANDENBUSSCHE RA, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P944 VANZOLINI PE, 1970, I GEO SAO PAULO E, V3, P233 WALBERG MW, 1981, CELL, V26, P167 WILKINSON GS, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P329 WILLIS KJ, 2000, SCIENCE, V287, P1406 WORTHINGTONWILM J, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V257, P193 WU CI, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P4394 TC 0 BP 1307 EP 1318 PG 12 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD SEP VL 9 IS 9 GA 356BM J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000089424200012 ER PT J AU Dutech, C Maggia, L Joly, HI TI Chloroplast diversity in Vouacapoua americana (Caesalpiniaceae), a neotropical forest tree SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 40 AB The chloroplast genome has been widely used to describe genetic diversity in plant species. Its maternal inheritance in numerous angiosperm species and low mutation rate are suitable characters when inferring historical events such as possible recolonization routes. Here we have studied chloroplast DNA variation using PCR-RFLP (polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length polymorphism) with seven pairs of primers and four restriction enzymes in 14 populations of Vouacapoua americana (Caesalpiniaceae) a neotropical tree sampled throughout French Guiana. Population diversity (H-s), total gene diversity (H-t) and differentiation among populations (G(ST)) were estimated using Nei's method as 0.09, 0.87 and 0.89, respectively. This is consistent with the limited gene flow associated with synzoochory in this species. The genetic structure observed in the north of French Guiana suggests that historical events such as contractions and recent recolonizations have had a large impact on the distribution of genetic diversity in this species. CR BIRKY CW, 1983, GENETICS, V103, P513 BIRKY CW, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P11331 BOUSQUET J, 1990, CAN J FOREST RES, V20, P254 CHARLESDOMINIQU P, 1981, REV ECOL, V35, P341 DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P137 DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1988, TAXON, V37, P578 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547 FAVRICHON V, 1994, REV ECOL-TERRE VIE, V49, P379 FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584 FORGET PM, 1994, BIOTROPICA, V26, P408 FORGET PM, 1997, J ECOL, V85, P693 FORGET PM, 1999, J TROP ECOL, V15, P301 FORGET PM, 1990, J TROP ECOL, V6, P459 FRASCARIA N, 1993, GENOME, V36, P668 HAMRICK JL, 1993, VEGETATIO, V107, P281 HOWE HF, 1990, MAN BIOSPHERE SERIES, V7, P191 HUBBELL SP, 1999, SCIENCE, V2803, P554 KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151 LECORRE V, 1997, GENETICAL RES CAMBRI, V68, P117 LEVIN DA, 1981, ANN MO BOT GARD, V68, P233 LIEBERMAN M, 1994, SELVA ECOLOGY NATURA, P106 MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198 NEI M, 1975, EVOLUTION, V29, P1 PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996 PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 PRANCE GT, 1973, ACTA AMAZONICA, V3, P5 PRANCE GT, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P137 RAYMOND M, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P1280 RAYMOND M, 1995, J HERED, V86, P248 SABATIER D, 1990, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V219, P31 SABATIER D, 1997, PLANT ECOL, V131, P81 SABATIER D, 1983, THESIS U MONTPELLIER SOLTIS PS, 1999, CONSERV BIOL, V13, P471 TOMARU N, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P629 ZURAWSKI G, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P735 TC 1 BP 1427 EP 1432 PG 6 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD SEP VL 9 IS 9 GA 356BM J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000089424200024 ER PT J AU Rioux, JA Marquis, P Richer, C Lamy, MP TI Evaluation of the winter-hardiness of Thuja occidentalis L. and eight cultivars under north-east Canadian climatic conditions. SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF PLANT SCIENCE NR 18 AB Six successive plantations of Thuja occidentalis L. (from 1985 to 1990) were transplanted in different sites corresponding to different northeast Canadian climatic zones (2 to 5). Five cultivars of this species were planted in 1985 and three other cultivars in 1986. These plants were observed over a 5-yr period to validate the climatic zonal range attributed to the species and to determine the winterhardiness of the cultivars. Winter damage observed each spring indicated that Thuja occidentalis L. can survive in climatic conditions more severe than those suggested in the litterature. However, survival varies among the cultivars studied. Woodwardii, Reidii, Wareana and Lutea showed a winterhardiness similar to the species. Pulcherrima showed the most damage. Little Champion, Smaragd and Fastigiata cultivars gave a response between the two other groups. Furthermore, growth in terms of height and width of the species and each cultivar was influenced by the different climatic conditions of each location. CR *REPLOQ, 1995, METH EV PLANT LIGN O *SAS I INC, 1988, SAS STAT US GUID VER *USDA, 1960, MISC PUBL USDA, V814 BERGERON Y, 1985, VEGETATIO, V64, P55 BRIAND CH, 1991, BOT GAZ, V152, P494 DEGAETANO AT, 1990, AGR FOREST METEOROL, V51, P333 DELTREDICI P, 1990, AMOLDIA, V50, P16 FLINT HL, 1970, INT PLANT PROPAGATOR, V20, P171 FRELICH LE, 1995, ECOSCIENCE, V2, P148 HOSIE RC, 1980, 43611978F FO MIN APP LORIMER CG, 1977, ECOLOGY, V58, P139 MATTHESSEARS U, 1991, BOT GAZ, V152, P500 MATTHESSEARS U, 1995, INT J PLANT SCI, V156, P679 RITCHIE JC, 1992, ACTA BOT FENN, V144, P81 RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI SHERK LC, 1972, PUBLICATION AGR CANA, V1286 YU ZC, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1602 ZOLADSKI CA, 1988, NAT CAN, V115, P9 TC 0 BP 631 EP 637 PG 7 JI Can. J. Plant Sci. PY 2000 PD JUL VL 80 IS 3 GA 348KC J9 CAN J PLANT SCI UT ISI:000088983200030 ER PT J AU Krystufek, B Davison, A Griffiths, HI TI Evolutionary biogeography of water shrews (Neomys spp.) in the western Palaearctic Region SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF ZOOLOGY-REVUE CANADIENNE DE ZOOLOGIE NR 54 AB We studied the morphology, DNA sequence, and Recent and Pleistocene distributions of three species of the water shrew genus Neomys (N. fodiens, N. anomalus, and N. teres) represented by samples from the Balkans and Asia Minor. Adaptations to semi-aquatic life (large body size, fringes of stiff hairs bordering the hind foot, and a tail keel) were most developed in N. fodiens and N. teres and least developed in N. anomalus. However, sympatric N. fodiens and N. anomalus did not differ significantly in relative braincase size. The three Neomys species clearly differed in glans penis morphology, N. teres being the most distinct, with a longer glans (length = 10.8-14.6 mm) than N. anomalus (7.0-8.0 mm) or N. fodiens (7.5- 8.5 mm). Phylogenetic analysis placed N. fodiens as a sister- group to the anomalus-teres clade, based on both cytochrome b and 12S rRNA fragments. Palaeodistribution maps are presented for the three Recent taxa and the palaeospecies N. newtoni and N. browni. Possible evolutionary scenarios are proposed. CR ABELENTSEV VI, 1956, FAUNA UKRAYINI, V1 BOBRINSKII NA, 1965, OPREDELITL MLEKOPITA BON M, 1991, MEMORIE SCI GEOLOGIC, V43, P185 CHURCHFIELD S, 1990, NATURAL HIST SHREWS CORBET GB, 1992, MAMMALS INDOMALAYAN CORBET GB, 1978, MAMMALS PALAEARCTIC ELLERMAN JR, 1966, CHECKLIST PALAEARCTI FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP MANUAL VERSIO FILIPPUCCI MG, 1995, HYSTRIX, V6, P127 FILIPPUCCI MG, 1996, SENCKENBERG BIOL, V75, P1 FUMAGALLI L, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V11, P222 GASTON KJ, 1994, BIODIVERSITY LETT, V2, P108 HALL ER, 1981, MAMMALS N AM HEINRICH WD, 1991, NATUR LANDSCHAFT NIE, P177 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HILLIS DM, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS HOSEY GR, 1982, SAUGETIERK MITT, V30, P53 HUTTERER R, 1985, MAMMAL REV, V15, P43 HUTTERER R, 1993, MAMMAL SPECIES WORLD, P69 IRWIN DM, 1991, J MOL EVOL, V32, P128 KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196 KRYSTUFEK B, 2000, FOLIA ZOOL, V49, P81 KRYSTUFEK B, 1989, FRAGMENTA BALCANICA, V14, P107 KRYSTUFEK B, 1998, J ZOOL, V245, P185 KRYSTUFEK B, 1988, SCOPOLIA, V15, P1 KRYSTUFEK B, 1998, Z SAEUGETIERKD, V63, P120 KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR LEMCKE G, 1996, THESIS EIDGENOSSISCH LEUGE F, 1994, MAMMALIA, V58, P500 OHDACHI S, 1997, ZOOL SCI, V14, P527 PAGE RDM, 1996, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V12, P357 PETROV BM, 1992, ACTA THERIOL, V9, P374 PUCEK Z, 1970, S ZOOL SOC LOND, V26, P189 RABEDER G, 1972, ANN NATURHISTOR MUS, V76, P375 REPENNING CA, 1967, US GEOL SURV PROF PA, V565, P1 ROBERTS N, 1983, QUATERNARY RES, V19, P154 ROBERTS N, 1999, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V18, P611 RYAN WBF, 1997, MAR GEOL, V138, P119 RZEBIKKOWALSKA B, 1991, ACTA ZOOL CRACOV, V34, P323 RZEBIKKOWALSKA B, 1998, MAMMAL RES I, P23 SCHREVE D, 1997, THESIS U LONDON LOND SKET B, 1999, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V8, P1319 SOKOLOV VE, 1989, POZVONOCHNYIE KAVKAZ SPITZENBERGER F, 1990, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, P313 SPITZENBERGER F, 1990, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, P317 SPITZENBERGER F, 1990, HDB SAUGETIERE EUROP, P334 STANKOVIC S, 1960, MONOGR BIOL, V9 STANLEY DJ, 1980, NATURE, V285, P537 STEININGER FF, 1996, GEOLOGICAL EVOLUTION, P659 TVRTKOVIC N, 1985, BIOSISTEMATIKA, V6, P187 VERESHCHAGIN NK, 1959, MAMMALS CAUCASUS HIS WILLIS KJ, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V13, P769 YUDIN BS, 1970, FAUNA SIBIRI, P247 ZIMA J, 1984, ACTA SC NAT BRNO, V18, P1 TC 0 BP 1616 EP 1625 PG 10 JI Can. J. Zool.-Rev. Can. Zool. PY 2000 PD SEP VL 78 IS 9 GA 349FU J9 CAN J ZOOL UT ISI:000089033600012 ER PT J AU Davison, A TI An East-West distribution of divergent mitochondrial haplotypes in British populations of the land snail, Cepaea nemoralis (Pulmonata) SO BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY NR 34 AB Some continental European populations of the land snail Cepaea nemoralis have mitochondrial haplotypes that differ by up to 20% at the 16S rRNA locus. I mapped the distribution of different lineages in populations from 36 different sites in Britain and Ireland. In 93% of individuals, one of two mitochondrial lineages was found, A or N, which differ from each other by about 6% using a 16S rRNA fragment (approximately 300 base pairs). The distribution of these two types is very striking-one is confined to Wales, West and central England, and Scotland, while the other is found mainly in East and central England. The two types meet in a transition zone. The most likely explanation for the distribution is that it reflects two routes of colonization after the last ice age. Cepaea dispersal is leptokurtic, and only limited gene flow occurs between established populations, so that the original pattern could have been retained since the post-glacial colonization. However, many environmental gradients are orientated East-West, so alternative selective explanations are possible. A distinct mitochondrial lineage, as well as fossil evidence, suggests that Ireland was colonized separately from Britain. The implications of these distributions for the origins of the puzzling geographical patterns of shell types known as 'area effects' is discussed. (C) 2000 The Linnean Society of London. CR BARRATT EM, 1997, NATURE, V387, P138 CAIN AJ, 1954, GENETICS, V39, P89 CAIN AJ, 1950, HEREDITY, V4, P275 CAIN AJ, 1963, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V246, P1 CAMERON RAD, 1984, MALACOLOGIA, V25, P271 CHIBA S, 1999, EVOLUTION, V53, P460 CLARKE B, 1966, AM NAT, V100, P389 CLARKE B, 1978, ECOLOGICAL GENETICS, P159 COOK LM, 1998, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V353, P1577 DAVISON A, 1999, BIOL CONSERV, V87, P155 DAVISON A, 2000, IN PRESS P ROYAL S B DAVISON A, 2000, J MOLLUS STUD, V66, P143 DAVISON A, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1760 DOURIS V, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P116 FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP MANUAL VERSIO FERRIS C, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P731 GOODHART CB, 1963, HEREDITY, V18, P459 HATZOGLOU E, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P1353 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282 JOHNSON MS, 1976, HEREDITY, V36, P105 KERNEY MP, 1980, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V291, P1 MAIDAK BL, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P484 OCHMAN H, 1987, HEREDITY, V58, P127 OCHMAN H, 1983, P NATL ACAD SCI-BIOL, V80, P4189 ORITA M, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P2766 PREECE RC, 1986, J BIOGEOGR, V13, P487 SEARLE JB, 1987, HEREDITY, V59, P345 SKIBINSKI DOF, 1994, NATURE, V368, P817 SMITH SW, 1994, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V10, P671 TERRETT J, 1994, NAUTILUS, V108, P79 THOMAZ D, 1996, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V263, P363 YAMAZAKI N, 1997, GENETICS, V145, P749 TC 0 BP 697 EP 706 PG 10 JI Biol. J. Linnean Soc. PY 2000 PD AUG VL 70 IS 4 GA 345XZ J9 BIOL J LINN SOC UT ISI:000088841700009 ER PT J AU Caron, H Dumas, S Marque, G Messier, C Bandou, E Petit, RJ Kremer, A TI Spatial and temporal distribution of chloroplast DNA polymorphism in a tropical tree species SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 44 AB The level and the spatial organization of chloroplast DNA polymorphism were investigated in Dicorynia guianensis Hamshoff (Caesalpiniaceae) at different spatial and temporal scales. D. guianensis is a canopy tree of the rain forest that is distributed throughout the Guiana plateau in small aggregates. Twelve different haplotypes were identified using restriction analysis of polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplified fragments of the chloroplast genome. When populations from different areas of French Guiana were compared, a clear geographical pattern of haplotype frequencies was identified along the Atlantic coast. This pattern is most likely the result of the restriction-expansion dynamics of the tropical forest during the Quaternary At the local level, D. guianensis was characterized by a high level of within population diversity. Maintenance of within population diversity results from the dynamics of the aggregates; stochastic demography associated with the turnover of aggregates generates genetic differentiation among them. At the stand level, a strong spatial aggregation of haplotypes persisted from the adult to the seedling cohort indicating limited seed flow There was also a strong difference in levels of diversity between the cohorts which suggested that recruitment over several years is needed in order to maintain genetic diversity during regeneration. CR BARITEAU M, 1993, THESIS U PARIS 6 BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BODENES C, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V93, P348 BUSH MB, 1994, J BIOGEOGR, V21, P5 CABRERAGAILLARD C, 1990, REPARTITIONS SPATIAL CARON H, 1998, GENETICS SELECTION E, V30, PS153 CHARLESDOMINIQUE P, 1998, ACTA OECOL, V19, P295 DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P159 DEGRANVILLE JJ, 1993, FORET GUYANAISE GEST, P21 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13 DUMOLIN S, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P1253 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832 FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584 FORGET PM, 1988, THESIS U PARIS 6 GENTRY AH, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P19 HAMILTON MB, 1999, NATURE, V401, P129 HOOGHIEMSTRA H, 1998, EARTH-SCI REV, V44, P147 KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151 KOKOU K, 1992, THESIS U BORDEAUX 2 LEVY F, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P422 MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642 MCCAULEY DE, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P727 MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198 PETIT RJ, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P844 PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 PRANCE GT, 1982, BIOL DIVERSIFICATION, P137 RASPE O, 1998, THESIS CATHOLIC U LO RIERA B, 1995, REV ECOL, V50, P15 SABATIER D, 1990, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V219, P31 SCHMITT L, 1989, COMPTE RENDUS MISE E SMOUSE PE, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P561 SOKAL RR, 1978, BIOL J LINN SOC, V10, P199 STREIFF R, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P831 STREIFF R, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P317 SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PHYLOGENETIC ANAL US TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 TURCQ B, 1998, ACT S DYN LONG TERM, P277 VUILLEUMIER BS, 1971, SCIENCE, P771 WEISING K, 1999, GENOME, V42, P9 TC 0 BP 1089 EP 1098 PG 10 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD AUG VL 9 IS 8 GA 345GF J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000088807700008 ER PT J AU Raspe, O Saumitou-Laprade, P Cuguen, J Jacquemart, AL TI Chloroplast DNA haplotype variation and population differentiation in Sorbus aucuparia L. (Rosaceae : Maloideae) SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 54 AB Intra-specific chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) variation was studied in Sorbus aucuparia L., an entomophilous, mid-or early successional tree producing fleshy fruits. Eight PCR-amplified fragments of the chloroplast genome were screened for restriction fragment length polymorphisms, using one or two 4 bp-cutter restriction endonucleases. cpDNA variation was investigated on two geographical scales: (1) among four regions in France and Belgium; and (2) within the Belgian region. A total of 150 individuals from six populations were analysed. Fourteen polymorphisms were detected in six of the cpDNA fragments. All polymorphisms probably resulted from insertions or deletions, and allowed the identification of 12 haplotypes. The level of genetic differentiation computed on the basis of haplotype frequencies was similar on the two geographical scales considered (G(STc) = 0.286 among regions, G(STc) = 0.259 among populations within the Belgian region). These values are much lower than those obtained in nine previously studied temperate tree species, which are all wind-pollinated, late- successional species producing dry fruits. These results might primarily be accounted for by the contrasting life history traits of S. aucuparia. In order to obtain insights into the relative contribution of pollen and seeds to gene flow G(STc) was also compared with previously obtained G(ST) estimates based on allozyme data. CR AAGAARD JE, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P441 ALLAN GJ, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V205, P205 BIRKY CW, 1989, GENETICS, V121, P613 BIRKY CW, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P11331 BYRNE M, 1994, HEREDITY, V73, P18 CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550 CLAPHAM AR, 1962, FLORA BRIT ISLES CLEGG MT, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6795 COMPS B, 1990, HEREDITY, V65, P407 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DESPLANQUE B, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P141 DONG J, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P573 DOW BD, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P615 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 EDWARDS K, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P1349 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832 ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P250 GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769 HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95 HIPKINS VD, 1995, CURR GENET, V27, P572 HU XS, 1997, HEREDITY, V79, P541 IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282 KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151 KULLMAN L, 1986, ANN BOT FENN, V23, P267 LATTA RG, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1153 LECORRE V, 1997, GENET RES, V69, P117 LI P, 1988, CANADIAN J FOREST RE, V19, P149 MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198 MORAN GF, 1992, NEW FOR, V6, P49 OGIHARA Y, 1992, CURR GENET, V22, P251 PALMER JD, 1988, ANN MO BOT GARD, V75, P1180 PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630 PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996 PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 POWELL W, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7759 PRAT D, 1992, ACTA OECOL, V13, P469 RAMEAU JC, 1989, FLORE FORESTIERE FRA RASPE O, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P537 RASPE O, 1998, THESIS CATHOLIC U LO REBOUD X, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P132 SNOW B, 1988, BIRDS BERRIES STUDY SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TARAYRE M, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P1675 WAGSTAFF SJ, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V209, P265 WEISING K, 1999, GENOME, V42, P9 WHEELER NC, 1982, CAN J FOREST RES, V12, P595 WHITLOCK MC, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1717 WOLFE KH, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P9054 ZANETTO A, 1994, FOREST GENET, V1, P111 TC 0 BP 1113 EP 1122 PG 10 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD AUG VL 9 IS 8 GA 345GF J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000088807700010 ER PT J AU Kleiber, HP Knies, J Niessen, F TI The Late Weichselian glaciation of the Franz Victoria Trough, northern Barents Sea: ice sheet extent and timing SO MARINE GEOLOGY NR 94 AB High resolution seismic profiles (PARASOUND, 4 kHz) and three sediment cores from the Franz Victoria Trough and the adjacent continental slope were studied in order to constrain the timing and extent of the northern Svalbard/Barents Sea ice sheet during the Late Weichselian glaciation. Stacked debris flow lobes and layers of glacimarine diamicton on the lower continental slope indicate that large quantities of glacially derived sediments were deposited by the northern Svalbard/Barents Sea ice sheet directly onto the upper continental slope at approximately 23 C-14 ka. A grounding-line advance to the shelf break is supported by the identification of diamicton, interpreted as till, in the seismic profile near the shelf break. After several ice sheet instabilities marked by significant input of ice rafted detritus to the continental margin, the disintegration of the northern Svalbard/Barents Sea ice sheet (Termination la) is indicated by a distinct pulse of ice rafted detritus at 15.4 C-14 ka and the transition to an isotopically defined meltwater signal. The drastic change in sedimentary pattern on the upper continental slope, dared to about 13.4 C-14 ka, is interpreted as grounding-line retreat from the shelf edge. A further stepwise retreat of the northern Svalbard/Barents Sea ice sheet is indicated by pulses of ice rafted detritils which appear to be contemporaneous with the onset of distinct ice rafting events in adjacent areas and pulses of glacimarine sedimentation in the southwestern Barents Sea. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR ANDERSEN ES, 1996, MAR GEOL, V133, P123 ANDREWS JT, 1992, GEOLOGY, V20, P1087 ANDREWS JT, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V13, P3 ANDREWS JT, 1994, QUATERNARY RES, V41, P26 ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19 ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21 BARD E, 1994, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V126, P275 BAUCH HA, 1996, 1 ANN QUEEN WORKSH S BOND G, 1992, NATURE, V360, P245 BOULTON GS, 1990, GLACIMARINE ENV PROC, P15 BROECKER WS, 1994, NATURE, V372, P421 DAMUTH JE, 1980, MAR GEOL, V38, P51 DAMUTH JE, 1978, MAR GEOL, V28, P1 DAMUTH JE, 1975, MAR GEOL, V18, P17 DOKKEN TM, 1996, GEOLOGY, V24, P599 DOWDESWELL JA, 1999, NATURE, V400, P348 DOWDESWELL JA, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P243 DUNAYEV NN, 1990, ARCTIC RES ADV PROSP, V2, P70 DUPLESSY JC, 1981, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V35, P121 ELVERHOI A, 1990, GEOLOGICAL HIST POLA, P289 ELVERHOI A, 1995, J GEOL, V103, P1 ELVERHOI A, 1989, MAR GEOL, V85, P225 ELVERHOI A, 1983, POLAR RES, V1, P23 ELVERHOI A, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P303 ELVERHOI A, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P863 EMMERMANN R, 1990, SCI DRILLING, V1, P269 ESPITALIE J, 1984, ANAL PYROLYSIS TECHN, P276 FORMAN SL, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P113 FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P885 FUTTERER DK, 1994, REPORT POLAR RES, V149, P244 GATAULLIN V, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P47 GERDES R, 1997, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V102, P8467 GRANT JA, 1990, MAR GEOPHYS RES, V12, P9 GROBE H, 1987, POLARFORSCHUNG, V57, P123 GROSS CM, 1998, CATHETER CARDIO DIAG, V45, P1 GROSSWALD MG, 1990, ARCTIC RES ADV PROSP, V2, P70 GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1 HALD M, 1999, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V146, P229 HEBBEIN D, 1991, NATURE, V350, P409 HEBBELN D, 1994, NATURE, V370, P357 HEBBELN D, 1997, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V12, P65 HUGHES T, 1977, NATURE, V266, P596 JONES GA, 1988, NATURE, V336, P56 KELLOGG T, 1980, BOREAS, V16, P267 KNIES J, 1999, GEO-MAR LETT, V18, P195 KNIES J, 2000, MAR GEOL, V163, P317 KNIES J, 1998, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V13, P384 KOHFELD KE, 1996, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V11, P679 LABERG JS, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P309 LAMBECK K, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P41 LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LOENG H, 1979, POAC 79 P 5 INT C PO, P163 LOENG H, 1991, POLAR RES, V10, P5 LUBINSKI DJ, 1996, BOREAS, V25, P89 MANGERUD J, 1975, QUATERNARY RES, V5, P263 MCCABE AM, 1998, NATURE, V392, P373 MIDTTUN L, 1985, DEEP-SEA RES, V32, P1233 MIDTTUN L, 1987, EFFECT OCEANOGRAPHIC, P13 MOSBY H, 1938, GEOFYS PUBL, V12, P1 NAM SL, 1997, REP POLAR RES, V241, P157 NIESSEN F, 1997, REPORTS POLAR RES, V255, P99 NORGAARDPEDERSEN N, 1998, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V13, P193 OSTERHOLM H, 1990, GEOGR ANN A, V72, P301 PFIRMAN SL, 1994, POLAR OCEANS THEIR R, P77 PHILLIPS RL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1101 POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567 POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169 POLYAK L, 1994, POLAR RES, V13, P197 PRATSON LF, 1989, MAR GEOL, V89, P87 RUDELS B, 1986, POLAR RES, V4, P138 SCHAUER U, 1997, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V102, P3371 SCHEFFER F, 1984, LEHRBUCH BODENKUNDE, P442 SIEGERT MJ, 1999, QUATERNARY RES, V52, P273 SIEGERT MJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P1 SOLHEIM A, 1996, EOS T AGU, P77 SOLHEIM A, 1990, GEOL SOC LOND SPEC P, V53, P18 SOLHEIM A, 1992, NORDISKE GEOLOGISKE SOLHEIM A, 1984, NORSK POLARINSTITU B, V179, P26 SOLHEIM A, 1996, NORWEGIAN POLAR I CR SPIELHAGEN RF, 1996, 1 ANN QUEEN WORKSH S STEIN R, 1991, ACCUMULATION ORGANIC STEIN R, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P635 STEIN R, 1994, MAR GEOL, V119, P333 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TISSOT BP, 1984, PETROLEUM FORMATION, P699 VINJE TE, 1985, NORSK POLARINST SK C, V179, P26 VINJE TE, 1976, SEA ICE CONDITIONS E, P163 VOGT C, 1997, REP POLAR RES, V251, P335 VOGT PR, 1993, EOS T AM GEOPHYS UN, V74, P449 VOGT PR, 1994, GEOLOGY, V22, P403 VORREN TO, 1989, MAR GEOL, V85, P251 VORREN TO, 1997, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V16, P865 WEIEL D, 1997, THESIS U KOLN TC 0 BP 25 EP 44 PG 20 JI Mar. Geol. PY 2000 PD AUG 15 VL 168 IS 1-4 GA 344ZT J9 MAR GEOLOGY UT ISI:000088791500002 ER PT J AU Kaakinen, A Eronen, M TI Holocene pollen stratigraphy indicating climatic and tree-line changes derived from a peat section at Ortino, in the Pechora lowland, northern Russia SO HOLOCENE NR 34 AB This study presents the results of pollen analysis and radiocarbon dates of a peat section from Ortino, in the Pechora lowland in northern Russia. A pollen stratigraphy is provided for at least the last 9200 years and it provides a basis for the reconstruction of the vegetational and mire history in the northernmost part of European Russia. Conifer stomata content was recorded as a complement to pollen studies to achieve a better resolution of tree-line fluctuations. The onset of Holocene warming initiated a vegetation succession that started first with herb-dominated tundra vegetation, and later with herb-shrub tundra. Combined pollen and stomata evidence suggests that Picea accompanied by Betula spp. spread to Ortino soon after 9000 14 C yr BP. Trees and a climate warmer than at present persisted until c. 3000 14 C yr BP, when forests disappeared and modern dwarf-shrub tundra vegetation developed. CR AMMANN B, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P175 ANDERSON PM, 1988, CAN J EARTH SCI, V25, P84 BARNEKOW L, 1999, LUNDQUA THESIS, V43 BOLIKHOVSKAYA NS, 1988, PALEOKLIMATY GOLOTSE, P36 CLAYDEN SL, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P327 CLAYDEN SL, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1009 DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN ERONEN M, 1996, GEOPHYSICA, V32, P35 ERONEN M, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P29 FAEGRI K, 1989, TXB POLLEN ANAL GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3 HANSEN BCS, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P796 HANSEN BCS, 1995, CAN J BOT, V73, P244 HICKS S, 1994, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V82, P17 HYVARINEN H, 1976, BOREAS, V5, P163 HYVARINEN H, 1975, FENNIA, V142, P123 HYVARINEN H, 1992, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P19 IVERSEN J, 1954, DANM GEOL UNDERS, V80, P87 KATZ NY, 1936, T CENTRALNOJ TORFJAN, V1, P103 KHOTINSKIY NA, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P179 KHOTINSKIY NA, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P305 KREMENETSKI C, 1999, J QUATERNARY SCI, V14, P29 KREMENETSKI CV, 1998, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V30, P317 LUNDQVIST J, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P9 MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46 PYAVCHENKO NI, 1955, BUGRISTYE TORFYANIKI RITCHIE JC, 1984, PAST PRESENT VEGETAT RUTTER N, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P19 STOCKMARR J, 1971, POLLEN SPORES, V13, P615 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TIPPING R, 1993, NEW PHYTOL, V125, P175 TIPPING RM, 1987, BOREAS, V16, P155 TVERANGER J, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V13, P189 VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43 TC 0 BP 611 EP 620 PG 10 JI Holocene PY 2000 PD SEP VL 10 IS 5 GA 341FY J9 HOLOCENE UT ISI:000088581400007 ER PT J AU Lowe, AJ Gillies, ACM Wilson, J Dawson, IK TI Conservation genetics of bush mango from central/west Africa: implications from random amplified polymorphic DNA analysis SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 50 AB Genetic variation was assessed in the two bush mango species, Irvingia gabonensis and I. wombolu, valuable multipurpose fruit trees from central and west Africa that are currently undergoing domestication. A total of 130 individuals sampled from Cameroon, Nigeria and Gabon were analysed using 74 random amplified polymorphic DNAs (RAPDs). Significant genetic integrity was found in the two morphologically similar species (among-species analysis of molecular variance [AMOVA] variance component 25.8%, P < 0.001), with no evidence of hybridization, even between individuals from areas of sympatry where hybridization was considered probable. Results suggest that large-scale transplantation of either species into new habitats will probably not lead to genetic introgression from or into the other species. Therefore, subsequent cultivation of the two species should not be hindered by this consideration, although further studies on the potential for hybridization/introgression between these species would be prudent. Significant genetic differentiation of both species (among-countries within species, nested AMOVA variance component 9.8%, P < 0.001) was observed over the sampled regions, and genetic similarity of samples decreased significantly with increasing geographical distance, according to number of alleles in common (NAC) analysis. 'Hot spots' of genetic diversity were found clustered in southern Nigeria and southern Cameroon for I. wombolu, and in southern Nigeria, southern Cameroon and central Gabon for I. gabonensis. The possible reasons for this distribution of genetic variation are discussed, but it may reflect evolutionary history, as these populations occur in areas of postulated Pleistocene refugia. The application of these results to domestication programmes and, in the light of extensive deforestation in the region, conservation approaches, is discussed. CR ADAMSON A, 1995, HUM GENOME NEWS, V6, P3 AYUK ET, 1999, FOREST ECOL MANAG, V113, P1 BLACK WC, 1993, INSECT MOL BIOL, V2, P1 BODENES C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P713 BRAIN P, 1989, S AFR J SCI, V85, P181 CARDOSO MA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P601 CHAMBERLAIN JR, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P37 CHEVALIER MH, 1994, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V240, P5 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 DAWSON IK, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P10 DAWSON IK, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P151 DAWSON IK, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P89 DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11 DULLOO ME, 1997, GENET RESOUR CROP EV, V44, P447 DYER C, 1994, P 13 PLEN M AETFAT Z, P429 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FRANZEL S, 1996, 8 INT SERV NAT AGR R GILLIES ACM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1133 GILLIES ACM, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V211, P201 HAMILTON AC, 1981, AFR J ECOL, V19, P1 HAMRICK JL, 1994, P INT S GEN CONS PRO, P1 HAMRICK JL, 1993, VEGETATIO, V107, P281 HARRIS DJ, 1996, B JARDIN BOTANIQUE N, V65, P143 HARRIS SA, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V207, P119 HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927 IREMONGER S, 1997, GLOBAL OVERVIEW FORE JOLY HI, 1992, AUST J BOT, V40, P59 LADIPO DO, 1996, NONWOOD FOREST PRODU, P193 LEAKEY RRB, 1998, AGROFOREST SYST, V38, P165 LOWE AJ, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1786 LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91 MAGUIRE TL, 1997, HEREDITY, V79, P394 MOLLET M, 1995, AGROFORESTRY TODAY, V7, P14 MULLERSTARCK G, 1991, BOCCONEA, V7, P43 NDOYE O, 1995, MARKETS NONTIMBER FO NESBITT KA, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P628 NEWTON AC, 1999, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V14, P140 OKAFOR JC, 1975, B NAT PLANTENTUIN BE, V45, P211 PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135 RIESEBERG LH, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P99 RUSSELL JR, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P89 SIMONS AJ, 1996, TREE IMPROVEMENT SUS, V2, P391 SOSEF MSM, 1994, BELMONTIA, V26, P1 SURLES SE, 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V80, P49 UJOR GC, 1995, THESIS U IBADAN VOS P, 1995, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V23, P4407 WEISING K, 1995, DNA FINGERPRINTING P WHITE LJT, 1993, AFR J ECOL, V31, P181 WILIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531 ZANETTO A, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P506 TC 0 BP 831 EP 841 PG 11 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD JUL VL 9 IS 7 GA 341FA J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000088579300001 ER PT J AU Franck, P Garnery, L Celebrano, G Solignac, M Cornuet, JM TI Hybrid origins of honeybees from Italy (Apis mellifera ligustica) and Sicily (A-m. sicula) SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 63 AB The genetic variability of honeybee populations Apis mellifera ligustica, in continental Italy, and of A. m. sicula, in Sicily, was investigated using nuclear (microsatellite) and mitochondrial markers. Six populations (236 individual bees) and 17 populations (664 colonies) were, respectively, analysed using eight microsatellite loci and DraI restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) of the cytochrome oxidase I (COI)- cytochrome oxidase II (COII) region. Microsatellite loci globally confirmed the southeastern European heritage of both subspecies (evolutionary branch C). However, A. m. ligustica mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) appeared to be a composite of the two European (M and C) lineages over most of the Italian peninsula, and only mitotypes from the African (A) lineage were found in A. m. sicula samples. This Remonstrates a hybrid origin for both subspecies. For A. m. ligustica, the most widely exported subspecies, this hybrid origin has long been obscured by the fact that in the main area of queen production (from which most of the previous ligustica bee samples originated) the M mitochondrial lineage is absent, whereas it is present almost everywhere else in Italy. This presents a new view of the evolutionary history of European honeybees. For instance, the Iberian peninsula was considered as the unique refuge for the M branch during the quaternary ice periods. Our results show that the Apennine peninsula played a similar role. The differential distribution of nuclear and mitochondrial markers observed in Italy seems to be a general feature of introgressed honeybee populations. Presumably, it stems from the social nature of the species in which both genome compartments are differentially affected by the two (individual and colonial) reproduction levels. CR ARIAS MC, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P557 BADINO G, 1992, ATTI 5 C NAZ SOC IT, P263 BADINO G, 1984, B MUS REG SCI NAT TO, V2, P571 BADINO G, 1985, EXPERIENTIA, V41, P752 BADINO G, 1982, EXPERIENTIA, V38, P540 BADINO G, 1983, J HERED, V74, P443 BARCOHEN R, 1978, APIDOLOGIE, V9, P95 BERTORELLE G, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1298 CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, AM J HUM GENET, V19, P233 CHAKRABORTY R, 1993, DNA FINGERPRINTING S, P153 CHAKRABORTY R, 1986, YEARB PHYS ANTHROPOL, V29, P1 CORNUET JM, 1991, APIDOLOGIE, V22, P627 CORNUET JM, 1982, APIDOLOGIE, V13, P15 CORNUET JM, 1991, GENETICS, V1128, P393 CROZIER RH, 1993, GENETICS, V133, P97 DEJONG H, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P99 DELARUA P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1543 DESALLE R, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V26, P157 ESTOUP A, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P679 ESTOUP A, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P1074 ESTOUP A, 1996, MOL MAR BIOL BIOTECH, V5, P295 FRANCK P, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1119 FRANCK P, 2000, IN PRESS APIDOLOGIE GARNERY L, 1993, EXPERIENTIA, V49, P1016 GARNERY L, 1998, GENET SEL EVOL, V30, P31 GARNERY L, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P465 GARNERY L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P145 GARNET L, 1998, GENET SEL EVOL, V30, P49 GOLDSTEIN DB, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P6723 HEDGES SB, 1992, MOL BIOL EVOL, V9, P366 HEPBURN HR, 1998, HONEYBEES AFRICA HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 KOULIANOS S, 1996, APIDOLOGIE, V27, P165 LEGENDRE L, 1984, ECOLOGIE NUMERIQUE, V1 LONGO S, 1984, APITALIA, P1 MANINO A, 1984, APICOL MODERNO, V75, P89 MARLETTO F, 1984, APIC MOD, V75, P159 MEIXNER MD, 1993, APIDOLOGIE, V24, P147 NEI M, 1981, GENETICS, V97, P583 NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P145 OLDROYD BP, 1992, J APICULT RES, V31, P141 RAYMOND M, 1995, J HERED, V86, P248 RIESEBERG LH, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P741 ROBERTS DF, 1965, HUM BIOL, V37, P38 RUTTNER F, 1978, APIDOLOGIE, V9, P363 RUTTNER F, 1988, BIOGEOGRAPHY TAXONOM SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406 SHEPPARD WS, 1997, APIDOLOGIE, V28, P287 SHEPPARD WS, 1986, APIDOLOGIE, V17, P21 SHEPPARD WS, 1999, GENET MOL BIOL, V22, P73 SINACORI A, 1998, APIDOLOGIE, V29, P481 SMITH DR, 1991, J HERED, V82, P96 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY SWOFFORD DL, 1989, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN TABERLET P, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P1255 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TAKEZAKI N, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P389 TAYLOR OR, 1977, BEE WORLD, V58, P19 VENANZETTI F, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P275 VIARD F, 1998, J MOL EVOL, V47, P42 WILSON AC, 1985, BIOL J LINN SOC, V26, P375 WOODWARD D, 1993, AM BEE J, V133, P124 TC 0 BP 907 EP 921 PG 15 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD JUL VL 9 IS 7 GA 341FA J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000088579300008 ER PT J AU Clark, PU Mix, AC TI Global change - Ice sheets by volume SO NATURE NR 18 CR BARD E, 1990, NATURE, V345, P405 CLARK PU, 1996, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V11, P563 CLARK PU, 1999, SCIENCE, V286, P1104 DUPLESSY JC, 1991, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V103, P27 FLEMING K, 1998, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V163, P327 GROSSWALD MG, 1999, POLAR GEOGR, V23, P23 GUILDERSON TP, 1994, SCIENCE, V263, P663 HEWITT CD, 1997, CLIM DYNAM, V13, P821 LAMBECK K, IN PRESS EARTH PLANE MIX AC, 1999, GEOPH MONOG SERIES, V112, P127 MIX AC, IN PRESS QUAT SCI RE MIX AC, 1988, NATURE, V331, P249 PELTIER WR, 1998, REV GEOPHYS, V36, P603 SCHRAG DP, 1996, SCIENCE, V272, P1930 SHACKLETON N, 1967, NATURE, V215, P15 SOWERS T, 1995, SCIENCE, V269, P210 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 YOKOYAMA Y, 2000, NATURE, V406, P713 TC 0 BP 689 EP 690 PG 2 JI Nature PY 2000 PD AUG 17 VL 406 IS 6797 GA 344PH J9 NATURE UT ISI:000088767700030 ER PT J AU Balfourier, F Imbert, C Charmet, G TI Evidence for phylogeographic structure in Lolium species related to the spread of agriculture in Europe. A cpDNA study SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS NR 30 AB In order to explain the present distribution area of natural populations of two forage grasses species (Lolium perenne and L. rigidum), we studied genetic variation for maternally inherited chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) in 447 individual plants from 51 natural populations sampled throughout Europe and the Middle East. The detection of polymorphism by restriction analysis of PCR-amplified cpDNA fragments resulted in the identification of 15 haplotypes. Hierarchical analysis of chloroplastic diversity showed a high level of within-population diversity while, for both species, we found that about 40% of the total diversity still remains among populations. The use of previous isozymes data enabled us to estimate the pollen to seed flow ratio: pollen flow appears to be 3.5 times greater than seed flow for L. perenne and 2.2 times higher for L. rigidum. A stepwise weighted genetic distance between pairs of populations was calculated using the haplotypes frequencies of populations. A hierarchical clustering of populations clearly divides the two species, while two main clusters of L. perenne populations show a strong geographical structure. Different scenario are proposed for explaining the distribution area of the two species. Finally, evidence attesting that these geographical structures are related to the spread of agriculture in Europe are presented and discussed. CR BADENES ML, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P1035 BALFOURIER F, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P100 CHARMET G, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V94, P1038 CHIU WL, 1985, MOL GEN GENET, V198, P525 DAVIS JI, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1444 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307 EFRON B, 1979, ANN STAT, V7, P1 ENNOS RA, 1993, HEREDITY, V72, P250 FERRONI P, 1998, THROMB HAEMOSTASIS, V80, P58 KIANG AS, 1994, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P681 LECORRE V, 1997, GENET RES, V69, P117 MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642 MCCAULEY DE, 1997, J HERED, V88, P257 NEI M, 1972, AM NAT, V106, P283 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN OLMSTEAD RG, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1205 PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630 PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 ROGERS SO, 1985, PLANT MOL BIOL, V5, P69 SEARS BB, 1980, PLASMID, V4, P233 SHRIVER MD, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P914 SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 TERRELL EE, 1968, USDA TECHN B, V1392, P1 TIXIER MH, 1997, J GENET BREED, V51, P175 YAMESHITA M, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P129 TC 0 BP 131 EP 138 PG 8 JI Theor. Appl. Genet. PY 2000 PD JUL VL 101 IS 1-2 GA 338DX J9 THEOR APPL GENET UT ISI:000088403800021 ER PT J AU Stehlik, I TI Nunataks and peripheral refugia for alpine plants during quaternary glaciation in the middle part of the Alps SO BOTANICA HELVETICA NR 28 AB There is a long-lasting debate about the fate of the mountain flora of the Alps during Quaternary ice ages. Two main possibilities of glacial survival of alpine plant taxa have been discussed, namely (1) total extinction within glaciated areas, survival in peripheral refugia, and subsequent re- immigration into vacant areas after the retreat of glaciers (tabula rasa hypothesis ) and (2) long-term in-situ survival within glaciated regions in ice-free locations above the ice- shield (nunataks) and spread into neighbouring, vegetation-free areas after glaciations (nunatak hypothesis). Based upon floristic and geological biogeographic literature, a map was drawn showing potential peripheral refugia and the according migration routes into the Central Alps, as well as the main high-alpine nunatak areas. This map is proposed to provide a basis for further discussions and investigations on the historical biogeography of alpine plants. CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 BAUERT MR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1519 BECHERER A, 1972, FUHRER FLORA SCHWEIZ BRIQUEG J, 1906, WISSENSCHAFTLICHE ER, P130 BROCKMANNJEROSC H, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN, P1110 BURGA CA, 1998, VEGETATION KLIM SCHW CHODAT R, 1902, GLOBE, V41, P1 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 FAVARGER C, 1958, FLORA VEGETATION ALP FERRIS C, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P731 FLORINETH D, 1998, ECLOGAE GEOL HELV, V91, P391 FLORINETH D, 1998, EISZEITALTER GEGENWA, V48, P23 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 HANTKE R, 1978, WATLAS SCHWEIZ HESS H, 1967, FLORA SCHWEIZ ANGREN, V1 HUNGERER KB, 1998, PL ECOL EVOL SYST, V1, P121 LANDOLT E, 1992, UNSERER ALPENFLORA LANG G, 1994, QUARTARE VEGETATIONS MERXMULLER H, 1953, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V18, P138 MERXMULLER H, 1952, JB VER SCHUTZE ALPEN, V17, P96 MERXMULLER H, 1954, JB VEREINS SCHUTZE A, V19, P97 PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PL SYST EVOL, V202, P353 STEHLIK I, IN PRESS B GEOBOT ET TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217 WELTEN M, 1982, VERBREITUNGSATLAS FA TC 0 BP 25 EP 30 PG 6 JI Bot. Helv. PY 2000 PD JUN VL 110 IS 1 GA 336BT J9 BOTAN HELV UT ISI:000088282600004 ER PT J AU Birks, HH Birks, HJB TI Future uses of pollen analysis must include plant macrofossils SO JOURNAL OF BIOGEOGRAPHY NR 32 CR ANDERSON PM, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P573 BAKER RG, 1996, ECOL MONOGR, V66, P203 BAKER RG, 1965, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V76, P601 BARNEKOW L, 1999, HOLOCENE, V9, P253 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 BIRKS HH, 2000, IN PRESS J PALEOLIMN, V23 BIRKS HH, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P719 BIRKS HH, 1994, VEGETATION HIST ARCH, V3, P107 BIRKS HJB, 1976, ECOL MONOGR, V46, P395 BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399 COLINVAUX P, 1996, NATURE, V382, P21 CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1 ELIAS SA, 1996, NATURE, V382, P60 ELIAS SA, 1997, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V136, P293 GUTHRIE RD, 1990, FROZEN FAUNA MAMMOTH JACKSON ST, 1989, NEW YORK STATE MUSEU, V465 JONSGARD B, 1995, LINDBERGIA, V20, P64 KRISTIANSEN IL, 1988, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V53, P185 LARSEN E, 1984, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V16, P137 MANGERUD J, 1970, NOR GEOGR TIDSSKR, V24, P121 OVERPECK JT, 1985, QUATERNARY RES, V23, P87 PAUS A, 1990, NORSK GEOL TIDSSKR, V70, P135 PAUS A, 1989, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V61, P177 RITCHIE JC, 1995, NEW PHYTOL, V130, P469 VANDINTER M, 1996, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V5, P229 VONPOST L, 1916, POLLEN SPORES, V9, P375 WATTS WA, 1979, ECOL MONOGR, V49, P427 WHITLOCK C, 1993, GEOL SOC AM SPEDAL P, V276, P251 WICK L, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P445 WOLF VG, 2000, IN PRESS QUATERNARY WRIGHT HE, 1971, LATE CENOZOIC GLACIA, P435 WRIGHT HE, 1969, MINNESOTA GEOLOGICAL TC 0 BP 31 EP 35 PG 5 JI J. Biogeogr. PY 2000 PD JAN VL 27 IS 1 GA 333BV J9 J BIOGEOGR UT ISI:000088109600006 ER PT J AU Mohanty, A Martin, JP Aguinagalde, I TI Chloroplast DNA diversity within and among populations of the allotetraploid Prunus spinosa L. SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS NR 40 AB High chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) diversity was found within and among populations of Prunus spinosa sampled from seven European deciduous forests. A study of 12% of the total chloroplast genome detected 44 mutations, which were distributed over 24 haplotypes; four were common to two or more populations and the rest were unique haplotypes. The most-abundant and widely distributed haplotype was H2 (frequency = 41% approximately). Six of the seven populations were polymorphic. All of the six polymorphic populations had "private" haplotypes (frequency <5%) in addition to common haplotypes. The UPGMA dendrogram demonstrated a correlation between populations and their geographical locations. The total diversity was high (h(T) = 0.824) and a major portion of it was within populations (h(s) = 0.663). The level of population subdivision for unordered alleles was low (G(ST) = 19.5%) and for ordered alleles was lower (N-ST = 13.6%). No phylogeographic structure could be demonstrated in the present geographical scale. High polymorphism in the cpDNA of P. spinosa has to be considered carefully when planning phylogenetic studies involving this species. CR BANKS JA, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P6950 BASSAM BJ, 1991, ANAL BIOCHEM, V80, P81 BERIDZE RK, 1981, KULTURPFLANZE, V29, P147 BYRNE M, 1994, HEREDITY, V73, P18 CLEGG MT, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P449 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547 EXCOFFIER L, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P343 FERNANDEZGARCIA T, 1998, Z LEBENSM UNTERS F A, V206, P414 GAUT BS, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P89 GEPTS P, 1989, J HERED, V80, P203 GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769 GUITIAN J, 1993, PLANT SYST EVOL, V185, P153 JACKSON HD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P739 KANEKO T, 1986, JPN J GENET, V61, P157 KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151 LEVY F, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P143 MILLIGAN BG, 1991, CURR GENET, V19, P411 PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, P6 PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122 PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 PRIM RC, 1957, BELL SYST TECH J, V36, P1389 REYNDERSALOISI S, 1994, PLANT CELL REP, V13, P641 ROHLF FJ, 1992, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T SEGRAVES KA, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P253 SLATKIN M, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P53 SOLTIS DE, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P117 TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 TERAUCHI R, 1991, THEOR APPL GENET, V81, P461 TORRES AM, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P937 UEMATSU C, 1991, JPN J GENET, V66, P59 VANDIJK P, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P345 WATKINS R, 1976, EVOLUTION CROP PLANT, P242 WATKINS R, 1981, OXFORD ENCY TREES WO, P196 WOLFE KH, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P9054 YEBOAH GK, 1987, FUNCT ECOL, V1, P261 TC 0 BP 1304 EP 1310 PG 7 JI Theor. Appl. Genet. PY 2000 PD JUN VL 100 IS 8 GA 333WZ J9 THEOR APPL GENET UT ISI:000088154900021 ER PT J AU Peng, CI Chiang, TY TI Molecular confirmation of unidirectional hybridization in Begonia x taipeiensis Peng (Begoniaceae) from Taiwan SO ANNALS OF THE MISSOURI BOTANICAL GARDEN NR 67 AB An unusual Begonia that sheds staminate flowers prematurely at bud stage was collected from several localities in northern Taiwan. Observations on morphology, pollen stainability, and seed set of this species initially suggested a hybrid origin. Morphological comparisons, distribution patterns, chromosome cytology, and experimental hybridization showed that such plants are F-1 hybrids (2n = 41) between Begonia formosana (Hayata) Masamune (n = 30) and B. aptera Blume (n = ii), both of which are widespread in Taiwan and sympatric in most of their ranges. These hybrids were named Begonia X taipeiensis Peng. Experimental crosses between the putative parental species consistently resulted in germinable seeds and healthy F-1 plants only when B. formosana was used as the female parent. Molecular data obtained from sequences of the atpB-rbcL spacer of chloroplast DNA confirmed that unidirectional hybridization between the putative parents in the wild resulted in the formation of B. X taipeiensis. No natural hybrid populations with a maternal origin from B. aptera have been detected. Abortion caused by a post-pollination barrier occurs when B. aptera was used as a maternal parent. Low pollen fertility of F-1 hybrids indicates that the natural hybrid is maintained by recurrent hybridization between the parental species. CR ARFT AM, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P110 ARNOLD ML, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P577 ARNOLD ML, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P237 ARNOLD ML, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1512 ARNOLD ML, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P115 ARNOLD ML, 1997, NATURAL HYBRIDIZATIO ARNOLD ML, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P67 ASHTON PA, 1992, HEREDITY, V68, P25 BALDWIN BG, 1997, MOL EVOLUTION ADAPTI, P103 BROCHMANN C, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P135 CHEN CH, 1993, FLORA TAIWAN, V3, P845 CHEN YK, 1988, THESIS CHINESE CULTU CHIANG TY, 1998, BOT BULL ACAD SINICA, V39, P245 CHIANG TY, 1994, THESIS WASHINGTON U CHIEN A, 1976, J BACTERIOL, V127, P1550 CHIU WL, 1985, MOL GEN GENET, V198, P525 DEMARAIS BD, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P2747 DOYLE JJ, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P714 DOYLE JJ, 1989, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11 FARRIS JS, 1989, CLADISTICS, V5, P417 FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783 FRANCISCOORTEGA J, 1997, MOL EVOLUTION ADAPTI, P407 GARCIA DK, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P376 GOLENBERG EM, 1993, MOL PHYLLOGENET EVOL, V2, P52 HARRIS SA, 1992, HEREDITY, V69, P1 HEDGES SB, 1992, MOL BIOL EVOL, V9, P366 HIGGINS DG, 1992, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V8, P189 HILLIS DM, 1992, J HERED, V83, P189 HILLIS DM, 1993, SYST BIOL, V42, P182 HODGES SA, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1504 HUELSENBECK JP, 1991, SYST ZOOL, V40, P257 HUGHES CE, 1994, PLANT SYST EVOL, V192, P177 JACKSON RC, 1973, EVOLUTION, V27, P243 KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111 KLASSEN GJ, 1991, SYST ZOOL, V40, P446 KLUGE AG, 1969, SYST ZOOL, V18, P1 KUMAR PS, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR LI WH, 1997, MOL EVOLUTION LI WH, 1995, SYST BIOL, V44, P49 LIU SL, 1999, THESIS NATL CHENG KU MANEN JF, 1995, J MOL EVOL, V41, P920 MARCHUK D, 1991, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V19, P1154 MUMMENHOFF K, 1995, BOT ACTA, V108, P449 MURRAY V, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P8889 OHSUMI C, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P969 PENG CI, 1991, ANN MO BOT GARD, V78, P995 PENG CI, 1988, ANN MO BOT GARD, V75, P970 PENG CI, 2000, BOT BULL ACAD SINICA, V41, P151 PENG CI, 1990, BOT BULL ACAD SINICA, V31, P343 RIESEBERG LH, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P1218 RIESEBERG LH, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1498 RIESEBERG LH, 1995, MONOG SYST BOTAN, V53, P333 SANGER F, 1977, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V74, P5463 SOLTIS DE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1119 SOLTIS DE, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P243 SOLTIS DE, 1990, J HERED, V81, P168 SOLTIS PS, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P177 SOLTIS PS, 1991, SYST BOT, V16, P407 STEIN DB, 1990, ANN MO BOT GARD, V77, P334 SWOFFORD DL, 1993, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN SWOFFORD DL, 1991, PHYLOGENETIC ANAL DN, P295 VANDERPIJL L, 1972, PRINCIPLES DISPERSAL VOGELSTEIN B, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P615 WANG XR, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1020 WENDEL JF, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P694 WHITTEMORE AT, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P2540 WU CI, 1985, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V82, P1741 TC 1 BP 273 EP 285 PG 13 JI Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. PY 2000 VL 87 IS 2 GA 331GG J9 ANN MO BOT GARD UT ISI:000088009500008 ER PT J AU Cronberg, N TI Genetic diversity of the epiphytic bryophyte Leucodon sciuroides in formerly glaciated versus nonglaciated parts of Europe SO HEREDITY NR 51 AB Twelve populations of the epiphytic bryophyte Leucodon sciuroides from three major regions representing formerly glaciated and nonglaciated regions of Europe were screened for polymorphisms at 15 putative isozyme loci. The populations clustered into three distinct groups consisting of: (i) a single population from Crete, representing a cryptic unknown taxon; (ii) four Scandinavian populations and two populations from northern Greece; and (iii) the remaining populations from mainland Greece and Crete. The Scandinavian populations were genetically depleted compared with most Greek populations, thus fitting the expectation of generally lower levels of variation in formerly glaciated areas. The transition zone between genetically diverse and depleted populations appears to be located through northern Greece, coinciding with the northern limit of the Mediterranean region. This indicates that genetic variation was lost in populations at the northern limit of glacial refugia. The two groups of populations fit a progenitor-derivative model. They also have contrasting reproductive strategies: the Mediterranean populations reproduce sexually, whereas the other populations propagate vegetatively. Epiphytic species, growing on substrates that are limited in space and time, appear to be especially vulnerable to loss of genetic variation. Lack of genetic variation and therefore low adaptability to increased levels of atmospheric pollution may explain why many epiphytic lichen and bryophytes, including L. sciuroides, are declining over much of Europe. CR AFFRE L, 1997, BIOL J LINN SOC, V60, P527 AKIYAMA H, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1280 APPELGREN L, 1999, J BRYOL, V21, P97 BATES JW, 1997, J BRYOL, V19, P685 BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BERGMANN F, 1990, GENETICA, V82, P1 BOISSELIERDUBAYLE , 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V210, P175 CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550 COMPS B, 1990, HEREDITY, V65, P407 CRAWFORD DJ, 1983, ISOZYMES PLANT GEN A, P257 CRONBERG N, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P239 CRONBERG N, 2000, LINDBERGIA, V25, P20 CRONBERG N, 1995, LINDBERGIA, V20, P40 DURING HJ, 1979, LINDBERGIA, V5, P2 FALCONER DS, 1989, INTRO QUANTITATIVE G GOUDET J, 1995, J HERED, V86, P485 HALLINGBACK T, 1992, BIOL CONSERV, V59, P163 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HOFFMANN AA, 1993, BIOTIC INTERACTIONS, P165 HUNTLEY B, 1988, VEGETATION HIST, P341 JONSSON BO, 1998, THESIS LUND U LUND KONNERT M, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V196, P19 KOPERSKI M, 1998, HERZOGIA, V13, P63 KULLMAN L, 1998, BOREAS, V27, P153 LAGERCRANTZ U, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P38 LANDE R, 1987, VIABLE POPULATIONS C, P87 LEBERG PL, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P477 MAHY G, 1997, NEW PHYTOL, V137, P325 MANCHENKO GP, 1994, HDB DETECTION ENZYME MARTENSSON O, 1956, KUNGL SVENSKA VETENS, V14, P1 MISHLER BD, 1988, PLANT REPRODUCTIVE E, P284 MOLLER H, 1912, ARK BOT, V12, P1 NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P583 NEI M, 1975, MOL POPULATION GENET NYHOLM E, 1954, MOSS FLORA FENNOSCAN, V2 PIPPO S, 1982, ACTA BOT FENN, V119, P1 PRESTON CD, 1994, ATLAS BRYOPHYTES BRI, V3, P214 SCHOFIELD WB, 1981, BRYOLOGIST, V84, P149 SJOGREN E, 1995, STUDIES PLANT ECOLOG, V19 SODERSTROM L, 1998, BRYOLOGY 21 CENTURY, P321 SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9 SWOFFORD DL, 1981, BIOSYS 1 COMPUTER PR TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 THOMPSON JD, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P229 VOGEL JC, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V66, P23 WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358 WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5 WHITLOCK MC, 1999, GENETICS, V152, P345 WYATT R, 1982, J HATTORI BOTANICAL, V52, P179 WYATT R, 1993, LINDBERGIA, V18, P49 TC 0 BP 710 EP 720 PG 11 JI Heredity PY 2000 PD JUN VL 84 IS 6 GA 329YH J9 HEREDITY UT ISI:000087935700011 ER PT J AU Bingham, RA Ranker, TA TI Genetic diversify in alpine and foothill populations of Campanula rotundifolia (Campanulaceae) SO INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF PLANT SCIENCES NR 74 AB Climatic constraints on insects in alpine environments have important consequences for the biology of their plant mutualists; in particular, reduced insect diversity and activity in alpine plant populations can result in pollinator- limited seed set and, potentially, in low genetic diversity. However, highly effective pollination by bumblebees in alpine populations can compensate for low visitation rates. In this study we hypothesized that, because of highly effective pollination by bumblebees, alpine populations of Campanula rotundifolia would not experience more frequent cycles of pollinator limitation than low-elevation populations and would therefore exhibit comparable levels of genetic variability and inbreeding to those found in foothill populations. Enzyme electrophoresis was used to assess genetic variability at nine putative loci in alpine and foothill populations of C. rotundifolia in Colorado. Genetic variability in C. rotundifolia was found to be comparable to that reported for other long-lived herbaceous perennials. Measures of genetic variability and fixation indices did not differ between high- and low-elevation populations and were consistent with Hardy- Weinberg expectations. Nonsignificant F-ST values indicated no genetic differentiation among all populations. CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 ARADHYA KM, 1991, HEREDITY, V67, P129 ARROYO MTK, 1982, AM J BOT, V69, P82 ARROYO MTK, 1985, PLANT SYST EVOL, V149, P187 BAKER HG, 1966, EVOLUTION, V20, P349 BAKER HG, 1955, EVOLUTION, V9, P347 BARRETT SCH, 1990, BIOL APPROACHES EVOL, P229 BARRETT SCH, 1987, EVOLUTION, V41, P340 BAUERT MR, 1996, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V28, P190 BAYER RJ, 1991, BOT GAZ, V152, P486 BILLINGS WD, 1974, ARCTIC ALPINE ENV, P403 BILLINGS WD, 1968, BIOL REV, V43, P481 BINGHAM RA, 1998, NATURE, V391, P238 BINGHAM RA, 1997, THESIS U COLORADO BO CALLAGHAN TV, 1976, OIKOS, V27, P383 CRAWFORD DJ, 1990, PLANT MOL SYSTEMATIC DIGGLE PK, 1998, INT J PLANT SCI, V159, P606 DOUGLAS DA, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P295 FISHER RA, 1965, THEORY INBREEDING GALEN C, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P419 GALEN C, 1980, AM MIDL NAT, V104, P281 GALEN C, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P792 GALEN C, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1218 GEHRING JL, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P1337 GUGERLI F, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P457 GUGERLI F, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P60 HAGERUP O, 1951, KUNGL DANSKE VID SEL, V18, P3 HAMRICK JL, 1990, POPULATION GENETICS, P43 HAUFLER CH, 1985, SYST BOT, V10, P92 HEINRICH B, 1979, BUMBLEBEE EC INOUYE DW, 1988, AUST J ECOL, V13, P191 JAIN SK, 1976, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V7, P469 JOLLS CL, 1982, ECOLOGICAL STUDIES C, P83 KEARNS CA, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1091 KEARNS CA, 1992, AM MIDL NAT, V127, P172 LEVIN DA, 1972, EVOLUTION, V26, P668 LLOYD DG, 1965, CONTR GRAY HERB HARV, V195, P3 MACIOR LW, 1970, AM J BOT, V57, P716 MANI MS, 1962, INTRO HIGH ALTITUDE MILLER J, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P97 MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391 MOLDENKE AR, 1979, PHYTOLOGIA, V42, P349 MOSQUIN T, 1966, EVOLUTION CANADAS FL, P43 MULLER H, 1880, NATURE, V21, P275 MURRAY DF, 1987, DIFFERENTIATION PATT, P239 NEI M, 1977, ANN HUM GENET, V41, P225 NYMAN Y, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1427 NYMAN Y, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1437 NYMAN Y, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V181, P97 ODASZ AM, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P1379 PARRISH JAD, 1979, ECOLOGY, V60, P597 PHILIPP M, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P89 RANKER TA, 1989, SYST BOT, V14, P439 RICHARDSON TE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P532 ROGERS JS, 1972, STUDIES GENETICS, V7, P145 SAVILE DBO, 1959, CAN J BOT, V37, P959 SCHOEN DJ, 1982, EVOLUTION, V36, P352 SHETLER S, 1979, THESIS U MICHIGAN AN SHETLER SG, 1979, TAXON, V28, P205 SHORE JS, 1991, HEREDITY, V66, P305 SOLBRIG OT, 1977, EVOLUTION, V31, P265 SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9 SOLTIS DE, 1986, AM J BOT, V73, P310 SOLTIS DE, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P586 SPEARS EE, 1987, J ECOL, V75, P351 STANTON ML, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P79 STEBBINS GL, 1957, AM NAT, V41, P337 STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337 SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 COMPUTER PR WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5 WILLIAMS LD, 1970, THESIS DUKE U DURHAM WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395 WRIGHT S, 1978, EVOLUTION GENETICS P, V4 WYATT R, 1986, J ECOL, V74, P403 TC 0 BP 403 EP 411 PG 9 JI Int. J. Plant Sci. PY 2000 PD MAY VL 161 IS 3 GA 330TZ J9 INT J PLANT SCI UT ISI:000087978400008 ER PT J AU Polyak, L Gataullin, V Okuneva, O Stelle, V TI New constraints on the limits of the Barents-Kara ice sheet during the Last Glacial Maximum based on borehole stratigraphy from the Pechora Sea SO GEOLOGY NR 32 AB A new, C-14-verified borehole stratigraphy provides the first age-controlled reconstruction of the late Quaternary glacial history of the Pechora Sea (southeasternmost Barents Sea). A complete glaciation of the Pechora Sea is confirmed for middle Weichselian time, prior to ca, 35-40 ha, Composition of glacial erratics indicates that ice was moving from or across southernmost Novaya Zemlya and Vaygach Island. After a brief interstadial period with normal marine conditions, the Pechora Sea was affected by a drop in sea level and a drier climate. Subsequently, the late Weichselian Barents-Kara ice sheet occupied the northwestern part of the Pechora Sea, but did not reach the coast of the Pechora lowland, as previously believed. These data provide a new constraint on the Last Glacial Maximum (LGM) ice-sheet limits in the Eurasian Arctic. The inferred direction of the Last Glacial Maximum ice movement in the Pechora Sea was from the northeast, but with a stronger northern component than the penultimate glaciation, The ice sheet retreated early, ca. 13 ka, after which the shallow Pechora Sea was subjected to strong erosion during the postglacial sea-level rise. CR ARKHIPOV SA, 1986, QUATERNARY GLACIATIO, P463 ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23 BARANOVSKAYA OF, 1986, CENOZOIC DEPOSITS SH, P83 BOULTON GS, 1996, J GLACIOL, V42, P43 ENGLAND J, 1999, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V18, P421 EPSHTEIN OG, 1985, GEOTECHNICAL CONDI 1 EPSHTEIN OG, 1999, INQUA B, V63, P132 FORMAN SL, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P133 FORMAN SL, 1999, GEOLOGY, V27, P807 FORMAN SL, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P113 GATAULLIN V, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P47 GATAULLIN V, 2000, IN PRESS GLOBAL PLAN GATAULLIN VN, 1992, LITHOSTRATIGRAPHIC S GROSSWALD MG, 1994, POLAR GEOGR GEOL, V18, P15 KRAPIVNER RB, 1986, CENOZOIC DEPOSITS SH, P7 KUPRIYANOVA NV, 1999, BERICHTE POLARFORSCH, V306, P62 LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LAVROV AS, 1977, STRUCTURE DYNAMICS E, P83 MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46 OKUNEVA OG, 1991, METHODS DEV SUBSTANT ONISCHENKO SV, 1988, QUATERNARY PALEOECOL, P142 PIPER DJW, 1983, SEDIMENT GEOL, V36, P195 POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567 POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P767 POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169 SAETTEM J, 1992, MAR GEOL, V103, P15 SEREBRYANNY L, 1998, HOLOCENE, V8, P323 SIEGERT MJ, 1999, QUATERNARY RES, V52, P273 STUIVER M, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P137 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 VORREN TO, 1986, BOREAS, V15, P51 TC 0 BP 611 EP 614 PG 4 JI Geology PY 2000 PD JUL VL 28 IS 7 GA 327YN J9 GEOLOGY UT ISI:000087822200009 ER PT J AU Trewick, SA Wallis, GP Morgan-Richards, M TI Phylogeographical pattern correlates with Pliocene mountain building in the alpine scree weta (Orthoptera, Anostostomatidae) SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 65 AB Most research on the biological effects of Pleistocene glaciation and refugia has been undertaken in the northern hemisphere and focuses on lowland taxa. Using single-strand conformation polymorphism (SSCP) analysis and sequencing of mitochondrial cytochrome oxidase I, we explored the intraspecific phylogeography of a flightless orthopteran (the alpine scree weta, Deinacrida connectens) that is adapted to the alpine zone of South Island, New Zealand. We found that several mountain ranges and regions had their own reciprocally monophyletic, deeply differentiated lineages. Corrected genetic distance among lineages was 8.4% (Kimura 2-parameter [K2P]) / 13% (GTR + I + Gamma), whereas within-lineage distances were only 2.8% (K2P) / 3.2% (GTR + I + Gamma). We propose a model to explain this phylogeographical structure, which links the radiation of D. connectens to Pliocene mountain building, and maintenance of this structure through the combined effects of mountain-top isolation during Pleistocene interglacials and ice barriers to dispersal during glacials. CR AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BLOCK W, 1998, PHYSIOL ENTOMOL, V23, P1 BROWER AVZ, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6491 BROWN JM, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P128 BROWN WM, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P1967 BUCKLEY T, 1998, EVOLUTION BIOGEOGRAP, P11 BURROWS CJ, 1965, TUATARA, V13, P9 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 COOPER RA, 1993, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V8, P429 COOPER SJB, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P49 COX CB, 1993, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGI CWYNAR LC, 1987, AM NAT, V129, P463 DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET DUMBLETON LJ, 1970, NZ ENTOMOLOGIST, V4, P3 EMERSON BC, 1995, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V4, P433 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FIELD LH, 1980, NEW ZEAL J ZOOL, V7, P211 FLEMING CA, 1979, GEOLOGICAL HIST NZ I FLEMING CA, 1963, P NZ ECOLOGICAL SOC, V10, P15 FLINT RF, 1957, GLACIAL PLEISTOCENE FUNK DJ, 1999, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P67 FUNK DJ, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P627 GIBBS GW, 1990, S748 DEP CONS SCI RE HASEGAWA M, 1985, J MOL EVOL, V22, P160 HEADS M, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V63, P161 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HEWITT GM, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY PATTERN, P97 HOLDAWAY RN, 1996, NATURE, V384, P225 JAAROLA M, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P299 JOSEPH L, 1995, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V260, P177 JUKES TH, 1969, MAMMALIAN PROTEIN ME, P21 KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111 KING TM, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P583 LANGOR DW, 1997, INSECT MOL BIOL, V6, P255 LUNT DH, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P633 LUNT DH, 1996, INSECT MOL BIOL, V5, P153 MARK AF, 1995, NZ ALPINE PLANTS MARK AF, 1997, POLAR ALPINE TUNDRA, P311 MCCLONE MS, 1988, VEGETATION HIST, P557 MCGLONE MS, 1985, NEW ZEAL J BOT, V23, P723 MORGANRICHARDS M, 1997, BIOL J LINN SOC, V61, P1 MORGANRICHARDS M, 1996, HEREDITAS, V125, P265 PETERSON AJ, 1968, NEW ZEAL J SCI, V11, P693 PILLANS BJ, 1992, LANDFORMS NZ, P31 RIDDLE BR, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P207 ROY MS, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P1337 SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1 SEOFFORD D, 1998, PHYLOGENETIC ANAL US SIMON C, 1994, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V87, P651 SINCLAIR BJ, 1999, PHYSIOL ENTOMOL, V24, P56 STEVENS G, 1981, NZ ADRIFT THEORY CON SUNNUCKS P, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P510 SZYMURA JM, 1996, INSECT MOL BIOL, V5, P127 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 WARDLE P, 1963, NZ J BOTANY, V1, P3 WEBB T, 1992, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V23, P141 WELLMAN HW, 1979, ROYAL SOC NZ B, V18, P12 WHITE MJD, 1978, MODES SPECIATION WHITEHOUSE IE, 1992, LANDFORMS NZ, P144 WILLETT RW, 1950, NZ J SCI TECHNOL B, V32, P18 YANG ZB, 1994, J MOL EVOL, V39, P105 ZHANG DX, 1996, INSECT MOL BIOL, V6, P143 ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308 TC 1 BP 657 EP 666 PG 10 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD JUN VL 9 IS 6 GA 328HT J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000087845300002 ER PT J AU Englbrecht, CC Freyhof, J Nolte, A Rassmann, K Schliewen, U Tautz, D TI Phylogeography of the bullhead Cottus gobio (Pisces : Teleostei : Cottidae) suggests a pre-Pleistocene origin of the major central European populations SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 37 AB The bullhead Cottus gobio is a small, bottom-dwelling fish consisting of populations that have not been subject to transplantations or artificial stocking. It is therefore an ideal model species for studying the colonization history of central European freshwater systems, in particular with respect to the possible influences of the Pleistocene glaciation cycles. We sampled Cottus populations across most of its distribution range, with a special emphasis on southern Germany where the major European drainage systems are in closest contact. Mitochondrial d-loop sequencing of more than 400 specimens and phylogenetic network analysis allowed us to draw a detailed picture of the colonization of Europe by C. gobio. Moreover, the molecular distances between the haplotypes enabled us to infer an approximate time frame for the origin of the various populations. The founder population of C. gobio stems apparently from the Paratethys and invaded Europe in the Pliocene. From there, the first colonization into central Europe occurred via the ancient lower Danube, with a separate colonization of the eastern European territories. During the late Pliocene, one of the central European populations must have reached the North Sea in a second step after which it then started to colonize the Atlantic drainages via coastal lines. Accordingly, we found very distinct populations in the upper and lower Rhine, which can be explained by the fact that the lower Rhine was disconnected from the upper Rhine until approximate to 1 million years ago (Ma). More closely related, but still distinct, populations were found in the Elbe, the Main and the upper Danube, all presumably of Pleistocene origin. Intriguingly, they have largely maintained their population identity, despite the strong disturbance caused by the glaciation cycles in these areas. On the other hand, a mixing of populations during postglacial recolonization could be detected in the lower Rhine and its tributaries. However, the general pattern that emerges from our analysis suggests that the glaciation cycles did not have a major impact on the general population structure of C. gobio in central Europe. CR ALTERMANN M, 1981, ENTWICKLUNGSGESCHICH, P385 BANARESCU P, 1991, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V2 BANARESCU P, 1990, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V1 BANDELT HJ, 1995, GENETICS, V141, P743 BANDELT HJ, 1999, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P37 BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240 BERNATCHEZ L, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P1002 BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431 BERNATCHEZ L, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P285 BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161 DOWNHOWER JF, 1990, POL ARCH HYDROBIOL, V37, P119 DURAND JD, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P989 EMBELTON C, 1984, GEOMORPHOLOGY EUROPE, P154 EXCOFFIER L, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P343 FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783 GIUFFRA E, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P187 HANFLING B, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P100 HANFLING B, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1625 HANSEN MM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P239 HANTKE R, 1993, FLUSSGESCHICHTE MITT HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 KINZELBACH R, 1990, LIMNOL AKTUELL, V1, P41 KOLI L, 1969, ACTA ZOOL FENN, V6, P353 NESBO CL, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1387 PERSAT H, 1990, AQUATIC LIVING RESOU, V3, P253 REFSETH UH, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1015 RIFFEL M, 1995, J ZOOL SYST EVOL RES, V33, P173 ROHL A, 1998, NETWORK 1 8 PROGRAM SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1 STEINFARTZ S, 2000, IN PRESS MOL ECOLOGY STRIMMER K, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P964 SWOFFORD DL, 1999, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TAMURA K, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P512 THOMPSON JD, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673 WATERSTRAAT A, 1992, LIMNOLOGICA, V22, P137 TC 0 BP 709 EP 722 PG 14 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD JUN VL 9 IS 6 GA 328HT J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000087845300007 ER PT J AU Tobolski, K Ammann, B TI Macrofossils as records of plant responses to rapid Late Glacial climatic changes at three sites in the Swiss Alps SO PALAEOGEOGRAPHY PALAEOCLIMATOLOGY PALAEOECOLOGY NR 23 AB Plant macrofossils from the end of the Younger Dryas were analysed at three sites, Gerzensee (603 m asl), Leysin (1230 m asl), and Zeneggen (1510 m asl). For the first two sites an oxygen-isotope record is also available that was used to develop a time scale (Schwander et al., this volume); dates refer therefore to calibrated years according to the GRIP time scale. Around Gerzensee a pine forest with some tree birches grew during the Younger Dryas. With the onset of the isotopic shift initiating the rapid warming (about 11,535 cal. years before 1950), the pine forest became more productive and denser. At Leysin no trees except some juniper scrub grew during the Younger Dryas. Tree birches, pine, and poplar immigrated from lower altitudes and arrived after the end of the isotopic shift (about 11,487 B.P.) i.e., at the beginning of the Preboreal (at about 11,420 B.P.). Zeneggen is situated somewhat higher than Leysin, but single tree birches and pines survived the Younger Dryas at the site. At the beginning of the Preboreal their productivity and population densities increased. Simultaneously shifts from Nitella to Chara and from silt to gyttja are recorded, all indicating rapidly warming conditions and higher nutrient levels of the lake water land probably of the soils in the catchment). At Gerzensee the beginning of the Younger Dryas was also analysed: the beginning of the isotopic shift correlates within one sample (about 15 years) to rapid decreases of macrofossils of pines and tree birches. (C) 2000 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR AMMANN B, 1996, PALAEOECOLOGICAL EVE, P647 AMMANN B, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P191 AMMANN B, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P313 AMMANN B, 1983, REV PALEOBIOL, V2, P163 BENNETT KD, 1983, NATURE, V303, P164 BENNETT KD, 1996, NEW PHYTOL, V132, P155 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 BIRKS HH, 1980, ERGEB LIMNOL, V15, P1 BIRKS HH, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P719 BIRKS HJB, 1985, NUMERICAL METHODS QU BJORCK S, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P1155 GRIMM EC, 1992, 8 INT PAL C HAAS JN, 1994, EUR J PHYCOL, V29, P227 LEMDAHL G, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P293 LOTTER AF, 1992, J QUATERNARY SCI, V7, P187 MANGERUD J, 1974, BOREAS, V3, P109 MARKGRAF V, 1980, GRANA, V19, P127 ROTHMALER W, 1978, EXKURSIONSFLORA SCHWANDER J, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P203 VONGRAFENSTEIN U, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P215 WELTEN M, 1982, DENKSCHRIFTEN SCHWEI, V95, P1 WICK L, 1996, N ITALY QUAT, V9, P653 WICK L, 2000, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V159, P231 TC 3 BP 251 EP 259 PG 9 JI Paleogeogr. Paleoclimatol. Paleoecol. PY 2000 PD JUN 15 VL 159 IS 3-4 GA 326XP J9 PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCLIMATOL UT ISI:000087762800006 ER PT J AU Friesen, N Blattner, FR TI RAPD analysis reveals geographic differentiations within Allium schoenoprasum L. (Alliaceae) SO PLANT BIOLOGY NR 40 AB Random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) analysis was used to study the phylogenetic relationships between species in Allium section Schoenoprosum and for the investigation of the intraspecific differentiation of A. schoenoprosum. RAPD analysis of 39 samples representing eight species of sect, Schoenoprosum and one sample of A. atrosanguineum (sect. Annulo-prosum) resulted in 233 interpretable RAPD bands. The analysis clearly distinguishes the species of section Schoenoprosum. The arrangement of the accessions of A, schoenoprosum in all dendrograms mirrors the geographical distribution, with a clear differentiation between an Asian and European subgroup. Within the European group, Scandinavian material is clearly distinct from S and E European material. Informally described morphological types of A. schoenoprosum could not be confirmed by RAPD analysis but represent recurrent ecological adaptations, A combination of phenetic (UPGMA, neighbour-joining analysis), cladistic (parsimony analysis), and statistical (PCA) methods of data analysis resulted in clearer phylogenetic interpretations than each of the methods facilitates when used separately. CR ANTZUPOVA TP, 1989, LENINGRAD, V26, P38 BACHMANN K, 1996, COMPOSITAE BIOL UTIL, V2, P23 BACHMANN K, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P137 BACKELJAU T, 1995, CLADISTICS, V11, P119 BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BLATTNER FR, 1999, PLANT SYST EVOL, V219, P181 COLOSI JC, 1997, WEED SCI, V45, P509 FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783 FELSENSTEIN J, 1978, SYST ZOOL, V27, P401 FRIESEN N, 1999, AM J BOT, V86, P554 FRIESEN N, 1996, CANDOLLEA, V51, P461 FRIESEN N, 1998, GENETIC RESOURCES CR, V45, P510 FRIESEN N, 1998, LINZER BIOL BEITRAGE, V30, P815 FRIESEN N, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P317 FRIESEN N, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V95, P1229 GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 HANELT P, 1992, GENUS ALLIUM TAXONOM, P107 HARRIS SA, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V197, P195 LECORRE V, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P519 MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE INTERACTIVE MES THM, 1997, SYST BOT, V22, P701 MORELL MK, 1995, AUST J EXP AGR, V35, P807 NIMIS PL, 1998, OPERA BOT, V136, P1 PILLAY M, 1995, BIOTECHNIQUES, V19, P694 PURPS DML, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V211, P57 RIESEBERG LH, 1993, HEREDITY, V70, P285 RIESEBERG LH, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P99 ROELOFS D, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V204, P49 SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406 SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU SERQUEN FC, 1997, MOL BREEDING, V3, P257 STEARN WT, 1978, ANN MUSEI GOULANDRIS, V4, P83 SWOFFORD DL, 1996, MOL SYSTEMATICS, P407 TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217 VANDERZANDE L, 1994, J EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, V8, P645 VELLEKOOP P, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P1085 WELSH J, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P7213 WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531 WOLFE AD, 1998, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, V2, P43 TC 0 BP 297 EP 305 PG 9 JI Plant Biol. PY 2000 PD MAY VL 2 IS 3 GA 328TF J9 PLANT BIOLOGY UT ISI:000087865600007 ER PT J AU Hewitt, G TI The genetic legacy of the Quaternary ice ages SO NATURE NR 86 AB Global climate has fluctuated greatly during the past three million years, leading to the recent major ice ages. An inescapable consequence for most living organisms is great changes in their distribution, which are expressed differently in boreal, temperate and tropical zones. Such range changes can be expected to have genetic consequences, and the advent of DNA technology provides most suitable markers to examine these. Several good data sets are now available, which provide tests of expectations, insights into species colonization and unexpected genetic subdivision and mixture of species. The genetic structure of human populations may be viewed in the same context. The present genetic structure of populations, species and communities has been mainly formed by Quaternary ice ages, and genetic, fossil and physical data combined can greatly help our understanding of how organisms were so affected. CR AMBROSE SH, 1998, J HUM EVOL, V34, P623 ARCTANDER P, 2000, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P1724 ARMBRUSTER P, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1697 ASHWORTH AC, 1997, NATO ASI SER SER I, V47, P119 AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P431 AVISE JC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P371 AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1707 BANDELT HJ, 1999, MOL BIOL EVOL, V16, P37 BEHL RJ, 1996, NATURE, V379, P243 BENNETT KJ, 1997, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY PA BERMINGHAM E, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P499 BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431 BOWEN BW, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P1601 CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1994, HIST GEOGRAPHY HUMAN CHENOWETH SF, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P415 COLBOURNE JK, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P347 COLINVAUX PA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P85 COLINVAUX PA, 1997, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V12, P318 CONROY CJ, 2000, MOL ECOL, V9, P165 COOPE GR, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V344, P19 COOPER SJB, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P49 DASILVA MNF, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P475 DODSON JJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P331 DUKE NC, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1612 FERRIS C, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P584 FJELDSA J, 1997, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V6, P323 FJELDSA J, 1994, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V3, P207 FLANAGAN NS, 1999, EVOL BIOL, V12, P577 GARCIAMORENO J, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V12, P273 GRAVLUND P, 1998, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V10, P151 GRAY AJ, 1997, NATO ASI SER SER I, V47, P371 HARPENDING HC, 1998, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V95, P1961 HAUSER L, 1998, ADV MOL ECOLOGY, P191 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HEWITT GM, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P140 HEWITT GM, 1989, SPECIATION ITS CONSE, P85 HISHEH S, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P329 HUBLIN JJ, 1998, NEANDERTALS MODERN H IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282 JAAROLA M, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P113 JORDE LB, 1998, BIOESSAYS, V20, P126 KIDD MG, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1158 KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V4, P95 KLICKA J, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P695 KRINGS M, 1997, CELL, V90, P19 LI WH, 1997, MOL EVOLUTON MELLARS P, 1998, NEANDERTHALS MODERN ORANGE DI, 1999, COPEIA, P267 ORR MR, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P502 PALUMBI SR, 1997, CORAL REEFS, V16, PS47 PARSONS TJ, 1998, NAT GENET, V18, P110 PATTON JL, 1997, ENDLESS FORMS SPECIE, P202 REILLE M, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P1107 REMINGTON CL, 1968, EVOL BIOL, V2, P321 RICHARDS M, 1996, AM J HUM GENET, V59, P185 RICHARDS MB, 1998, ANN HUM GENET, V62, P241 ROHLING EJ, 1998, NATURE, V394, P162 ROY MS, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P1337 RUEDI M, 1996, J ZOOL SYST EVOL RES, V34, P153 SANTUCCI F, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1163 SCHLUTER D, 1998, ENDLESS FORMS SPECIE, P114 SCHNEIDER CJ, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P487 SCHUG MD, 1997, NAT GENET, V15, P99 SCHULZ H, 1998, NATURE, V393, P54 SHOWERS WB, 1981, INSECT LIFE HIST PAT, P97 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 STAUFFER B, 1999, NATURE, V399, P412 STRINGER CB, 1996, AFRICAN EXODUS ORIGI SURRIDGE AK, 1999, NATURE, V400, P729 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195 TALBOT SL, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P477 TCHERNOV E, 1998, NEANDERTALS MODERN H TEMPLETON AR, 1997, CURR OPIN GENET DEV, V7, P841 TEMPLETON AR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P381 VANANDEL TH, 1996, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V15, P481 WADE MJ, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1537 WALKER D, 1998, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V29, P23 WEBB RS, 1997, NATURE, V385, P695 WEISROCK DW, 2000, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V14, P152 WENINK PW, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P318 WILLIAMS D, 1978, QUATERNARY ENV WILLIAMS ST, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P87 ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308 TC 1 BP 907 EP 913 PG 7 JI Nature PY 2000 PD JUN 22 VL 405 IS 6789 GA 326JT J9 NATURE UT ISI:000087732700039 ER PT J AU Brysting, AK Elven, R TI The Cerastium alpinum-C. arcticum complex (Caryophyllaceae): numerical analyses of morphological variation and a taxonomic revision of C. arcticum Lange s.l. SO TAXON NR 86 AB Morphological variation of Cerastium alpinum L., C. arcticum Lange, and related taxa was investigated by numerical analyses. The analyses showed that the present division into two species is inappropriate and does not cover the levels of variation within the C. alpinum-C. arcticum complex. Two alternative models for a new and functional taxonomy of the complex are discussed: (1) that there is one widely defined species, C. alpinum. including several subspecies, (2) alternatively that arctic and non-arctic populations of what currently is named C. arcticum belong to two different taxa, both distinct from C. alpinum. Our studies indicate the presence of several evolutionary lineages, which are not adequately accounted for by the recognition of a widely circumscribed C. alpinum, and support a subdivision of current C. arcticum into two separate species, C, arcticum Lange s.str. and C. nigrescens (H.C. Watson) Edmondston ex H.C. Watson. A revised taxonomic treatment is presented. CR ANDERSSON G, 1900, BIH K SVENSK VET, V26, P1 ASCHERSON P, 1919, SYNOPSIS MITTELEUROP, V5 ASPLUND E, 1918, ARK BOT, V15, P1 BEEBY WH, 1887, SCOTT NAT, V9, P20 BOCHER TW, 1977, BOT NOTISER, V130, P303 BOCHER TW, 1968, FLORA GREENLAND BOCHER TW, 1950, MEDD GRONL, V147, P1 BORGEN L, 1983, NORD J BOT, V3, P301 BOSCAIU M, 1997, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V37, P1 BRETT OE, 1953, NATURE, V171, P527 BRETT OE, 1955, NEW PHYTOL, V54, P138 BROCHMANN C, 1987, NORD J BOT, V7, P609 BROCHMANN C, 1999, NORSKE VLDENSK A SNS, V38, P33 BROCHMANN C, 1992, SOMMERF S, V4, P1 BROWN NE, 1899, SUPOLEMENT 3 EDITION BRUMMITT RK, 1987, WATSONIA, V16, P291 BRYSTING AK, IN PRESS NORDIC J BO, P20 BRYSTING AK, IN PRESS PL SYST EVO BRYSTING AK, 1999, NORSKE VDENSK AKA MN, V38, P183 BRYSTING AK, 1999, THESIS U OSLO OSLO CARTER SP, 1987, J ECOL, V75, P21 CLAPHAM AR, 1952, FLORA BRIT ISLES CLAPHAM AR, 1962, FLORE BRIT ISLES DENNES GE, 1845, PHYTOLOGIST, V2, P95 DRUCE GC, 1911, ANN SCOTT NAT HIST, P38 DRUCE GC, 1908, ANN SCOTT NAT HIST, P239 DURAND E, 1856, J ACAD NAT SCI-PHILA, V2, P179 EDMONDSTON T, 1843, PHYTOLOGIST, V1, P497 ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9 ELVEN R, 1999, NORSKE VIDENSK AK MN, V38, P341 FERNALD ML, 1920, RHODORA, V22, P169 GELTING P, 1934, MEDDR GRONLAND, V101, P1 GRUNDT HH, IN PRESS NORDIC J BO GRUNDT HH, 1999, NORD J BOT, V19, P447 HAGEN AR, 1995, 6 INT S IOPB TROMS N HAGEN AR, IN PRESS AM J BOT HAGEN AR, 1993, THESIS U OSLO HARTMAN CJ, 1820, HDB SKANDINAVIENS FL HOOKER JD, 1884, STUDENTS FLORA BRIT HOOKER WJ, 1831, BRIT FLORA HOOKER WJ, 1844, LOND J BOT, V3, P288 HULTEN E, 1944, ACTA U LUND, V40, P571 HULTEN E, 1955, ARCH SOC VANAMO S, V9, P62 HULTEN E, 1956, SVEN BOT TIDSKR, V50, P411 HYLANDER N, 1945, UPPSALA U ARSSKR, V7, P1 JAIAS J, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P164 JALAS J, 1983, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE JALAS J, 1964, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P136 JONSELL B, 2000, FLORA NORDICA, V1 KRUCKEBERG AR, 1990, HEAVY METAL TOLERANC, P301 LANGE J, 1880, FLORA DANICA, V17, P7 LANGE J, OVERS KONGEL DANSKE, P111 LINDBLOM AE, 1837, PHYSIOGR SALLSK TIDS, V1, P315 LINNE C, 1753, SPECIES PLANTARUM LOVE A, 1956, ACTA HORTI GOTHOBURG, V20, P65 MURBECK S, 1898, BOT NOTISER, P241 MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21 MURRAY DF, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P9 NORUSIS MJ, 1998, SPSS 8 0 GUIDE DATA OSTENFELD CH, 1926, DANSKE VIDENSK SELSK, V6, P1 POLUNIN N, 1943, J LINN SOC BOT, V52, P349 POLUNIN N, 1954, NATURE, V173, P89 RAVEN PH, 1974, TAXON, V23, P828 ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T RUNE O, 1953, ACTA PHYTOGEOGR SUEC, V31, P1 RUNE O, 1988, BLYTTIA, V46, P43 SCHJOLL O, 1995, THESIS U OSLO SCHOLANDER PF, 1934, SKR SVALB ISHAVET, V62, P41 SCOTT W, 1987, FLOWERING PLANTS FER SLINGSBY DR, 1986, B BRIT ECOL SOC, V17, P25 SMITH JE, 1798, ENGLISH BOT SOLLNER R, 1953, B SOC NEUCHAT SCI NA, V76, P121 STACE CA, 1997, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES STACE CA, 1989, PLANT TAXONOMY BIOSY STEBBINS GL, 1984, BOT HELV, V94, P1 STEBBINS GL, 1971, CHROMOSOMAL EVOLUTIO STEBBINS GL, 1950, VARIATION EVOLUTION SYME JTB, 1864, ENGLISH BOT, V2 TOLMATCHEV A, 1971, FLORA ARCTICA URSS TOLMATCHEV A, 1930, SKR SVALBARD ISHAVET, V34, P1 WAHLENBERG G, 1812, FLORA LAPPONICA WATSON HC, 1847, CYBELE BRITANNICA BR, V1 WATSON HC, 1860, PART 1 SUPPLEMENT CY WATSON HC, 1845, PHYTOLOGIST, V2, P93 WATSON HC, 1843, PHYTOLOGIST, V1, P586 WATSON HC, 1843, PHYTOLOGIST, V1, P717 TC 0 BP 189 EP 216 PG 28 JI Taxon PY 2000 PD MAY VL 49 IS 2 GA 322QH J9 TAXON UT ISI:000087519900003 ER PT J AU Brysting, AK Borgen, L TI Isozyme analysis of the Cerastium alpinum C-arcticum complex (Caryophyllaceae) supports a splitting of C-arcticum Lange SO PLANT SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION NR 63 AB As part of a larger investigation of the C. alpinum-C. arcticum complex of arctic and North Atlantic areas, isozyme variation of C. alpinum, C. arcticum, and related taxa was analysed. A total of 124 multilocus phenotypes was divided into more or less distinct groups by numerical analyses. Most groups correspond well to previously recognized taxa. However, what has traditionally been considered as C. arcticum was divided into two distinct groups, consisting of northern (Svalbard, Greenland) and more southern (Norway, Iceland) populations, respectively. The division of C. arcticum into two taxa is also supported by other kinds of data and the two taxa probably deserve species rank. Serpentine plants from Shetland had multilocus phenotypes similar to those of C. arcticum from Iceland and should be included in the southern taxon. CR ARNOLD ML, 1997, NATURAL HYBRIDIZATIO ASCHERSON P, 1919, SYNOPSIS MITTELEUROP, V1 BAIG NA, 1971, PAKISTAN J SCI, V23, P267 BOCHER TW, 1977, BOT NOTISER, V130, P303 BOCHER TW, 1978, GRONDLANDS FLORA BOCHER TW, 1950, MEDD GRONL, V147, P1 BOSCAIU M, 1997, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V37, P1 BOSCAIU M, 1997, WILLDENOWIA, V27, P39 BOSCIAU MT, 1996, THESIS U WIEN BRETT OE, 1952, NATURE, V170, P251 BRETT OE, 1951, NATURE, V168, P793 BRETT OE, 1955, NEW PHYTOL, V54, P138 BROCHMANN C, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P257 BROCHMANN C, 1992, SOMMERF S, V4, P1 BROCHMANN C, 1995, U TRONDHEIM VITENSK, V3, P18 BROSCHMANN C, 1996, NORSKE VIDENKS MN 18, V1, P54 BRUMMITT RK, 1987, WATSONIA, V16, P291 BRYSTING AK, 1996, 4 C PLANT TAX BARC S BRYSTING AK, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P199 BRYSTING AK, NORSKE VIDENSKAPS MN CARTER SP, 1987, J ECOL, V75, P21 DELAMARCK JBA, 1785, ENCY METHODIQUE BOT DUBIEL E, 1990, ZESZ NAUK U JAGIELLO, V21, P7 ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9 ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1 GOLDBLATT P, 1981, INDEX PLANT CHROMOSO GRUNDT HH, IN PRESS NORDIC J BO, V19 GRUNDT HH, 1996, THESIS U OSLO HAGEN A, 1996, 4 C PLANT TAX BARC S HAGEN A, 1995, 6 INT S IOPB TROMS N HAGEN A, 1993, THESIS U OSLO HARTMAN CJ, 1820, HDB SKANDINAVIENS FL HULTEN E, 1955, ARCH SOC VANAMO S, V9, P62 HULTEN E, 1996, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS HULTEN E, 1956, SVEN BOT TIDSKR, V50, P411 JALAS J, 1983, ATLAS FLORAE EUROPAE, V6 JALAS J, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1, P164 JORGENSEN CA, 1958, BIOL SKR DAN VID SEL, V9, P1 KEPHART SR, 1990, AM J BOT, V77, P693 KNABEN G, 1967, ACTA BOREALIA, V21, P1 KRUCKEBERG AR, 1990, HEAVY METAL TOLERANC, P301 LID J, 1994, NORSK FLORA LOKKI J, 1980, HEREDITAS, V92, P275 LOVE A, 1956, ACTA HORTI GOTHOBURG, V20, P65 LUSBY PS, 1984, THESIS U ABERDEEN MURBECK S, 1898, BOT NOTISER, P241 MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21 NILSSON O, 1991, NORDISK FJALLFLORA PROCTOR J, 1971, J ECOL, V59, P375 ROHLF FJ, 1990, NYSYST PC NUMERICAL RUNE O, 1953, ACTA PHYTOGEOGR SUEC, V31, P1 RUNE O, 1988, BLYTTIA, V46, P43 SCHJOLL O, 1995, AMFIATLANTISK VARIAS SCOTT W, 1987, FLOWERING PLANTS FER SOKOLOVSKAYA AP, 1960, BOT ZH SSSR, V45, P369 SOLLNER R, 1953, B SOC NEUCHAT SCI NA, V76, P121 SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9 TOLMACHEV AI, 1971, FLORA ARCTICA URSS, V6 TOLMATCHEV A, 1930, SKR SVALBARD ISHAVET, V34, P1 WENDEL JF, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI, V4, P5 WERTH CR, 1989, BIOCHEM SYST ECOL, V17, P117 WESTERBERGH A, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P1537 WESTERBERGH A, 1994, EVOLUTION SILENE DIO TC 0 BP 199 EP 221 PG 23 JI Plant Syst. Evol. PY 2000 VL 220 IS 3-4 GA 313FP J9 PLANT SYST EVOL UT ISI:000086989900005 ER PT J AU Aares, E Nurminiemi, M Brochmann, C TI Incongruent phylogeographies in spite of similar morphology, ecology, and distribution: Phippsia algida and P-concinna (Poaceae) in the North Atlantic region SO PLANT SYSTEMATICS AND EVOLUTION NR 59 AB Phylogeographic and taxonomic relationships among 54 North Atlantic populations of the snowbed grass genus Phippsia were investigated based on isozymes and genetically based morphological variation. The results support recognition of two distinct species, P. algida and P. concinna, the latter with at least two subspecies. Both of these self-fertilizing arctic pioneer species were genetic allotetraploids almost without intrapopulational variation. The two species showed strikingly different phylogeographies in the North Atlantic region in spite of their similarity in morphology, habitat ecology mating system, and dispersal ecology, and in spite of their present cooccurrence in many geographic areas, sometimes even in the same snowbeds. The same electrophoretic multilocus phenotype was observed in all populations of P. algida, and although this species showed considerable morphological variation, the variation was unstructured geographically Thus, P. algida showed a pattern similar to other arctic species investigated in the North Atlantic region; it has probably dispersed postglacially across the sea barriers among Greenland, Svalbard, Iceland, and Scandinavia. In contrast, P. concinna was virtually fixed for different multilocus phenotypes in the three main geographic areas analyzed (S Norway, Svalbard, Greenland), corresponding to fairly distinct divergence in morphology. This pattern suggests absence of postglacial among- area dispersal of P. concinna in spite of all of its similarities with its congener; it may have immigrated to the North Atlantic from different source areas and/or survived the last glaciation in situ. CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD INTRO BAY C, 1992, MEDD GRON BIOSCI, V36, P1 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399 BROCHMANN C, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P257 BROCHMANN C, 1996, NORSKE VIDENSKAPS MN, V18, P54 BROCHMANN C, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V182, P35 CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, STUDIES PLANT SURVIV DAHL E, 1993, N ATLANTIC BIOTIA TH, P173 ELVEN R, 1986, BLYTTIA, V44, P126 ELVEN R, 1994, NORSK FLORA FEDOROV V, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V66, P357 FEDOROV VB, 1998, ACTA U UPS COMPREHEN FREDSKILD B, 1996, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V45, P1 GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GJAEREVOLL O, 1954, BLYTTIA, V12, P117 GJAEREVOLL O, 1956, K NORSKE VIDENSK SEL, P1 GJAEREVOLL O, 1973, PALNTEGEOGRAFI GRULKE NE, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V27, P172 HAGEN A, 1996, 4 C PLANT TAX ABSTR HALLIDAY G, 1980, FLORA EUROPAEA, V5, P169 HARALDSEN KB, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P311 HARALDSEN KB, 1993, NORD J BOT, V13, P377 HEDBERG O, 1962, BOT TIDSSKR, V58, P157 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS, V1 HYLANDER N, 1982, NORDISK KARLVAXTFLOR HYLANDER N, 1953, NORDISK KARLVAXTFLOR, V1 KEPHART SR, 1990, AM J BOT, V77, P693 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LEVKOVSKY VP, 1979, BOT Z, V66, P116 LID J, 1974, NOFSK SVENSK FLORA N LOVE A, 1975, CYTOTAXONOMICAL ATLA LOVE A, 1975, FOLIA GEOBOTANICA PH, V10, P271 LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65 MAY B, 1992, MOL GENETIC ANAL POP, P1 MCGILL R, 1978, AM STAT, V32, P12 MORDEN CW, 1987, MANUAL TECHNIQUES ST MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21 MURRAY DF, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P9 NORDAL I, 1998, BOT J LINN SOC, V128, P105 NORDAL I, 1987, J BIOGEOGR, V14, P377 NORDHAGEN R, 1943, BERGENS MUS SKR, V22, P1 NORUSIS MJ, 1986, SPSS PCPLUS ADV STAT ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T RONNING OI, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P99 RONNING OI, 1996, POLARHANDBOK, V10 SMITH H, 1914, SV BOT TIDSSKR, V8, P245 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 TABERLET P, 1998, J BIOTECHNOL, V64, P91 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217 TZVELEV NN, 1971, NOV SIST VYSSH RAST, V8, P57 WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363 WEIDER LJ, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P107 WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5 WILLIS JC, 1973, DICT FLOWERING PLANT TC 0 BP 241 EP 261 PG 21 JI Plant Syst. Evol. PY 2000 VL 220 IS 3-4 GA 313FP J9 PLANT SYST EVOL UT ISI:000086989900007 ER PT J AU Milne, RI Abbott, RJ TI Origin and evolution of invasive naturalized material of Rhododendron ponticum L. in the British Isles SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 63 AB Information concerning the area of origin, genetic diversity and possible acquisition of germplasm through hybridization is fundamental to understanding the evolution, ecology and possible control measures for an introduced invasive plant species. Rhododendron ponticum is extensively naturalized in the British Isles, but it is not known whether native material in Turkey, Spain or Portugal gave rise to the naturalized material, or to what extent introgression has affected this material. Chloroplast (cp) and nuclear ribosomal DNA (rDNA) restriction fragment length polymorphisms (RFLPs) were sought which could distinguish between native material of R. ponticum, and between 15 other Rhododendron species including R. ponticum's closest relatives. Thereafter, a total of 260 naturalized accessions of R. ponticum from throughout the British Isles was examined with respect to informative polymorphisms. It was found that 89% of these accessions possessed a cpDNA haplotype that occurred in native material of R. ponticum derived almost entirely from Spain, while 10% of accessions had a haplotype unique to Portuguese material. These results therefore indicated an Iberian origin for British material. rDNA or cpDNA evidence of introgression from R. catawbiense was found in 27 British accessions of R. ponticum, and such accessions were significantly more abundant in Britain's coldest region, eastern Scotland, than elsewhere. This could indicate that introgression from R. catawbiense confers improved cold tolerance. Introgression from R. maximum and an unidentified species was also detected. CR ABBOTT RJ, 1992, HEREDITY, V68, P425 ABBOTT RJ, 1992, HEREDITY, V68, P547 ABBOTT RJ, 1992, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V7, P401 BARRETT SCH, 1989, PLANT POPULATION GEN, P254 BEAN WJ, 1976, TREES SHRUBS HARDY B BROWN A, 1992, UK ENV BROWN JMB, 1953, Q J FOREST, V47, P239 BROWN JMB, 1954, REPORT FORESTRY RESE, P42 BRUBAKER CL, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1309 CHAMBERLAIN DF, 1982, NOTES ROYAL BOTANIC, V39, P209 CLAPHAM AR, 1987, FLORA BRIT ISLES COATS AM, 1963, GARDENS HRUBS THEIR COGHLAN A, 1997, NEW SCI, V2097, P20 COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 COX P, 1963, RHODODENDRON CAMELLI, V17, P64 CROSS JR, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P807 CROSS JR, 1975, J ECOL, V63, P345 CURTIS W, 1803, BOT MAGAZINE, V16, P650 DAEHLER CC, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P607 DAVIDIAN HH, 1992, RHODODENDRON SPECIES, V3 DAVIDIAN HH, 1982, RHODODENDRON SPECIES, V1 DEBLIJ HJ, 1993, PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY G, P82 FIELD, 1895, GARDEN JAN, P270 GERLACH WL, 1979, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V7, P1869 HARLAN JR, 1963, EVOLUTION, V17, P497 HARRIS SA, 1992, HEREDITY, V69, P1 HEISER CB, 1951, EVOLUTION, V5, P42 HEISER CB, 1979, TAXON, V28, P217 HOLLINGSWORTH ML, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1681 JANSEN RK, 1987, CURR GENET, V11, P553 JESSEN K, 1948, IRISH NAT J, V9, P174 JESSEN K, 1959, P R IR ACAD B, V60, P1 JUDD S, 1992, ENTOMOLOGIST, V111, P134 KELLY DL, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P437 KLIER K, 1991, J HERED, V82, P305 KREBS SL, 1996, J HERED, V87, P131 LEWONTIN RC, 1966, EVOLUTION, V20, P315 LOUDONJ, 1838, ARBORICETUM FRUTIC 3, V2, P1130 MICHALAK SC, 1976, THESIS ROYAL BOT GAR MILNE RI, 1999, AM J BOT, V86, P1776 MILNE RI, 1997, THESIS U ST ANDREWS NILSEN ET, 1991, OECOLOGIA, V87, P63 NOVAK SJ, 1993, CAN J BOT, V71, P1441 NOVAK SJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P167 POPOVA TN, 1972, FLORA EUROPAEA, V3, P8 PYSEK P, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V74, P41 RIESEBERG LH, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P1218 RIESEBERG LH, 1990, EVOLUTION, V44, P1498 RIESEBERG LH, 1993, HYBRID ZONES EVOLUTI, P70 RIESEBERG LH, 2000, IN PRESS HEREDITY RIESEBERG LH, 1990, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V87, P593 ROCHE CT, 1991, NORTHWEST SCI, V65, P53 SALES F, 1997, PLANT LIFE SW CENTRA, P167 SEWELL MM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1147 SIMONS P, 1988, NEW SCI, V119, P50 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 STACE CA, 1997, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES STACE CA, 1991, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES STREFELER MS, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P265 TURNER JS, 1939, P ROY IRISH ACAD, V66, P9 VILA M, 1998, ECOL APPL, V8, P1196 VILA M, 1998, ECOSCIENCE, V5, P191 WOJCICKI JJ, 1993, POLISH BOT STUDIES, V5, P9 TC 0 BP 541 EP 556 PG 16 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD MAY VL 9 IS 5 GA 312BG J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000086923000004 ER PT J AU Lutz, E Schneller, JJ Holderegger, R TI Understanding population history for conservation purposes: Population genetics of Saxifraga aizoides (Saxifragaceae) in the lowlands and lower mountains north of the Alps SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY NR 41 AB Several alpine species have outlying populations in the lowlands and lower mountains north of the Alps. These small, isolated populations are usually described as either (1) glacial relies, (2) descendants from populations living on forelands and moraines during the ice ages, or (3) populations founded by long-distance dispersal after glaciation. A floristic survey of the historic and present distributions and an allozyme investigation were performed on one of these relic species, Saxifraga aizoides. The species was historically more abundant and had more stations in more regions of northeastern Switzerland. The former population structures within regions, nowadays destroyed, were still reflected in distinct and high regional genetic diversity and variation. There was weak evidence of increased inbreeding in outlying populations, but populations did not deviate from Hardy-Weinberg equilibrium. No geographic pattern of genetic variation above the regional scale (>10 km) was found. Based on the spatial and genetic structures found, it was not possible to discriminate between the abovementioned hypotheses. Nevertheless, the study shows how a thorough evaluation of distribution and abundance data aids the interpretation of genetic data with respect to population history, biogeography, and conservation biology. CR *STSC, 1991, STATGR REF MAN VERS ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P100 BARRETT SCH, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P3 BAUERT MR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1519 BONN S, 1998, AUSBREITUNGSBIOLOGIE BRESINSKY A, 1965, BER BAYER BOT GES, V38, P5 BROCHMANN C, 1996, DET NORSKE VIDENSKOP, V18, P54 BROCKMANNJEROSC H, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN, P1110 CHRIST H, 1882, PFLANZENLEBEN SCHWEI COMES HP, 1998, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V3, P432 ELLSTRAND NC, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P217 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GODT MJW, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P796 HANTKE R, 1978, EISZEITALTER, PR1 HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, B GEOBOT I ETH, V63, P109 HOLDEREGGER R, 1994, BIOL J LINN SOC, V51, P377 HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, FLORA, V192, P151 HOLDEREGGER R, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V213, P21 HUENNEKE LF, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P31 JENNYLIPS H, 1948, VEGETATION SCHWEIZER KAPLAN K, 1995, ILLUSTRIERTE FLORA M, V4, P130 LANDOLT E, 1991, GEFAHRDUNG FARN BLUT LEVIN DA, 1995, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V8, P635 MEIER C, 1998, NORD J BOT, V18, P681 NEI M, 1972, AM NAT, V106, P283 OOSTERMEIJER JGB, 1996, SPECIES SURVIVAL FRA, P93 POTT R, 1995, FITOSOCIOLOGIA, V29, P7 SCHNELLER JJ, 1989, BOT HELV, V99, P197 SMOUSE PE, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P399 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY SOLTIS DE, 1983, AM FERN J, V73, P9 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 STOCKLIN J, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P45 SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 COMPUTER PR WATKINSON AR, 1993, J ECOL, V81, P707 WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE WEEDEN NF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P45 WELTEN M, 1982, VERBREITUNGSATLAS FA, P1 WENDEL JF, 1989, ISOZYMES PLANT BIOL, P5 WHITLOCK MC, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P117 WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395 TC 0 BP 583 EP 590 PG 8 JI Am. J. Bot. PY 2000 PD APR VL 87 IS 4 GA 305ET J9 AMER J BOT UT ISI:000086527000015 ER PT J AU Brysting, AK Holst-Jensen, A Leitch, I TI Genomic origin and organization of the hybrid Poa jemtlandica (Poaceae) verified by genomic in situ hybridization and chloroplast DNA sequences SO ANNALS OF BOTANY NR 50 AB Chloroplast DNA sequencing and genomic in situ hybridization (GISH) were used to investigate the genomic origin and organization of the alpine grass Poa jemtlandica. Using genomic probes of P. alpina and P. flexuosa, GISH clearly distinguished between these two putative parental genomes and thus confirmed the hybrid nature of P. jemtlandica. The chloroplast trnL intron and trnL-trnF intergenic spacer (IGS) sequence genotypes of P. flexuosa and P. jemtlandica were 100% identical but differed from those of P. alpina by a total of ten or 11 nucleotide substitutions and six indels over 866 aligned positions, identifying P. flexuosa as the maternal parent of the P. jemtlandica population studied here and supporting a relatively recent origin of the hybrid. GISH revealed the presence of intergenomic translocations in the hybrid genome, indicating that the two parental genomes have undergone some rearrangements following hybridization. It is likely that some of these chromosome changes took place soon after hybridization in order to overcome the adverse interactions between the nuclear and the cytoplasmic genomes and to facilitate the successful establishment of the newly formed hybrid. The presence of intergenomic chromosome changes may play an important role in the evolution of natural hybrids and the establishment of new evolutionary lineages. (C) 2000 Annals of Botany Company. CR ALMQUIST S, 1883, BOT NOTISER, V1883, P113 ANAMTHAWATJONSSON , 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V79, P721 ARNOLD ML, 1997, NATURAL HYDRIDIZATIO BRYSTING AK, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P199 CHEN QF, 1994, GENOME, V37, P607 CLAPHAM AR, 1987, FLORA BRIT ISLES CLEGG MT, 1991, EVOLUTION MOL LEVEL, P135 DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13 ELVEN R, 1978, NORD J BOT, V3, P171 ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1 FANGAN BM, 1994, BIOTECHNIQUES, V16, P484 FISEROVA D, 1974, PRESLIA, V46, P213 GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769 GIELLY L, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P460 GILL BS, 1991, P KIH MEM S CYT ENG, P48 GILLESPIE LJ, 1997, CAN J BOT, V75, P1978 HEDBERG O, 1958, SVENSK BOTANISKA TID, V52, P37 HIGGINS D, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673 HULTMAN T, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P4937 JELLEN EN, 1994, GENOME, V37, P613 JIANG J, 1994, CHROMOSOME RES, V2, P59 KENTON A, 1993, MOL GEN GENET, V240, P159 LEITCH AR, 1994, RMS MICROSCOPY HDB, V27 LEITCH IJ, 1997, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V2, P470 LOVE A, 1956, ACTA HORTI GOTHOBURG, V20, P65 MUNTZING A, 1954, HEREDITAS, V40, P459 MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21 NANNFELDT JA, 1937, BOT NOTISER, V1937, P1 NANNFELDT JA, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P86 NILSSON O, 1950, SYMB BOT UPSAL, V10, P1 PALMER JD, 1988, ANN MO BOT GARD, V75, P1180 RIESEBERG LH, 1995, AM J BOT, V82, P944 RIESEBERG LH, 1997, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V28, P359 RIESEBERG LH, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P213 RIESEBERG LH, 1998, NEW PHYTOL, V140, P599 SCHWARZACHER TS, 1994, METHOD MOL BIOL, V28, P153 SKALINSKA M, 1952, LETT SER B, V1, P253 SOLTIS DE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1119 SOLTIS DE, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P243 SOLTIS PS, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P177 SONG K, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P811 SONG KM, 1993, GENOME, V35, P992 SONG KM, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7719 SONG KM, 1988, THEOR APPL GENET, V75, P784 STACE C, 1997, NEW FLORA BRIT ISLES SUH YB, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1042 TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 TAKAHASHI C, 1997, CHROMOSOMA, V105, P342 TURESSON G, 1927, HEREDITAS, V9, P81 WENDEL JF, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P280 TC 0 BP 439 EP 445 PG 7 JI Ann. Bot. PY 2000 PD APR VL 85 IS 4 GA 304HR J9 ANN BOT UT ISI:000086478100002 ER FN ISI Export Format VR 1.0 PT J AU Steinfartz, S Veith, M Tautz, D TI Mitochondrial sequence analysis of Salamandra taxa suggests old splits of major lineages and postglacial recolonizations of Central Europe from distinct source populations of Salamandra salamandra SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 65 AB Representatives of the genus Salamandra occur in Europe, Northern Africa and the Near East. Many local variants are known but species and subspecies status of these is still a matter of dispute. We have analysed samples from locations covering the whole expansion range of Salamandra by sequence analysis of mitochondrial D-loop regions. In addition, we have calibrated the rate of divergence of the D-loop on the basis of geologically dated splits of the closely related genus Euproctus. Phylogenetic analysis of the sequences suggests that six major monophyletic groups exist (S. salamandra, S. algira, S. infraimmaculata, S. corsica, S. atra and S. lanzai) which have split between 5 and 13 million years ago (Ma). We find that each of the Salamandra species occupies a distinct geographical area, with the exception of S. salamandra. This species occurs all over Europe from Spain to Greece, suggesting that it was the only species that has recolonized Central Europe after the last glaciation. The occurrence of specific east and west European haplotypes, as well as allozyme alleles in the S. salamandra populations suggests that this recolonization has started from at least two source populations, possibly originating in the Iberian peninsula and the Balkans. Two subpopulations of S. salamandra were found that are genetically very distinct from the other populations. One lives in northern Spain (S. s. bernardezi) and one in southern Italy (S. s. gigliolii). Surprisingly, the mitochondrial lineages of these subpopulations group closer together than the remainder S. salamandra lineages. We suggest that these populations are remnants of a large homogeneous population that had colonized Central Europe in a previous interglacial period, approximately 500 000 years ago. Animals from these populations were apparently not successful in later recolonizations. Still, they have maintained their separate genetic identity in their areas, although they are not separated by geographical barriers from very closely related neighbouring populations. CR ALCOBENDAS M, 1996, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V9, P83 ALVAREZ W, 1973, NATURE-PHYS SCI, V243, P10 ALVAREZ W, 1972, NATURE-PHYS SCI, V235, P103 ALVAREZ W, 1974, SARDINIA CORSICA 1 M APOSTOLIDIS AP, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P531 ARNTZEN JW, 1995, CONTRIB ZOOL, V65, P5 BERGGREN WA, 1995, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V107, P1272 BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161 BIANCO PG, 1990, ICHTHYOLOGICAL EXPLO, V1, P167 BROWN JR, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P326 BUSH GL, 1998, RES POPUL ECOL, V40, P175 CACCONE A, 1994, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V7, P227 CACCONE A, 1997, SYST BIOL, V46, P126 DEGANI G, 1978, J HERPETOL, V12, P437 DOPAZO H, 1998, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V11, P365 EISELT J, 1958, ABH BER NATURK VORGE, V10, P77 FACHBACH G, 1976, Z ZOOL SYST EVOL, V14, P81 FACHBACH G, 1976, Z ZOOL SYST EVOLUT G, V14, P59 FELSENSTEIN J, 1985, EVOLUTION, V39, P783 FRENZEL B, 1992, ATLAS PALEOCLIMATES GARCIAPARIS M, 1998, COPEIA, P173 GASC JP, 1997, ATLAS AMPHIBIANS REP GASSER F, 1978, ARCH ZOOL EXP GEN, V119, P635 GREVEN H, 1998, J EXP ZOOL, V282, P507 GROSSENBACHER K, 1994, ABH BER NATURKDE MAG, V17, P75 HASEGAWA M, 1985, J MOL EVOL, V22, P160 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HEWITT GM, 1993, LINNEAN SOC S SERIES, V14, P97 HEWITT GM, 1989, SPECIATION ITS CONSE, P85 HORAI S, 1990, AM J HUM GENET, V46, P828 HSU KJ, 1977, NATURE, V267, P399 JOGER U, 1994, ABHANDLUNGEN BERICHT, V47, P83 JOGER U, 1994, SALAMANDRA MERTENSSI, V4, P241 JOGER U, 1995, SCI HERPETOL, P33 KLEWEN R, 1991, 584 NEUE BREHM BUCH KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196 MALDONADO A, 1985, KEY ENV W MEDITERRAN, P17 MCKNIGHT ML, 1997, MOL BIOL EVOL, V14, P1167 ORR MR, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P502 OZETI N, 1967, COPEIA, P287 PARK LK, 1993, MOL MAR BIOL BIOTECH, V2, P362 PESOLE G, 1999, J MOL EVOL, V48, P427 RIDING R, 1998, MAR GEOL, V146, P1 SACCONE C, 1994, PRINCIPLES MED BIO B, V1, P39 SBISA E, 1997, GENE, V205, P125 SHAFFER HB, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P417 STRIMMER K, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P964 SWOFFORD DL, 1999, PHYLOGENTIC ANAL USI TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TAMURA K, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P512 THOMPSON JD, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673 TITUS TA, 1995, SYST BIOL, V44, P125 TREVISAN P, 1981, B ZOOL, V48, P77 UPHOLT WB, 1977, CELL, V11, P571 VEITH M, 1992, AMPHIBIA REPTILIA, V13, P297 VEITH M, 1998, J ZOOL SYST EVOL RES, V36, P7 VEITH M, 1994, MERTENSIELLA, V4, P355 WALLIS GP, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P88 WILSON AC, 1985, BIOL J LINN SOC, V26, P375 YANG YJ, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P219 YANG ZH, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P367 ZHANG DX, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P247 ZISCHLER H, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P463 ZISCHLER H, 1995, NATURE, V378, P489 TC 0 BP 397 EP 410 PG 14 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD APR VL 9 IS 4 GA 300ZZ J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000086284800003 ER PT J AU Steen, SW Gielly, L Taberlet, P Brochmann, C TI Same parental species, but different taxa: molecular evidence for hybrid origins of the rare endemics Saxifraga opdalensis and S-svalbardensis (Saxifragaceae) SO BOTANICAL JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY NR 30 AB Saxifraga opdalensis was described from Oppdal in southern Norway and hypothesized to have originated as the hybrid S. cernua x rivularis or to have been derived From a S. cernua- like progenitor. We tested these alternative hypotheses using uni- and biparentally inherited molecular markers observed in S. opdalensis and its putative parental species at the type locality: PCR-RFLPs (restriction fragment length polymorphisms in amplified fragments of chloroplast DNA; cpDNA), sequences of the cpDNA intron tmL and the spacer tmL-tmF, and RAPDs (random amplified polymorphic DNAs). The data provided unambiguous support for the hybrid hypothesis. The cpDNA analyses distinguished two well-differentiated chloroplast genomes, one in S. opdalensis and S. rivularis, and another in S. cernua. The majority of the RAPD markers showed distinct additivity in S. opdalensis relative to its postulated parental species. Thus, S. opdalensis has probably originated from a hybrid with S. rivularis as the maternal parent and S. cernua as the paternal parent. We also included S. svalbardensis in the present study because previous molecular analyses of Svalbard material have shown that this species had probably also originated as a hybrid between S. cernua and S. rivularis. The chloroplast genome of S, svalbardensis was identical to that of S. opdalensis, but the two species differed in many RAPD markers. Although these two endemics probably have been derived from the same hybrid combination, they are morphologically and genetically distinct and should be referred. to separate species. Differences between such independently originated hybrid taxa may result from intraspecific variation in their parental taxa. Saxifraga cernua comprises, for example, several highly divergent evolutionary lineages. (C) 2000 The Linnean Society of London. CR BLYTT A, 1992, FORHANDLINGER VIDE B, P1 BORGEN L, 1983, NORD J BOT, V3, P301 BROCHMANN C, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P135 BROCHMANN C, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P673 BROCHMANN C, 1992, NORD J BOT, V12, P257 BROCHMANN C, 2000, PLANT SYST EVOL, V220, P77 BROCHMANN C, 1996, SYMBOLAE BOT UPSALEN, V31, P75 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 ELVEN R, 1994, NORSK FLORA ENGELSKJON T, 1979, OPERA BOT, V52, P1 FLUNGSRUD K, 1985, THESIS U OSLO GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 HIGGINS DG, 1992, COMPUT APPL BIOSCI, V8, P189 HOLAKER P, 1960, BLYTTIA, V18, P108 LOVE A, 1975, CYTOTAXONOMICAL ATLA MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391 OVSTEDAL DO, 1975, ASTARTE, V8, P23 OVSTEDAL DO, 1998, NORD J BOT, V18, P171 RIESEBERG LH, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P1218 ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T RUNE O, 1988, BLYTTIA, V46, P43 SOLTIS DE, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1119 SOLTIS DE, 1993, CRIT REV PLANT SCI, V12, P243 SOLTIS DE, 1990, J HERED, V81, P168 TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 WEBB DA, 1989, MANUAL SAXIFRAGES TH WERTH CR, 1985, SCIENCE, V228, P731 WILLIAMS JGK, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P704 TC 0 BP 153 EP 164 PG 12 JI Bot. J. Linnean Soc. PY 2000 PD FEB VL 132 IS 2 GA 297TG J9 BOT J LINN SOC UT ISI:000086098300004 ER PT J AU Lacourse, T Gajewski, K TI Late Quaternary vegetation history of Sulphur Lake, southwest Yukon territory, Canada SO ARCTIC NR 48 AB Paleoecological studies based on the analysis of pollen in lake sediments offer the potential for high resolution and well- dated independent records of past vegetation and climate. A 5 m sediment core was raised from the deepest section of Sulphur Lake, located in the southwest Yukon (60.95 degrees N, 137.95 degrees W; 847 m a.s.l.). The pollen spectra indicate that before 11250 yr BP, the vegetation was a herbaceous tundra marked by the presence of Artemisia. However, the date of the establishment of this initial vegetation cannot be secured because of problems with the basal radiocarbon date and the lack of a reliable chronology of regional deglaciation. A birch shrub tundra prevailed between 11250 and 10250 yr BP and was then replaced by a discontinuous poplar woodland. Juniperus populations expanded at 9500 yr BP, and by 8400 yr BP, Picea invaded the region. The white spruce forest that occupies the region today was established by approximately 8000 yr BP. Alnus crispa increased at 6000 yr BP, but the simultaneous increase in Picea mariana found at most sites in the Yukon was not present at Sulphur Lake. Black spruce was never a dominant component of the vegetation in the southwest Yukon, as it was in the south-central Yukon between 6100 and 4100 yr BP. CR ANDERSON PM, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P386 BENNINGHOFF WS, 1962, POLLEN SPORES, V4, P332 BIRKS HJB, 1977, CAN J BOT, V55, P2367 BIRKS HJB, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V14, P101 CLAGUE JJ, 1995, CAN J EARTH SCI, V32, P1172 CWYNAR LC, 1979, CAN J EARTH SCI, V16, P1115 CWYNAR LC, 1988, CAN J FOREST RES, V18, P1270 CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1 CWYNAR LC, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P202 CWYNAR LC, 1995, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V49, P29 DAVIS MB, 1984, LAKE SEDIMENTS ENV H, P261 DEAN WE, 1974, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V44, P249 DELCOURT HR, 1991, QUATERNARY ECOLOGY P DENTON GH, 1966, AM J SCI, V264, P577 DENTON GH, 1967, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V78, P485 DENTON GH, 1977, QUATERNARY RES, V7, P63 DOUGLAS GW, 1974, CAN J BOT, V52, P2505 FAEGRI K, 1989, TXB POLLEN ANAL GLEW JR, 1988, J PALEOLIMNOL, V1, P235 HANSEN BCS, 1985, CAN J BOT, V63, P2159 HOEFS M, 1975, SYESIS S1, V8, P125 JOHNSON F, 1964, PAPERS RS PEABODY F, V6, P1 KEENAN TJ, 1992, CAN J BOT, V70, P1336 LACOURSE T, 1998, THESIS U OTTAWA CANA LERBEKMO JF, 1975, ROYAL SOC NZ B, V13, P203 MACDONALD GM, 1984, THESIS U TORONTO CAN MACNEISH RS, 1964, PAPERS RS PEABODY F, V6, P199 MORLAN RE, 1980, KLUANE PINNACLE YUKO, P97 MOTT RJ, 1978, CAN J BOT, V56, P1021 MURRAY DF, 1980, KLUANE PINNACLE YUKO, P52 NICKLING WG, 1978, CAN J EARTH SCI, V15, P1069 ORLOCI L, 1979, VEGETATIO, V41, P1 OSWALD ET, 1977, BCX164 PAC FOR RES C PARENT S, 1988, THESIS U OTTAWA PRICE LW, 1971, ECOLOGY, V52, P638 RAMPTON V, 1971, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V82, P959 RICHARD P, 1970, NAT CAN, V97, P97 RITCHIE JC, 1986, J BIOGEOGR, V13, P527 RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI RITCHIE JC, 1984, PRESENT VEGETATION F ROSE JS, 1972, PUBLICATION CANADIAN, V1300 STUART GSL, 1989, ARCTIC, V42, P347 THOMPSON R, 1980, SCIENCE, V207, P481 WANG XC, 1991, ARCTIC, V44, P23 WANG XC, 1991, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V45, P175 WANG XC, 1989, THESIS U OTTAWA WORKMAN WB, 1978, 74 ARCH SURV CAN NAT WRIGHT HE, 1967, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V37, P957 TC 1 BP 27 EP 35 PG 9 JI Arctic PY 2000 PD MAR VL 53 IS 1 GA 294WT J9 ARCTIC UT ISI:000085934000005 ER PT J AU Willis, KJ Rudner, E Sumegi, P TI The full-glacial forests of central and southeastern Europe SO QUATERNARY RESEARCH NR 69 AB The presence of trees in central and southern Europe during the last full-glaciation has long been a matter of debate. A low but persistent presence of fossil tree pollen in central and southern European full-glacial paleoecological sequences has been interpreted either as representing long-distance pollen transport from southerly refuges or as representing in situ refugial populations. Here we present macroscopic charcoal results from 31 sequences located throughout Hungary that provide unequivocal evidence for the presence of at least seven different tree types between approximately 32,500 and 16,500 C- 14 yr B.P. This evidence is presented in conjunction with molluscan and pollen analyses to indicate that during the last full-glaciation, trees grew as far north as Hungary, probably in microenvironmentally favorable sites. These areas provided an important cold-stage refugium for the European flora and fauna, (C) 2000 University of Washington. CR BELL M, 1992, LATE QUATERNARY ENV BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BETANCOURT JL, 1990, PACKRAT MIDDENS LAST, P435 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 BOND G, 1993, NATURE, V365, P143 CLARK JS, 1988, QUATERNARY RES, V30, P67 CULIBERG M, 1995, RAZPRAVE 4 RAZREDA S, V36, P49 DENTON GH, 1971, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET DOBOSI V, 1967, ARCHEOLOGIAI ERTESIT, V94, P184 FIGUEIRAL I, 1995, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V89, P441 FINK J, 1977, QUATERNARY RES, V7, P363 FOLLIERI M, 1988, POLLEN SPORES, V30, P329 GABORICSANK V, 1960, ARCHEOLOGIAI ERTESIT, V87, P125 GEYH MA, 1969, FOLDRAJZI ERTESITO, V18, P5 HERTELENDI E, 1992, RADIOCARBON, V34, P833 HICKS S, 1985, GRANA, V24, P167 HICKS S, 1994, PACT, V33, PS17 JOHNSEN SJ, 1992, NATURE, V359, P311 KERNEY MP, 1983, LANDSCHNECKEN NORD M KORDOS L, 1977, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V25, P222 KORDOS L, 1987, GEOJOURNAL, V15, P163 KOROSTELEV AP, 1987, STATISTICAL METHODS, P52 KROLOPP E, 1977, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V26, P228 KROLOPP E, 1996, FOLDTANI KOZLONY, V125, P309 KROLOPP E, 1995, GEOJOURNAL, V36, P213 KUTZBACH JE, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P24 KUTZBACH JE, 1986, J ATMOS SCI, V43, P1726 LAJ C, 1996, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V23, P2045 LOZEK V, 1987, HDB HOLOCENE PALEOEC, P729 LOZEK V, 1964, ROZPR USTRED USTAVU, V31, P1 MAGRI D, 1989, NEW PHYTOL, V112, P123 MAGRI D, 1994, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V81, P313 MAROSI S, 1974, FOLDRAJZI ERTESITO, V23, P333 MARUSZCZAK H, 1987, LOESS PERIGLACIAL PH, P285 MARZIANI GP, 1991, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V70, P214 MASPERO A, 1996, QUATERNARIO, V9, P591 MEIJER T, 1985, MEDED RIJKS GEOL DIE, V39, P75 NIKOLOV N, 1992, SYSTEMS ANAL GLOBAL, P13 PASTOR J, 1992, SYSTEMS ANAL GLOBAL, P216 PECSI M, 1976, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V23, P228 PECSI M, 1961, FOLDRAJZI KOZLEMENYE, V9, P1 PECSI M, 1977, GEONOMIA BANYASZAT, V10, P183 PECSI M, 1991, QUATERNARY ENV HUNGA, P9 PECSI M, 1993, QUATERNARY LOESS RES RUDNER ZE, 1994, THESIS KOSSUTH LAJOS SANDER PM, 1990, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V63, P269 SCHWEINGRUBER FH, 1989, TREE RINGS BASICS AP SPARKS BW, 1964, J ANIM ECOL S, V33, P87 STOILOV KG, 1984, LOESS FORMATION BULG STUIVER M, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P215 SUMEGI P, 1989, THESIS KOSSUTH LAJOS SZEKEL A, 1987, LOESS PERIGLACIAL PH, P303 TZEDAKIS PC, 1993, NATURE, V364, P437 VANANDEL TH, 1998, ANTIQUITY, V72, P26 VERNET JL, 1987, J BIOGEOGR, V14, P117 VERTES L, 1964, QUARTAR, V15, P132 VOELKER AHL, 1998, RADIOCARBON, V40, P1 VOGEL IC, 1964, RADIOCARBON, V6, P349 WHITLOCK C, 1996, HOLOCENE, V6, P7 WILLIS KJ, 1998, ANTIQUITY, V72, P101 WILLIS KJ, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P740 WILLIS KJ, 1994, HIST BIOL, V9, P103 WILLIS KJ, 1997, LANDSCAPES FLUX CENT, P193 WILLIS KJ, 1992, NEW PHYTOL, V121, P139 WILLIS KJ, 1995, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V118, P25 WILLIS KJ, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V13, P769 WOILLARD G, 1979, QUATERNARY RES, V9, P1 WRIGHT HE, 1967, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V37, P975 ZACKRISSON O, 1996, OIKOS, V77, P10 TC 0 BP 203 EP 213 PG 11 JI Quat. Res. PY 2000 PD MAR VL 53 IS 2 GA 295GK J9 QUATERNARY RES UT ISI:000085958200008 ER PT J AU Willis, KJ Whittaker, RJ TI Paleoecology - The refugial debate SO SCIENCE NR 12 CR AIDE TM, 1998, J BIOGEOGR, V25, P695 AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457 BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 COLINVAUX PA, 2000, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V19, P141 COLINVAUX PA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P85 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 HABERLE SG, 1999, QUATERNARY RES, V51, P27 HAFFER J, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P131 HEWITT GM, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V68, P87 KLICKA J, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1666 NORES M, 1999, J BIOGEOGR, V26, P475 TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195 TC 4 BP 1406 EP 1407 PG 2 JI Science PY 2000 PD FEB 25 VL 287 IS 5457 GA 287WZ J9 SCIENCE UT ISI:000085531600024 ER PT J AU Velichko, AA Kononov, YM Faustova, MA TI Geochronology, distribution, and ice volume on the earth during the last glacial maximum: Inferences from new data SO STRATIGRAPHY AND GEOLOGICAL CORRELATION NR 63 AB The evaluated area and volume of ice sheets on the Earth during the Last Glacial Maximum (18-20 thousand years ago, oxygen isotope stage 2) are adjusted to the most recent data and our subglobal to global paleoglaciological reconstructions published between 1986 and 1997. In the West Eurasian Arctic sector (Svalbard and Franz Josef Land), the compensation uplift rate, calculated on the basis of radiocarbon dating of risen marine terraces, is considerably lower than that estimated using the model of an ice sheet stretched over the whole Barents Sea shelf. From the viewpoint of isostasy and new radiocarbon dates, according to which sediments left by the ice sheet of the Kara Sea are older than 40 ka, the idea suggesting a solid ice mass that existed in this region appears to be invalid. Glaciation in the Novaya Zemlya and Polar Urals was also autonomous. Glaciers in mountain valleys were typical of Taimyr and northeastern Siberia. Data on the western hemisphere again suggest a limited extent of glaciation in high latitudes, e.g., in the Canadian Arctic Archipelago. At the same time, ice sheets were most extensive in North America as compared to all others in the northern hemisphere. Outside the Antarctic continent, glaciation in the southern hemisphere was not intense; and limited ice sheets were mainly characteristic of southern South America and New Zealand. The total area of ice sheets during the Last Glacial Maximum was 36 million km(2) and progressively decreased to 9600 thousand km(2) about 13 ka ago and to 4700 thousand km(2) about 10 ka years ago. CR 1987, CHETVERTICHNYE OLEDE 1992, PALEOCLIMATES PALEOE 1982, PALEOGEOGRAFIYA EVRO ALEKSEEV MN, 1996, PALAEOGEOGRAPHIC ATL ARKHIPOV SA, 1980, PALEOGEOGRAFIYA ZAPA, P7 ARKHIPOV SA, 1993, RAZVITIE LANDSHAFTOV, P28 ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19 ASTAKHOV VI, 1985, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR+, V283, P438 ASTAKHOV VI, 1979, NEW DATA LATEST ACTI, P22 BINYNAN L, 1991, QUATERNARY GLACIAL D BISCHOF J, 1996, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V129, P329 BOULTON GS, 1991, GEOLOGY SCOTLAND, P117 CHALTIERI L, 1997, 27 ARCT WORKSH, P95 CLAPPERTON CM, 1993, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V101, P189 CLAPPERTON CM, 1990, QUAT SCI REV, V9 COOPER A, 1995, EOS, V76, P97 DENTON YH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET DYKE AS, 1982, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V36, P5 ESPIZUA LE, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V40, P150 FAUSTOVA MA, 1994, DEGLACIATION GLACIAL, P30 FAUSTOVA MA, 1994, DEGLACIATION RHYTHMS, P94 FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1116 FULTON RJ, 1984, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA GATAULLIN V, 1997, 27 ARCT WORKSH PROGR, P78 GROSVALD MG, 1983, POKROVNYE LEDNIKI KO HEUSSER CJ, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V32, P60 JACKSON LE, 1997, GEOLOGY, V25, P195 KNIES J, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P63 KOTLYAKOV VM, 1984, GLYATSIOLOGICHESKII LANDVIK JY, 1992, LUNDQUA REPORT, V35, P61 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LEHMKUHL F, 1993, M IGCP PROJ 253 TERM, P30 LUBINSKI DJ, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1 MALYASOVA ES, 1993, NOVAYA ZEMLYA, V2, P10 MANGERUD J, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P81 MANGERUD J, 1981, BOREAS, V10, P381 MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11 MATIOUCHKOV A, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P84 MUSATOV EE, 1998, VSEROSSIISKOE SVOESH, P202 NISSEN F, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P90 OSBORN G, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, P823 PAVLIDIS YA, 1992, SHELF MIROVOGO OKEAN PELTIER WR, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1359 PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195 POLYAK L, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P101 RAUKAS A, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISKA, V81, P277 ROBERTSON AV, 1992, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA RUTTER NW, 1984, QUATERNARY STRATIGRA, P49 SEREBRYANNY L, 1998, LATE GLACIAL EARLY H, P323 SIBRAVA V, 1986, QUATERNARY GLACIATIO SIEGERT C, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P122 SUETOVA IA, 1982, GEOGRAFICHESKIE ISSL, P22 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328 VELICHKO AA, 1987, CHETVERTICHNYE OLEDE, P8 VELICHKO AA, 1989, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR+, V309, P1465 VELICHKO AA, 1994, PALEOGEOGRAPHICAL BA, P63 VELICHKO AA, 1997, PRIRODA, P34 VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43 WRIGHT HE, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV YUBBRTEN HW, 1996, 1 ANN WORKSH EST SCI, P17 ZALE R, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P159 ZHENG BX, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V32, P121 TC 0 BP 1 EP 12 PG 12 JI Stratigr. Geol. Correl. PY 2000 PD JAN-FEB VL 8 IS 1 GA 288FJ J9 STRATIGR GEOLOG CORRELATION UT ISI:000085551600001 ER PT J AU Kudo, G Nordenhall, U Molau, U TI Effects of snowmelt timing on leaf traits, leaf production, and shoot growth of alpine plants: Comparisons along a snowmelt gradient in northern Sweden SO ECOSCIENCE NR 43 AB Effects of snow-melt timing on leaf traits (for five deciduous and five evergreen species), shoot growth, and leaf production (for five evergreen species) of tundra plants were studied along a snow-melt gradient in an alpine snowbed in northern Sweden. In deciduous plants, leaf life-span and leaf mass per area (LMA) decreased, and nitrogen concentration (leaf N) increased with decreasing growing season, whereas in evergreen plants, both leaf life-span and leaf N increased with decreasing growing season. By extending leaf life-span, evergreen plants are able to have a large leaf mass, which may contribute to maintain net annual carbon gain in short snow- free seasons. In two predominantly boreal evergreen species, Empetrum hermaphroditum and Vaccinium vitis-idaea, leaf lifespan was negatively correlated with both annual leaf production and shoot growth, but there were no similar significant correlations for the other three, strictly arctic- alpine evergreen species (Cassiope tetragona, Loiseleuria procumbens, and Dispensia lapponica). Based on these results, we predict that extension of season length will decrease leaf N of both deciduous and evergreen species, and will accelerate leaf turnover of evergreen plants. Although annual leaf production and shoot growth of boreal species may increase with an extension of season length, they will remain unchanged in strictly arctic-alpine species. CR BILLINGS WD, 1968, BIOL REV, V43, P481 BILLINGS WD, 1959, ECOLOGY, V40, P388 CHABOT BF, 1982, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V13, P229 CHAPIN FS, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P233 CHAPIN FS, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P694 CHAPIN FS, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P564 EVANS JR, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V78, P9 FIELD C, 1986, EC PLANT FORM FUNCTI, P25 FOWBERT JA, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P290 GALEN C, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1546 GALEN C, 1991, ECOLOGY, V74, P1052 GEHRKE C, 1996, ECOL B, V45, P192 GJOEREVOLL O, 1956, PLANT COMMUNITIES SC GRAGLIA E, 1997, ECOSCIENCE, V4, P191 HAVSTROM M, 1995, FUNCT ECOL, V9, P650 HAVSTROM M, 1993, OIKOS, V66, P389 HOLWAY JG, 1963, AM MIDL NAT, V60, P189 INOUYE DW, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P997 JONASSON S, 1986, AM NAT, V128, P394 KARLSSON PS, 1987, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V10, P114 KIKUZAWA K, 1995, OIKOS, V73, P214 KORNER C, 1989, FLORA, V182, P353 KORNER C, 1987, FUNCTIONAL ECOLOGY, V1, P179 KUDO G, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P1300 KUDO G, 1991, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V23, P436 KUDO G, 1995, CAN J BOT, V73, P1451 KUDO G, 1992, CAN J BOT, V70, P1684 KUDO G, 1996, ECOSCIENCE, V3, P483 KUDO G, 1992, VEGETATIO, V98, P165 MATTSON WJ, 1980, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V11, P119 MAXWELL B, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P11 MICHELSEN A, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V105, P1 MOLAU U, 1996, ECOLOGICAL B, V45, P210 MOLAU U, 1993, ITEX MANUAL, P6 PARSONS AN, 1994, J ECOL, V82, P307 RAM J, 1988, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V20, P325 SCHULZE ED, 1977, OECOLOGIA, V30, P239 STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337 TOTLAND O, 1994, ECOGRAPHY, V17, P159 WALKER DA, 1993, BIOSCIENCE, V43, P287 WIJK S, 1986, J ECOL, V74, P675 WILLIAMS K, 1989, AM NAT, V133, P198 WOOKEY PA, 1993, OIKOS, V67, P490 TC 0 BP 439 EP 450 PG 12 JI Ecoscience PY 1999 VL 6 IS 3 GA 289MC J9 ECOSCIENCE UT ISI:000085624700015 ER PT J AU Desplanque, B Viard, F Bernard, J Forcioli, D Saumitou-Laprade, P Cuguen, J van Dijk, H TI The linkage disequilibrium between chloroplast DNA and mitochondrial DNA haplotypes in Beta vulgaris ssp maritima (L.): the usefulness of both genomes for population genetic studies SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 70 AB The structure and evolution of the plant mitochondrial genome may allow recurrent appearance of the same mitochondrial variants in different populations. Whether the same mitochondrial variant is distributed by migration or appears recurrently by mutation (creating homoplasy) in different populations is an important question with regard to the use of these markers for population genetic analyses. The genetic association observed between chloroplasts and mitochondria (i.e. two maternally inherited cytoplasmic genomes) may indicate whether or not homoplasy occurs in the mitochondrial genome. Four-hundred and fourteen individuals sampled in wild populations of beets from France and Spain were screened for their mitochondrial and chloroplast polymorphisms. Mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) polymorphism was investigated with restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) and chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) polymorphism was investigated with polymerase chain reaction PCR-RFLP, using universal primers for the amplification. Twenty and 13 variants for mtDNA and cpDNA were observed, respectively. Most exhibited a widespread geographical distribution. As a very strong linkage disequilibrium was estimated between mtDNA and cpDNA haplotypes, a high rate of recurrent mutation was excluded for the mitochondrial genome of beets. Identical mitochondrial variants found in populations of different regions probably occurred as a result of migration. We concluded from this study that mtDNA is a tool as valuable as cpDNA when a maternal marker is needed for population genetics analyses in beet on a large regional scale. CR ALLEFS JJHM, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P3099 ANDRE C, 1992, TRENDS GENET, V8, P128 ATLAN A, 1993, GENETICS, V135, P213 BACKERT S, 1997, TRENDS PLANT SCI, V2, P477 BELHASSEN E, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P462 BOUDRY P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P471 CLEGG MT, 1992, EVOLUTION MOL LEVEL, P135 CLEGG MT, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6795 CORRIVEAU JL, 1988, AM J BOT, V75, P1443 CRUZAN MB, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P400 CUGUEN J, 1994, GENETICS SELECTION E, V26, P87 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DONG JS, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P1187 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1321 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832 ENNOS RA, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P250 FAURON CMR, 1995, PLANT SCI, V112, P11 FORCIOLI D, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1193 GIELLY L, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P769 KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151 KOIKE T, 1998, BOT ACTA, V111, P87 KOMARNITSKY IK, 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V80, P253 KUBO T, 1995, CURR GENET, V28, P235 LAURENT V, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P81 LELANDAIS C, 1998, GENETICS, V150, P873 LEWONTIN RC, 1988, GENETICS, V120, P849 LEWONTIN RC, 1964, GENETICS, V49, P49 LONSDALE DM, 1988, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V319, P149 LUO H, 1995, MOL BREEDING, V1, P51 MANICACCI D, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P63 MARCHELLI P, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P642 MCCAULEY DE, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P8127 MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198 MILLIGAN BG, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P1325 MOGGENSEN HL, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P383 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN OLMSTEAD RG, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P1205 PALMER JD, 1988, J MOL EVOL, V28, P87 PALMER JD, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P36 PARKER PG, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P361 PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 POWELL W, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P7759 PROVAN J, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P505 PROVAN J, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1697 RAN Z, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P836 RASPE O, 1998, THESIS U CATHOLIQUE REBOUD X, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P132 RONFORT J, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P150 SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P529 SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1991, THEOR APPL GENET, V81, P533 SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1 SENDA M, 1998, HEREDITAS, V128, P127 SENDA M, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P964 SENDA M, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P914 STRAUSS SH, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P605 TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 TOMARU N, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P629 TOZUKA A, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P170 TSUMURA Y, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1031 VANDIJK H, 2000, IN PRESS P 7 INT S P VENDRAMIN GG, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P595 VENDRAMIN GG, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P456 WOLF PG, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P283 WOLFE KH, 1987, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V84, P9054 TC 2 BP 141 EP 154 PG 14 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD FEB VL 9 IS 2 GA 290QN J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000085687500003 ER PT J AU Ehrich, D Fedorov, VB Stenseth, NC Krebs, CJ Kenney, A TI Phylogeography and mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) diversity in North American collared lemmings (Dicrostonyx groenlandicus) SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 34 AB Variation in the nucleotide sequence of the mitochondrial control region (250 bp) and the cytochrome b region (870 bp) was examined in collared lemmings (Dicrostonyx groenlandicus) from 19 localities in northern Alaska and the Canadian Arctic. The division of D. groenlandicus in two phylogeographical groups with limited divergence across the Mackenzie River is consistent with the separation of this species in more than one refugial area located to the northwest of the Laurentide ice sheet during the last glaciation. Populations of D.groenlandicus from formerly glaciated areas are no less variable than those in nonglaciated areas. Instead, the low intrapopulation and intraregional diversity estimates in D. groenlandicus are probably a result of regional bottleneck events due to range contractions during Holocene warming events. These results are consistent with findings previously reported on collared lemmings (D. torquatus) from the Eurasian Arctic. CR ANDERSEN BG, 1997, ICE AGE WORLD INTRO AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS BENNETT KD, 1997, EVOLUTION ECOLOGY PA COLINVAUX PA, 1996, AM BEGINNINGS PREHIS, P83 CWYNAR LC, 1995, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V49, P29 EDWARDS ME, 1994, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V109, P127 EGER JL, 1995, J ZOOL, V235, P143 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FEDOROV V, 1999, BIOL J LINN SOC, V66, P357 FEDOROV VB, 1999, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V12, P134 FEDOROV VB, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P621 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR MACDONALD GM, 1998, ANN ASSOC AM GEOGR, V88, P183 MACDONALD GM, 1995, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V49, P37 MACPHERSON AH, 1965, SYST ZOOL, V14, P153 MARTIN AP, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P4087 MATTHEWS JV, 1986, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V40, P279 MELDGAARD M, 1987, BOREAS, V18, P359 MERILA J, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P946 MILLER SA, 1988, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V16, P215 NACHMAN MW, 1994, GENETICS, V136, P1105 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN PAYETTE S, 1994, ENV REV, V2, P78 PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE RETURN LIFE RITCHIE JC, 1983, NATURE, V305, P126 ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T SAGE RD, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P1092 SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN SOFTWARE PO SPEAR RW, 1993, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V79, P99 STACY JE, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P751 TREMBLAY NO, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1187 WALLACE D, 1987, GUIDE MOL CLONING TE, P33 TC 0 BP 329 EP 337 PG 9 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD MAR VL 9 IS 3 GA 292NF J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000085800500008 ER PT J AU Muloko-Ntoutoume, N Petit, RJ White, L Abernethy, K TI Chloroplast DNA variation in a rainforest tree (Aucoumea klaineana, Burseraceae) in Gabon SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 24 AB One of the dominant savannah colonists in Gabon is Aucoumea klaineana or Okoume (Burseraceae), an endemic species which belongs to a monotypic genus. Chloroplast DNA (cpDNA) variation was studied in this species by means of PCR amplification of 40 kb of cpDNA sequences, followed by restriction analysis of the resulting fragments. No insertion/deletion events were noted, and a single point mutation was found. The level of differentiation among the 19 populations studied was relatively low (G(ST) = 0.54) compared to other plant species (mean of 0.76), in agreement with the pioneer status of the species. However, cpDNA diversity was geographically structured, with the less frequent haplotype occurring only in populations from southern Gabon. This distribution might suggest either that there were two ancient source populations of Okoume, one in the north and the other in the south, from which the colonizing process of the savannah began after the last ice age, or alternatively that there was one polymorphic source in the south. The low level of cpDNA diversity could indicate that Okoume populations in these refugia were quite small. CR ABERNETHY KA, 1996, ADANSONIA 2, V7, P13 BRETELER FJ, 1990, P 12 PLEN M AETFAT, P219 CHAT J, 1999, UNPUB THEORETICAL AP CLEGG MT, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P449 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DESAINTAUBIN G, 1963, BOIS FORETS TROPIQUE, V78, P3 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, THESIS U PARIS SUD F ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307 ELENGA H, 1992, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547 FERRIS C, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P337 HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95 HLADIK A, 1986, VERTEBRES FORETS TRO KING RA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1151 MALEY J, 1996, BIODIVERSITY AFRICAN, P519 MALEY J, 1998, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V99, P157 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 RIETKERK M, 1995, ADANSONIA, V1, P95 SOSEF MSM, 1994, STUDIES BEGONIACEAE, V5, P133 TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 WHITE LJT, 1995, ETUDE VEGETATION WHITE LJT, 1994, J TROP ECOL, V10, P121 ZURAWSKI G, 1984, GENETICS, V106, P735 TC 0 BP 359 EP 363 PG 5 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 2000 PD MAR VL 9 IS 3 GA 292NF J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000085800500011 ER PT J AU Levesque, E Svoboda, J TI Vegetation re-establishment in polar "lichen-kill" landscapes: a case study of the Little Ice Age impact SO POLAR RESEARCH NR 27 AB It has been accepted that the extremely sparse vegetation currently observed in Canadian polar deserts is due to prevailing unfavourable climatic conditions, inhibiting plant establishment, growth and survival. Less considered in the literature is the additional antagonistic factor of episodic adverse climatic anomalies. Such was the most recent Little Ice Age (LIA) cooling which caused a setback to, or even large scale extinction of, high Arctic plant communities that had taken centuries to develop. The LIA brought about new glacial advances, expansion of permanent snow banks and formation of ice crusts over entire landscapes. The newly formed ice (and snow) killed the underlying vegetation, thus creating what is in the geological literature referred to as "lichen-kill zones." In these zones the current plant diversity and abundance are exceedingly low and the plants are all relatively young and even-aged, factors which all point to their recent origin. Here we maintain that this vegetation has not yet reached equilibrium with the present prevailing climate and that it is still in an initial stage of succession. We present results of eight upland sites sampled in the vicinity of Alexandra Fiord Lowland, Ellesmere Island, Canada, to demonstrate the slow recolonization process that has been occurring within the last 100-150 years after the LIA termination. The widespread presence of the "lichen-kill" zones throughout the Canadian polar regions reflects the extent and destructive nature of even minor climatic cooling on vulnerable polar ecosystems. CR ANDERSON DG, 1998, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V30, P97 BALL P, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS, P255 BATTEN DS, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS, P97 BERGERON JF, 1989, MUSK OX, V37, P76 BERGSMA BM, 1984, ARCTIC, V37, P49 BLISS LC, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P46 BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59 BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P305 BRADLEY RS, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P365 BRAY RH, 1945, SOIL SCI, V59, P39 DYKE AS, 1978, 781B GEOL SURV CAN P, P215 FORBES BC, 1996, ARCTIC, V49, P141 GOLD WG, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1558 GRIBBIN J, 1978, CLIMATIC CHANGE, P68 HAVSTROM M, 1995, FUNCT ECOL, V9, P650 LEVESQUE E, 1996, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V28, P156 LEVESQUE E, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P125 LEVESQUE E, 1995, GLOBAL CHANGE ARCTIC, P97 LEVESQUE E, 1997, THESIS U TORONTO MUC M, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS, P41 MURRAY DF, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P21 NADELHOFFER KJ, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P281 NELSON DW, 1996, METHODS SOIL ANAL 3, P961 PORSILD AE, 1980, VASCULAR PLANTS CONT SVOBODA J, 1987, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V19, P373 SVOBODA J, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR OASIS SVOBODA J, 1982, P 33 AL SCI C AAS AR, P206 TC 0 BP 221 EP 228 PG 8 JI Polar Res. PY 1999 VL 18 IS 2 GA 282PY J9 POLAR RES UT ISI:000085228300018 ER PT J AU Ingolfsson, O Hjort, C TI The Antarctic contribution to Holocene global sea level rise SO POLAR RESEARCH NR 88 AB The Holocene glacial and climatic development in Antarctica differed considerably from that in the Northern Hemisphere. Initial deglaciation of inner shelf and adjacent land areas in Antarctica dates back to between 10-8 Kya, when most Northern Hemisphere ice sheets had already disappeared or diminished considerably. The continued deglaciation of currently ice-free land in Antarctica occurred gradually between ca. 8-5 Kya. A large southern portion of the marine-based Ross Ice Sheet disintegrated during this late deglaciation phase. Some currently ice-free areas were deglaciated as late as 3 Kya. Between 8-5 Kya, global glacio-eustatically driven sea level rose by 10-17 m, with 4-8 m of this increase occurring after 7 Kya. Since the Northern Hemisphere ice sheets had practically disappeared by 8-7 Kya, we suggest that Antarctic deglaciation caused a considerable part of the global sea level rise between 8-7 Kya, and most of it between 7-5 Kya. The global mid- Holocene sea level high stand, broadly dated to between 8-4 Kya, and the Littorina-Tapes transgressions in Scandinavia and simultaneous transgressions recorded from sites e.g. in Svalbard and Greenland, dated to 7-5 Kya, probably reflect input of meltwater from the Antarctic deglaciation. CR ANDERSON JB, 1992, ANTARCT RES SER, V57, P39 ANDREWS JT, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P179 ANDREWS JT, 1992, NATURE, V358, P281 ANDREWS JT, 1991, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V6, P621 ANDREWS JT, 1989, QUARTERNARY GEOLOGY, P276 ANDREWS JT, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P983 ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19 BANFIELD LA, 1995, ANTARCT RES SER, V68, P123 BARSCH D, 1986, Z GEOMORPHOL, V61, P25 BIRKS HH, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P133 BJORCK S, 1996, GEOMORPHOLOGICAL MAP, P49 BJORCK S, 1996, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V113, P195 BROECKER WS, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P305 CHAPPELL J, 1991, NATURE, V349, P147 CHAPPELL J, 1986, NATURE, V324, P137 CLAPPERTON CM, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P229 CLAPPERTON CM, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P185 CLARK JA, 1979, QUATERNARY RES, V9, P265 CLARK PU, 1996, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V11, P563 COLHOUN EA, 1997, ANTARCTIC REGION GEO, P801 COLHOUN EA, 1992, NATURE, V358, P316 COLHOUN EA, 1992, RECENT PROGR ANTARCT, P745 DAWSON AG, 1992, ICE AGE EARTH DENTON GH, 1979, ANTARCT J US, V14, P57 DENTON GH, 1991, GEOLOGY ANTARCTICA, P365 DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET DOMACK EW, 1991, GEOLOGY, V19, P1059 DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN DREWRY DJ, 1982, ANN GLACIOL, V3, P83 DYKE AS, 1987, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V41, P237 EISENHAUER A, 1993, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V114, P529 ELVERHOI A, 1983, POLAR RES, V1, P23 FAIRBANKS RG, 1989, NATURE, V342, P637 FORMAN SL, 1989, BOREAS, V18, P51 FORMAN SL, 1990, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V102, P1580 FORMAN SL, 1999, GEOLOGY, V27, P803 FORMAN SL, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P113 FORMAN SL, 1987, QUATERNARY RES, V27, P41 FULTON RJ, 1989, QUATERNARY GEOLOGY C FUNDER S, 1996, B GEOL SOC DAN, V42, P137 FUNDER S, 1989, Q GEOLOGY CANADA GRE, P741 FUNDER S, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P77 GOODWIN ID, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V40, P70 GOODWIN ID, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P319 HALL BL, 1997, GEOLOGICAL ASSESSMEN HARRIS PT, AGSO J AUST GEOL GEO HAYASHI M, 1994, MEMOIRS NATL I POLAR, V50, P49 HJORT C, 1998, ANN GLACIOL, V27, P110 HJORT C, 1973, B GEOLOGICAL SOC DEN, V22, P25 HJORT C, 1997, J QUATERNARY SCI, V12, P259 HJORTH C, 1981, NOR GEOGR TIDSSKR, V35, P197 HUGHES TJ, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET, P263 HUYBRECHTS P, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P115 HUYBRECHTS P, 1990, CLIM DYNAM, V5, P79 INGOLFSSON O, 1998, ANTARCT SCI, V10, P326 INGOLFSSON O, 1992, BOREAS, V21, P209 INGOLFSSON O, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P147 INGOLFSSON O, 1997, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V16, P1135 JOUZEL J, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V31, P135 KELLOGG TB, 1996, J GLACIOL, V42, P486 KIDSON C, 1982, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V1, P121 LANDVIK J, 1987, POLAR RES, V5, P29 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LICHT KJ, 1996, GEOLOGY, V24, P223 LUNDQVIST J, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P9 MANGERUD J, 1992, QUATERNARY RES, V38, P1 MARTINERIE P, 1994, J GEOPHYS RES-ATMOS, V99, P10565 MAYEWSKI PA, 1975, I POLAR STUD REP, V56, P1 MITROVICA JX, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOL EA, V96, P20053 MOLLER JJ, 1986, NORSK GEOLOGISK TIDS, V40, P77 NAKADA M, 1988, NATURE, V333, P36 PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195 PIRAZZOLI PA, 1991, WORLD ATLAS HOLOCENE POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567 RAISBECK GM, 1987, NATURE, V326, P273 RAYNAUD D, 1979, NATURE, V281, P289 RUTTER N, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P19 SALVIGSEN O, 1981, POLAR RES, V1, P97 SHEVENELL AE, 1996, PAPERS P ROYAL SOC T, V130, P55 STUIVER M, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET, P319 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TELLER JT, 1990, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V5, P897 TOSCANO MA, 1998, GEOLOGY, V26, P255 TUSHINGHAM AM, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V96, P4497 VERKULICH SR, 1994, ANTARCT SCI, V6, P395 WALKER MJC, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P109 ZHANG QS, 1992, RECENT PROGR ANTARCT, P781 ZWARTZ D, 1998, EARTH PLANET SC LETT, V155, P131 TC 0 BP 323 EP 330 PG 8 JI Polar Res. PY 1999 VL 18 IS 2 GA 282PY J9 POLAR RES UT ISI:000085228300031 ER PT J AU Qian, H White, PS Klinka, K Chourmouzis, C TI Phytogeographical and community similarities of alpine tundras of Changbaishan Summit, China, and Indian Peaks, USA SO JOURNAL OF VEGETATION SCIENCE NR 55 AB We compared the diversity, phytogeography, and plant communities in two mid-latitude alpine tundras with comparable aerial and elevational extents: Changbaishan Summit in eastern Asia and Indian Peaks in western North America. Despite wide separation, the two areas shared 72 species. In all, 43 % of the species on Changbaishan Summit are also distributed in the alpine zones of western North America, while 22 % of the species on Indian Peaks are also distributed in the alpine zones of eastern Asia. Almost all the shared species also occur in the Beringian region. Phytogeographical profiles of species and genera showed that 69 % of species and over 90 % of genera in both alpine tundras belong to the three phytogeographical categories: cosmopolitan, circumpolar, and Asian-North American. We attributed the current floristic relationship between these widely separated areas to the periodic past land connection between the two continents during the Tertiary and Pleistocene. Indian Peaks has a closer floristic relationship with the Arctic tundra than does Changbaishan Summit. Indian Peaks also has 45 % higher species richness and lower vegetation cover than Changbaishan Summit. Plant communities from the two areas were completely separated in the two-way indicator species analysis and nonmetric multidimensional scaling on floristic data at both species and generic levels, whereas ordination of communities by soil data produced a greater overlap. The plant communities on Changbaishan Summit in general have lower alpha diversity, higher beta diversity (lower between-community floristic similarity), and more rare species than does Indian Peaks. Mosaic diversity does not differ in the two alpine tundras, although the analysis suggests that Changbaishan Summit communities are more widely spaced on gradients than the Indian Peaks communities. CR ALEKSANDROVA VD, 1980, ARCTIC ANTARCTIC THE ANDERSON LE, 1990, BRYOLOGIST, V93, P448 ANDERSON LE, 1990, BRYOLOGIST, V93, P500 ARCHER AC, 1963, THESIS U BRIT COLUMB BENEDICT JB, 1968, J GLACIOL, V7, P77 COOPER DJ, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P279 DAHL E, 1956, RONDANE SKR NORS MN, V3 DELCOURT PA, 1993, FLORA N AM N MEXICO, V1, P71 EMANUEL J, 1989, ECOSYSTEM CLASSIFICA ESSLINGER TL, 1995, BRYOLOGIST, V98, P467 FLOCK JW, 1978, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V10, P31 HILL MO, 1979, TWINSPAN FORTRAN PRO HULTEN E, 1973, BOT NOTISER, V126, P459 HULTEN E, 1968, FLORA ALASKA NEIGHBO ISTOCK CA, 1987, EVOLUTIONARY ECOLOGY, V1, P11 KARTESZ JT, 1994, SYNONYMIZED CHECKLIS KLINKA K, 1996, VEGETATIO, V125, P149 KOMARKOVA V, 1979, ALPINE VEGETATION IN KOMARKOVA V, 1978, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V10, P1 KOMARKOVA V, 1981, SYNTAXONOMIE, P451 KOMARKOVA V, 1976, THESIS U COLORADO BO KOMARKOVA V, 1993, VEGETATIO, V106, P155 KRASNOBOROV IM, 1976, HIGH MOUNTAIN FLORA KUMINOVA AV, 1960, VEGETATION COVER ALT KUVAEV VB, 1960, PROBL BOT, V5, P67 LAUSI D, 1985, VEGETATIO, V59, P9 MALYSHEV LI, 1976, FLORA PUTORANA MALYSHEV LI, 1965, HIGH MOUNTAIN FLORA MCCUNE B, 1997, PC ORD MULTIVARIATE MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL, V9 MINCHIN PR, 1987, VEGETATIO, V69, P89 MUELLERDOMBOIS D, 1974, AIMS METHODS VEGETAT QIAN H, 1990, ACTA BOT SIN, V32, P716 QIAN H, 1993, ACTA PHYTOTAXONOMICA, V31, P1 QIAN H, 1990, B BOT RES HARBIN, V10, P77 QIAN H, 1992, BOT RES BEIJING, V6, P97 QIAN H, 1990, CHIN J APPL ECOL, V1, P254 QIAN H, 1990, CHIN J ECOL, V9, P24 QIAN H, 1990, SCI GEOGR SIN, V10, P316 QIAN H, 1989, SCI GEOGR SIN, V9, P75 QIAN H, 1989, THESIS CHINESE ACAD RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI SCHEINER SM, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P1860 SHANNON CE, 1949, MATH THEORY COMMUNIC SOKAL RR, 1981, BIOMETRY STOTLER R, 1977, BRYOLOGIST, V80, P405 TERBRAAK CJF, 1987, CANOCO FORTRAN PROGR TIFFNEY BH, 1985, J ARNOLD ARBORETUM, V66, P73 WILKINSON L, 1992, SYSTAT WINDOWS STAT YURTSEV BA, 1984, BERINGIA CENOZOIC ER, P129 YURTSEV BA, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P765 YURTSEV BA, 1974, PROBLEMS BOT GEOGRAP ZAR JH, 1984, BIOSTATISTICAL ANAL ZHAO DC, 1987, TEMPERATE FOREST ECO ZHU TE, 1987, LINZER BIOL BEITR, V19, P29 TC 0 BP 869 EP 882 PG 14 JI J. Veg. Sci. PY 1999 PD DEC VL 10 IS 6 GA 279PA J9 J VEG SCI UT ISI:000085052900013 ER PT J AU Grytnes, JA Birks, HJB Peglar, SM TI Plant species richness in Fennoscandia: evaluating the relative importance of climate and history SO NORDIC JOURNAL OF BOTANY NR 69 AB In Fennoscandia, the species richness of vascular plants in 75 x 75 km squares is highly correlated with geographical (latitude and longitude) and climatic variables (accumulated respiration sum, mean January temperature, and mean July temperature). When generalised additive models (GAM) are used, over 80 % of the variation in richness can be statistically explained by geography and climate. Even though climate has such a high explanatory power we present several arguments for interpreting these results with care. Climate has no ecologically sound explanatory power when the variation due to latitude and longitude is accounted for, and the strongest latitudinal gradient in summer temperature is in an area where the latitudinal gradient in species richness is absent. We discuss the role that Holocene history might have on the variation in species richness, and argue that history and climate should be considered simultaneously when explaining the observed patterns in the geographical Variation of species richness. CR 1977, TIMES ATLAS WORLD *NORD MIN, 1977, NU B, P37 *UNESCO, 1972, GEOL MAPS EUR ADAMS JM, 1989, NATURE, V339, P699 ALM T, 1991, NORD J BOT, V11, P465 ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD AUSTIN MP, 1996, AUST J ECOL, V21, P154 BEGON M, 1990, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS BENNETT KD, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P103 BERG RY, 1963, BLYTTIA, V21, P133 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 BIRKS HJB, 1995, ECOGRAPHY, V19, P332 BIRKS HJB, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P503 BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399 BLYTT A, 1876, ESSAY IMMIGRATION NO BORGEN L, 1987, BLYTTIA, V45, P147 BROWN JH, 1981, AM ZOOL, V21, P877 CARTER RN, 1981, NATURE, V293, P644 CLARK JS, 1998, AM NAT, V152, P204 CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271 CURRIE DJ, 1991, AM NAT, V137, P27 CURRIE DJ, 1987, NATURE, V329, P326 DAHL E, 1987, ECOL B COPENHAGEN, V38, P77 DAHL E, 1951, OIKOS, V3, P22 DAHL E, 1998, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY N EUR DONNER J, 1965, QUATERNARY, V1, P199 DONNER JJ, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN FAEGRI K, 1996, MAPS DISTRIBUTION NO, V3 FAEGRI K, 1960, MAPS DISTRIBUTION NO, V1 FRASER RH, 1996, AM NAT, V148, P138 FREMSTAD E, 1996, BLYTTIA, V54, P115 FREMSTAD E, 1997, NORSK GEOGRAFISK TID, V51, P199 GRIGGS RF, 1914, B TORREY BOT CLUB, V41, P25 HASTIE TJ, 1990, GEN ADDITIVE MODELS HASTIE TJ, 1993, STAT MODELS S, P249 HEEGAARD E, 1997, J BRYOL, V19, P527 HEIKKINEN RK, 1997, BIODIVERS CONSERV, V6, P1181 HEIKKINEN RK, 1998, BIOL CONSERV, V83, P133 HEIKKINEN RK, 1996, VEGETATIO, V126, P151 HOFFMAN MT, 1994, BIODIVERSITY LETT, V2, P35 HULTEN E, 1971, ATLAS VAXTERNAS UTBR HULTEN E, 1950, ATLAS VAXTERNAS UTBR HUNTLEY B, 1989, J BIOGEOGR, V16, P5 HUSTON MA, 1994, BIOL DIVERSITY COEXI KAVANAGH K, 1986, J BIOGEOGR, V13, P145 LAAKSONEN K, 1979, FENNIA, V157, P89 LAAKSONEN K, 1979, FENNIA, V157, P171 LATHAM RE, 1993, OIKOS, V67, P325 MACARTHUR RH, 1967, THEORY ISLAND BIOGEO MCBRIDE GB, 1993, ENVIRON MANAGE, V17, P423 MCGLONE MS, 1996, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V5, P309 MILLER GH, 1982, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V14, P321 OBRIEN EM, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P181 PAUSAS JG, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P517 PEDERSEN B, 1990, NORD J BOT, V10, P163 RICHERSON PJ, 1980, AM NAT, V116, P504 ROHDE K, 1992, OIKOS, V65, P514 SAETERSDAL M, 1998, J BIOGEOGR, V25, P111 SCHLUTER D, 1993, SPECIES DIVERSITY EC, P1 SEPPA H, 1996, FENNIA, V174, P1 SJORS H, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P109 SKRE O, 1979, NORW J BOT, V26, P295 TURNER JRG, 1988, NATURE, V335, P539 TURNER JRG, 1987, OIKOS, V48, P195 TUTIN TG, 1964, FLORA EUROPAEA VESTERGAARD P, 1989, OPERA BOT, V96, P1 WRIGHT DH, 1983, OIKOS, V41, P496 WRIGHT DH, 1993, SPECIES DIVERSITY EC, P66 YEE TW, 1991, J VEG SCI, V2, P587 TC 1 BP 489 EP 503 PG 15 JI Nord. J. Bot. PY 1999 VL 19 IS 4 GA 269KL J9 NORD J BOT UT ISI:000084475900011 ER PT J AU Siegert, MJ Dowdeswell, JA Melles, M TI Late Weichselian glaciation of the Russian high arctic SO QUATERNARY RESEARCH NR 62 AB A numerical ice-sheet model was used to reconstruct the Late Weichselian glaciation of the Eurasian High Arctic, between Franz Josef Land and Severnaya Zemlya. An ice sheet was developed over the entire Eurasian High Arctic so that ice how from the central Parents and Kara seas toward the northern Russian Arctic could be accounted for. An inverse approach to modeling was utilized, where ice-sheet results were forced to be compatible with geological information indicating ice-free conditions over the Taymyr Peninsula during the Late Weichselian. The model indicates complete glaciation of the Barents and Kara seas and predicts a "maximum-sized" ice sheet for the Late Weichselian Russian High Arctic. In this scenario, full-glacial conditions are characterized by a 1500-m-thick ice mass over the Barents Sea, from which ice flowed to the north and west within several bathymetric troughs as large ice streams. In contrast to this reconstruction, a "minimum" model of glaciation involves restricted glaciation in the Kara Sea, where the ice thickness is only 300 m in the south and which is free of ice in the north across Severnaya Zemlya. Our maximum reconstruction is compatible with geological information that indicates complete glaciation of the Parents Sea. However, geological data from Severnaya Zemlya suggest our minimum model is more relevant further east. This, in turn, implies a strong paleoclimatic gradient to colder and drier conditions eastward across the Eurasian Arctic during the Late Weichselian. (C) 1999 University of Washington. CR ALLEY RB, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P1 ALLEY RB, 1989, J GLACIOL, V35, P130 ANDERSEN ES, 1996, MAR GEOL, V133, P123 ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17 ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23 ASTAKHOV VI, 1988, Q SCI REV, V6, P152 BOLSHIYANOV DY, 1995, ARCHIPELAGO SEVERNAY BOULTON GS, 1987, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V92, P9059 DOWDESWELL JA, 1386F US GEOL SURV DOWDESWELL JA, 1986, ANN GLACIOL, V8, P51 DOWDESWELL JA, 1999, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V111, P1080 DOWDESWELL JA, 1996, MAT GLYATSIOL ISSLED, V80, P248 DOWDESWELL JA, 1997, MAT GLYATSIOLOGICHES, V83, P213 EBEL T, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P425 ELVERHOI A, 1995, J GEOL, V103, P1 FAIRBANKS RG, 1989, NATURE, V342, P637 FLEMING KM, 1997, ANN GLACIOL, V24, P203 FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1116 FORMAN SL, 1996, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V15, P77 FORTUIN JPF, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P78 GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3 HAHNE J, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P407 HAHNE J, 1997, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V6, P1 HARWART S, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P167 HUBBERTEN HW, 1996, Q ENV EURASIAN N HUGHES T, 1992, J GLACIOL, V38, P282 KIND NV, 1982, ANTHROPOGEN TAYMYR P KLEIBER HP, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P657 LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 MAHAFFY MW, 1976, J GEOPHYS RES-OC ATM, V81, P1059 MAKEEV VM, 1979, DOKL AKAD NAUK SSSR+, V245, P421 MANABE S, 1985, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V90, P1689 MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V18, P46 MANGERUD J, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P11 MANGERUD J, 1992, QUATERNARY RES, V38, P1 MANGERUD J, 1992, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V11, P633 MELLES M, 1996, GEOWISSENSCHAFTEN, V14, P376 MOLLER P, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P92 NIESSEN F, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P437 OERLEMANS J, 1984, ICE SHEETS CLIMATE PATERSON WSB, 1994, PHYSICS GLACIERS PAVLIDIS YA, 1992, OCEANOLOGY, V32, P352 PAVLIDIS YA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P3 PAYNE AJ, 1989, QUATERNARY RES, V31, P119 PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195 PELTO M, 1990, ANN GLACIOL, V14, P238 PELTO MS, 1991, ANN GLACIOL, V15, P115 POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169 PUNKARI M, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P589 ROMANOVSKI NN, 1993, MSU PUBLICATION SHACKLETON NJ, 1987, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V6, P183 SIEGERT C, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S, P477 SIEGERT MJ, 1996, ANN GLACIOL, V23, P352 SIEGERT MJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P1 SIEGERT MJ, 1993, THESIS U CAMBRIDGE SOLHEIM A, 1990, GEOLOGICAL SOC LONDO, V53, P253 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328 VASILCHUK Y, 1997, RADIOCARBON, V39, P1 VELICHKO AA, 1984, LATE Q ENV SOVIET UN, P35 VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43 TC 2 BP 273 EP 285 PG 13 JI Quat. Res. PY 1999 PD NOV VL 52 IS 3 GA 255LT J9 QUATERNARY RES UT ISI:000083670800001 ER PT J AU van Loon, AJ TI The sedimentological response of glaciofluvial and glaciolacustrine systems to abrupt climatic changes SO GFF NR 64 AB Sedimentological studies rarely reveal direct information about abrupt climatic changes. The interpretations of climatic changes, for instance at the end of the Pleistocene, are mainly based on fossils (in the Pleistocene deposits particularly on pollen) of species that are known to flourish within specific temperature ranges. The relatively scarce generally accessible literature data on the response of glaciofluvial and glaciolacustrine sedimentation to abrupt climatic change is based mainly on research of deposits formed at the Pleistocene/Holocene transition, which need, however, not necessarily reflect a representative climatic change (it may have been exceptionally fast). Such data, in combination with theoretical considerations, provide some insight in the tendencies that such sediments might show during climate changes. Yet, it is not well possible to determine during which timespan most of such climatic changes took place. More insight might be obtained by a structured analysis of well chosen sedimentological sections, in combination with detailed and accurate dating of such sections. CR ANDREN T, 1999, J QUATERNARY SCI, V14, P361 ANTOINE P, 1994, TERRA NOVA, V6, P453 ASHLEY GM, 1993, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V63, P814 BERENDSEN H, 1994, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V14 BERGER WH, 1987, ABRUPT CLIMATIC CHAN BLUNIER T, 1998, NATURE, V394, P739 BOHNCKE S, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P385 BOHNCKE S, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P403 BRENNAND TA, 1996, SEDIMENT GEOL, V102, P213 BRODZIKOWSKI K, 1991, GLACIGENIC SEDIMENTS BRODZIKOWSKI K, 1997, SEDIMENT GEOL, V113, P55 BRUNNBERG L, 1995, QUATERNARIA A, V2, P1 BUATOIS LA, 1995, SEDIMENTOLOGY, V42, P415 CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1 DAHLJENSEN D, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P268 DANSGAARD W, 1989, NATURE, V339, P532 DAVIS MB, 1985, QUATERNARY RES, V23, P327 DEGEER G, 1912, CR HEBD ACAD SCI, P241 DEJONG MGG, 1983, GUA PAPERS GEOLOGY, P1 FAIRBANKS RG, 1990, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V5, P937 FARD AM, 1998, QUATERNARIA A, V4, P1 FISCHER H, 1999, SCIENCE, V283, P1712 FULLER IC, 1998, GEOLOGY, V26, P275 GIBBARD PL, 1988, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V306, P318 GULLIKSEN S, 1998, HOLOCENE, V8, P249 HEIJNIS H, 1992, THESIS STATE U GRONI HOEK WZ, 1997, THESIS FREE U AMSTER HUISINK M, 1997, J QUATERNARY SCI, V12, P209 HUISINK M, 1998, THESIS FREE U AMSTER HUNT AG, 1998, NATURE, V393, P155 INDERMUHLE A, 1999, NATURE, V398, P121 ISARIN R, 1997, THESIS FREE U AMSTER ISBELL JL, 1997, J SEDIMENT RES, V67, P264 JOOSTEN JHJ, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P237 KARLEN W, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C KASSE C, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P251 KASSE K, 1988, THESIS FREE U AMSTER KERR RA, 1999, SCIENCE, V284, P2069 MANN ME, 1998, NATURE, V392, P779 MARINO BD, 1992, NATURE, V357, P461 MOOKKAMPS E, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P261 OPPO DW, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1335 PARIS FP, 1979, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V58, P33 PETIT JR, 1999, NATURE, V399, P429 RAPPOL M, 1983, PUBL FYS GEOGR BODEM, V34, P1 RAYMO ME, 1998, NATURE, V392, P699 RIDGE JC, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C SEVERINGHAUS JP, 1998, NATURE, V391, P141 SMITH HJ, 1997, GEOPHYS RES LETT, V24, P1 SMITH HJ, 1999, NATURE, V400, P248 SOREGHAN GS, 1997, J SEDIMENT RES, V67, P1001 STAUFFER B, 1998, NATURE, V392, P59 STEIG EJ, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, P92 STROEVEN AP, 1996, NATURGEOGRAFISKA I S, V6, P1 STROMBERG B, 1994, BOREAS, V23, P177 SYVITSKI JP, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C TORNQVIST TE, 1993, THESIS UTRECHT U UTR VANDENBERG MW, 1996, THESIS AGR U WAGENIN VANDENBERGHE J, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P245 VANDERMEULEN S, 1995, GEOL MIJNBOUW, V74, P257 VANDERWOUDE JD, 1981, THESIS FREE U AMSTER VANLOON AJ, 1999, EARTH-SCI REV, V45, P209 VANLOON AJ, 1998, INT C REC ABR CLIM C WALKER RG, 1992, FACIES MODELS RESPON TC 0 BP 169 EP 174 PG 6 JI GFF PY 1999 PD SEP VL 121 PN 3 GA 251CV J9 GFF UT ISI:000083427800004 ER PT J AU Nesbo, CL Fossheim, T Vollestad, LA Jakobsen, KS TI Genetic divergence and phylogeographic relationships among European perch (Perca fluviatilis) populations reflect glacial refugia and postglacial colonization SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 67 AB We used the widely distributed freshwater fish, perch (Perca fluviatilis), to investigate the postglacial colonization routes of freshwater fishes in Europe. Genetic variability within and among drainages was assessed using mitochondrial DNA (mtDNA) D-loop sequencing and RAPD markers from 55 populations all over Europe as well as one Siberian population. High level of structuring for both markers was observed among drainages and regions, while little differentiation was seen within drainages and regions. Phylogeographic relationships among European perch were determined from the distribution of 35 mtDNA haplotypes detected in the samples. In addition to a distinct southern European group, which includes a Greek and a southern Danubian population, three major groups of perch are observed: the western European drainages, the eastern European drainages including the Siberian population, and Norwegian populations from northern Norway, and western side of Oslofjord. Our data suggest that present perch populations in western and northern Europe were colonized from three main refugia, located in southeastern, northeastern and western Europe. In support of this, nested cladistic analysis of mtDNA clade and nested clade distances suggested historical range expansion as the main factor determining geographical distribution of haplotypes. The Baltic Sea has been colonized from all three refugia, and northeastern Europe harbours descendants from both eastern European refugia. In the upper part of the Danube lineages from the western European and the southern European refugia meet. The southern European refugium probably did not contribute to the recolonization of other western and northern European drainages after the last glaciation. However, phylogenetic analyses suggest that the southern European mtDNA lineage is the most ancient, and therefore likely to be the founder of all present perch lineages. The colonization routes used by perch probably also apply to other fresh-water species with similar distribution patterns. CR ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD ARKHIPOV SA, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P196 AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62 BANARESCU P, 1992, ZOOGEOGRAPHY FRESHWA, V2 BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240 BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431 BERNATCHEZ L, 1992, MOL ECOL, V1, P161 BIANCO PG, 1990, ICHTHYOLOGICAL EXPLO, V1, P167 BILTON DT, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1219 BOROWSKY RL, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P1022 BREMER JRA, 1995, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V52, P1720 BRUNNER PC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P209 CANTATORE P, 1994, J MOL EVOL, V39, P589 CASTELLOE J, 1994, MOL PHYLOG EVOL, V3, P102 CRAIG JF, 1987, BIOL PERCH RELATED F DONNER J, 1995, QUATERNARY HIST SCAN EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FABER JE, 1997, MOL SYSTEMATICS FISH, P125 FELSENSTEIN J, 1995, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF FRITSCH P, 1996, MOL GENETIC APPROACH, P54 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GARCIAMARIN JL, 1999, HEREDITY, V82, P46 GIBBARD PL, 1988, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V318, P559 GYLLENSTEN U, 1985, HEREDITAS, V102, P57 HANSEN MM, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P239 HARDING RM, 1996, NEW USES NEW PHYLOGE, P15 HELDSTAB H, 1995, AQUAT SCI, V57, P14 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HEWITT GM, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY PATTERN, P98 HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927 HULTMAN T, 1989, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V17, P4937 JERZMANSKA A, 1991, FOLIA QUATERNARIA, V61, P109 LARGIADER CR, 1996, CONSERVATION ENDANGE, P181 LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91 MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209 MARSDEN JE, 1995, COPEIA, V4, P977 MEYER A, 1990, NATURE, V347, P550 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN NESBO CL, 1998, GENETICS, V148, P1907 NESBO CL, 1998, HEREDITAS, V129, P241 NIELSEN AV, 1975, DANMARKS NATUR LANDS, P251 NIELSEN EE, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P351 OSINOV AG, 1996, J ICHTHYOL, V36, P723 PAMILO P, 1988, MOL BIOL EVOL, V5, P568 PERSAT H, 1990, AQUATIC LIVING RESOU, V3, P253 REFSETH UH, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1015 RHOLF F, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T RIFFEL M, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P241 RUDI K, 1997, BIOTECHNIQUES, V22, P506 SCHNEIDER S, 1997, ARLEQUIN VERSION 1 1 SHECHREBUKHA A, 1993, VESHNIK ZOOLOGII, V4, P39 SHOLENIUS G, 1996, QUARTERNARYA, V3, P3 STEPIEN CA, 1998, J GREAT LAKES RES, V24, P361 STRECKER U, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V6, P143 SWOFFORD DL, 1998, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN TABERLET P, 1998, J BIOTECHNOL, V6, P91 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TAJIMA F, 1983, GENETICS, V105, P437 TAMURA K, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P512 TEMPLETON AR, 1993, AM ANTHROPOL, V95, P51 TEMPLETON AR, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P767 TEMPLETON AR, 1993, GENETICS, V134, P659 TEMPLETON AR, 1992, GENETICS, V132, P619 TEMPLETON AR, 1987, GENETICS, V117, P343 TEMPLETON AR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P381 ZHU DQ, 1994, MOL BIOL EVOL, V11, P672 ZHUKOV PI, 1965, FISHES BELARUS TC 3 BP 1387 EP 1404 PG 18 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 1999 PD SEP VL 8 IS 9 GA 252JL J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000083498300003 ER PT J AU Burban, C Petit, RJ Carcreff, E Jactel, H TI Rangewide variation of the maritime pine bast scale Matsucoccus feytaudi Duc. (Homoptera : Matsucoccidae) in relation to the genetic structure of its host SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 53 AB The bast scale Matsucoccus feytaudi is a specific pest of maritime pine, but the damage inflicted by the insect on the host trees is variable, ranging from no apparent effect to severe decline of the maritime pine stands. Rangewide variation of mitochondrial DNA among M. feytaudi populations was analysed by polymerase chain reaction-restriction fragment length- single-strand conformation polymorphism (PCR-RFLP-SSCP) analysis and the results compared with the genetic information already available for its host. Three main nonoverlapping lineages can be distinguished in M. feytaudi. The phylogeography of the pest population is clearly related to the history of its host. Most local associations could result from common evolution while others must be interpreted as intraspecific host shifts. Because the distribution of cultivated tree species is greatly influenced by humans, much may be learned concerning their genetic structure from the indirect study of their specific pests. CR ALTSCHUL SF, 1990, J MOL BIOL, V215, P403 AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P371 BAHRMAN N, 1994, THEOR APPL GENET, V88, P407 BARADAT P, 1988, THESIS U BORDEAUX 1 BASSAM BJ, 1991, ANAL BIOCHEM, V196, P80 BIRKY CW, 1989, GENETICS, V121, P613 BLACK WC, 1997, MOL BIOL INSECT DIS, P361 BODENES C, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V93, P348 BROWN JM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P215 CARLE P, 1973, THESIS U BORDEAUX 1 COVASSI M, 1992, ESTRATTO REDIA, V75, P453 DIEHL SR, 1984, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V29, P471 DOUGLAS AE, 1998, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V43, P17 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1996, FOREST GENETICS, V3, P227 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1321 EINHORN J, 1990, TETRAHEDRON LETT, V46, P6633 HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95 HARFOUCHE A, 1995, ANN SCI FOREST, V52, P307 HAYASHI K, 1991, PCR METH APPL, V1, P34 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HICSON RE, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOLUTION, V13, P150 IWAHANA H, 1992, BIOTECHNIQUES, V12, P64 JACTEL H, 1996, ANN SCI FOREST, V53, P145 JACTEL H, 1994, J CHEM ECOL, V20, P2159 LOXDALE HD, 1998, B ENTOMOL RES, V88, P577 MENDEL Z, 1994, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V87, P165 MOREAU F, 1994, FOREST GENETICS, V1, P51 MORITZ C, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P269 ORITA M, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P2766 ORTI G, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P575 PELLMYR O, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V63, P367 PETERSON MA, 1998, AM NAT, V152, P428 PETIT RJ, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P382 PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 REILLE M, 1977, ECOLOGIE MEDITERRANE, V2, P153 RIOM J, 1994, REV FORESTIERE FRANC, V46, P437 RIOM J, 1980, THESIS U BORDEAUX 1 RODERICK GK, 1996, ANNU REV ENTOMOL, V41, P325 SCHVESTER D, 1986, ANN SCI FOREST, V43, P459 SCHVESTER D, 1970, REV FORESTIERE FRANC, V22, P240 SCHVESTER D, 1967, REV FORESTIERE FRANC, V6, P374 SIMON C, 1994, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V87, P651 STOTHARD JR, 1998, B ENTOMOL RES, V88, P553 TABERLET P, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P453 TEIXEIRA C, 1945, BOL SOC BROTERIANA, V19, P209 THOMPSON JD, 1994, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V22, P4673 VANLERBERGHEMAS F, 1994, INSECT MOL BIOL, V3, P229 VENDRAMIN GG, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P450 VILLABLANCA FX, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P547 WALSH PS, 1991, BIOTECHNIQUES, V10, P506 TC 2 BP 1593 EP 1602 PG 10 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 1999 PD OCT VL 8 IS 10 GA 251VJ J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000083466800004 ER PT J AU Arft, AM Walker, MD Gurevitch, J Alatalo, JM Bret-Harte, MS Dale, M Diemer, M Gugerli, F Henry, GHR Jones, MH Hollister, RD Jonsdottir, IS Laine, K Levesque, E Marion, GM Molau, U Molgaard, P Nordenhall, U Raszhivin, V Robinson, CH Starr, G Stenstrom, A Stenstrom, M Totland, O Turner, PL Walker, LJ Webber, PJ Welker, JM Wookey, PA TI Responses of tundra plants to experimental warming: Meta- analysis of the international tundra experiment SO ECOLOGICAL MONOGRAPHS NR 95 AB The International Tundra Experiment (ITEX) is a collaborative, multisite experiment using a common temperature manipulation to examine variability in species response across climatic and geographic gradients of tundra ecosystems. ITEX was designed specifically to examine variability in arctic and alpine species response to increased temperature. We compiled from one to four years of experimental data from 13 different ITEX sites and used meta-analysis to analyze responses of plant phenology, growth, and reproduction to experimental warming. Results indicate that key phenological events such as leaf bud burst and flowering occurred earlier in warmed plots throughout the study period; however, there was little impact on growth cessation at the end of the season. Quantitative measures of vegetative growth were greatest in warmed plots in the early years of the experiment, whereas reproductive effort and success increased in later years. A shift away from vegetative growth and toward reproductive effort and success in the fourth treatment year suggests a shift from the initial response to a secondary response. The change in vegetative response may be due to depletion of stored plant reserves, whereas the lag in reproductive response may be due to the formation of flower buds one to several seasons prior to flowering. Both vegetative and reproductive responses varied among life-forms; herbaceous forms had stronger and more consistent vegetative growth responses than did woody forms. The greater responsiveness of the herbaceous forms may be attributed to their more flexible morphology and to their relatively greater proportion of stored plant reserves. Finally, warmer, low arctic sites produced the strongest growth responses, but colder sites produced a greater reproductive response. Greater resource investment in vegetative growth may be a conservative strategy in the Low Arctic, where there is more competition for light, nutrients, or water, and there may be little opportunity for successful germination or seedling development. In contrast, in the High Arctic, heavy investment in producing seed under a higher temperature scenario may provide an opportunity for species to colonize patches of unvegetated ground. The observed differential response to warming suggests that the primary forces driving the response vary across climatic zones, functional groups, and through time. CR ADAMS DC, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1277 ARNQVIST G, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P236 BARNES BV, 1998, FOREST ECOLOGY, P63 BERENDSE F, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P337 BILLINGS WD, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P91 BILLINGS WD, 1973, BIOSCIENCE, V23, P697 BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59 BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P111 BLISS LC, 1981, TUNDRA ECOSYSTEMS CO, P8 CALLAGHAN TV, 1995, ECOL STUD, V113, P151 CALLAGHAN TV, 1985, POPULATION STRUCTURE, P399 CHAPIN FS, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P822 CHAPIN FS, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P694 CHAPIN FS, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P564 CHAPIN FS, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P347 CHESTER AL, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P200 CHRISTENSEN K, 1995, 5 ANN ITEX M APR 199 COHEN J, 1969, STAT POWER ANAL BEHA DIGGLE PK, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P154 ELLENBERG H, 1988, VEGETATION ECOLOGY C FREEDMAN B, 1982, CAN J BOT, V60, P2112 GRULKE NE, 1988, ECOLOGY, V69, P484 GUGERLI F, 1995, 5 ANN ITEX M APR 199 GUREVITCH J, 1992, AM NAT, V140, P539 GUREVITCH J, 1999, ECOLOGY, V80, P1142 HAVSTROM M, 1993, OIKOS, V66, P389 HEDGES LV, IN PRESS STAT METHOD HEDGES LV, 1985, STAT METHODS METAANA HENRY GHR, 1990, CAN J BOT, V68, P2660 HENRY GHR, 1986, CAN J BOT, V64, P2502 HENRY GHR, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P1 HENRY GHR, 1998, PLANT ECOL, V134, P119 HOBBIE S, 1998, ECOL MONOGR, V66, P503 HOUGHTON JT, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995, P13 ISARD SA, 1987, PHYSICAL GEOGR, V8, P133 JOHNSTONE J, 1995, ITEX ANN M APR 1995 JONASSON S, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P367 JONES MH, 1995, THESIS U ALBERTA EDM JONSSON BO, 1996, J ECOL, V84, P449 KEILLAND K, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P321 KJELVIK S, 1975, FENNOSCANDIAN TUND 1, P111 KOMARKOVA V, 1980, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V12, P447 KORNER C, 1996, CARBON DIOXIDE TERRE, P177 LOHILUOMA MA, 1995, THESIS U OULU OULU F MARION GM, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P20 MARION GM, 1996, ITEX MANUAL INT TUND, P14 MARION GM, 1993, P 4 INT S THERM ENG, P205 MAXWELL B, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P11 MCGRAW JB, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P359 MCGRAW JB, 1989, ECOLOGY SOIL SEED BA, P91 MCGRAW JB, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P212 MICHELROSALES A, 1996, MYCORRHIZA, V6, P105 MILLER PC, 1982, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V5, P117 MITCHELL JFB, 1990, CLIMATE CHANGE IPCC, P131 MOLAU U, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P97 MOLAU U, 1998, IN PRESS AMBIO MOLAU U, 1996, ITEX MANUAL, P20 MOLGAARD P, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P116 MORGENSTERN J, 1996, J SUBST ABUSE, V8, P45 NADELHOFFER KJ, 1991, ECOLOGY, V72, P242 OBERBAUER SF, 1995, ITEX ANN M APR 1995 OECHEL WC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P11 OECHEL WC, 1993, NATURE, V361, P520 OSENBERG CW, 1997, AM NAT, V150, P798 PARSONS AN, 1995, OIKOS, V72, P61 PRICE MV, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P1261 REYNOLDS JF, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P413 ROBINSON CH, 1998, ECOLOGY, V79, P856 ROSENBERG MS, 1997, METAWIN STAT SOFTWAR RUSTAD LE, 1998, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V4, P597 SEASTEDT TR, 1993, AM NAT, V141, P521 SHAVER GR, 1979, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V11, P335 SHAVER GR, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P193 SHAVER GR, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P146 SHAVER GR, 1997, PLANT FUNCTIONAL TYP, P153 SORENSEN T, 1941, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V125, P1 STEINGER T, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V105, P94 STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337 STENSTROM M, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P44 SVOBODA J, 1987, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V19, P373 SVOBODA J, 1994, ECOLOGY POLAR DESERT THORHALLSDOTTIR TE, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P43 TIESZEN LL, 1978, VEGETATION PRODUCTIO, P242 TISSUE DT, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P401 TOTLAND O, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P285 WALKER DA, 1989, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V12, P238 WALKER MD, 1995, ECOL STUD, V113, P1 WALKER MD, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P1067 WALKER MD, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P843 WEBBER PJ, 1977, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V9, P105 WEBBER PJ, 1978, VEGETATION PRODUCTIO, P37 WELKER JM, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P61 WOOKEY PA, 1995, OECOLOGIA, V102, P478 WOOKEY PA, 1994, OIKOS, V70, P131 WOOKEY PA, 1993, OIKOS, V67, P490 TC 5 BP 491 EP 511 PG 21 JI Ecol. Monogr. PY 1999 PD NOV VL 69 IS 4 GA 254ER J9 ECOL MONOGR UT ISI:000083599400004 ER PT J AU Dumolin-Lapegue, S Kremer, A Petit, RJ TI Are chloroplast and mitochondrial DNA variation species independent in oaks? SO EVOLUTION NR 36 AB Extensive introgression of cytoplasmic genomes across oak species is now a well-established fact. To distinguish between ancient hybridization events and ongoing introgression, a direct test for the existence of local exchanges is proposed. Such local exchanges must be comparatively recent, that is, contemporaneous with or later than the last postglacial recolonization. The test is applied to an extensive set of data comprising 377 pure or mixed populations (1744 individuals) of four white oak species in southern France. After demonstrating that local exchanges have occurred frequently between all species pairs, another test is performed to check if species status does nevertheless play some role in restricting cytoplasmic gene flow. The results vary according to the species pairs considered, and the observed pattern may be related to the ecology and/or compatibility of interspecific crosses. It is also shown that, for some of these oak species, the presence of related species in a population significantly influences the intraspecific diversity. Altogether, the results demonstrate that (1) intraspecific cytoplasmic gene flow varies according to the species, (2) interspecific cytoplasmic gene flow varies according to the species pair, and (3) both components of gene flow are at least partly related. CR BACILIERI R, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P900 BAIN JF, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1719 BODENES C, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P433 BOSSEMA I, 1979, BEHAVIOUR, V70, P11 BURGER WC, 1975, TAXON, V24, P45 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DOW BD, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P615 DUMOLIN S, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V91, P1253 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1998, MOL BIOL EVOL, V15, P1321 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 DUPOUEY JL, 1993, ANN SCI FOREST, V50, PS228 FERRIS C, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P337 HOWARD DJ, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P747 JONES EW, 1959, J ECOL, V47, P169 KLEINSCHMIT J, 1993, ANN SCI FOREST, V50, PS166 KREMER A, 1993, ANN SCI FORESTIER S1, V50, P186 KREMER A, 1991, GENETIC VARIATIONS E, P141 MANOS PS, 1987, SYST BOT, V12, P365 MULLERSTARCK G, 1993, ANN SCI FOR S1, V50, PS233 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN PETIT RJ, 1997, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V94, P9996 PETIT RJ, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P122 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 RAMEAU JC, 1989, FLORE FORESTIERE FRA RIESEBERG LH, 1991, EVOL TREND PLANT, V5, P65 RUSHTON BS, 1993, ANN SCI FOR S1, V50, PS73 SAMUEL R, 1995, BOT ACTA, V108, P290 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY PRINCIPLES STEINHOFF S, 1993, ANN SCI FOR S1, V50, P137 STREIFF R, 1998, GENET SEL EVOL S1, V30, PS137 TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 VANVALEN L, 1976, TAXON, V25, P233 WHITTEMORE AT, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P2540 WOLF PG, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P283 ZANETTO A, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P506 TC 3 BP 1406 EP 1413 PG 8 JI Evolution PY 1999 PD OCT VL 53 IS 5 GA 253QK J9 EVOLUTION UT ISI:000083567100008 ER PT J AU Voelker, G TI Dispersal, vicariance, and clocks: Historical biogeography and speciation in a cosmopolitan passerine genus (Anthus : motacillidae) SO EVOLUTION NR 113 AB Dispersal and vicariant hypotheses have for decades been at odds with each other, notwithstanding the fact that both are well-established natural processes with important histories in biogeographic analyses. Despite their importance, neither dispersal nor vicariant methodologies are problem-free. The now widely used molecular techniques for generating phylogenies have provided a mechanism by which both dispersal- and vicariance-driven speciation can be better tested via the application of molecular clocks; unfortunately, substantial problems can also exist in the employment of those clocks. To begin to assess the relative roles of dispersal and vicariance in the establishment of avifaunas, especially intercontinental avifaunas, I applied a test for clocklike behavior in molecular data, as well as a program that infers ancestral areas and dispersal events, to a phylogeny of a speciose, cosmopolitan avian genus (Anthus; Motacillidae). Daughter-lineages above just 25 of 40 nodes in the Anthus phylogeny are evolving in a clocklike manner and are thus dateable by a molecular clock. Dating the applicable nodes suggests that Anthus arose nearly 7 million yr ago, probably in eastern Asia, and that between 6 and 5 million yr ago, Anthus species were present in Africa, the Palearctic, and North and South America. Speciation rates have been high throughout the Pliocene and quite low during the Pleistocene; further evidence that the Pleistocene may have had little effect in generating modern species. Intercontinental movements since 5 million yr ago have been few and largely restricted to interchange between Eurasia and Africa. Species swarms on North America, Africa, and Eurasia (but not South America or Australia) are the product of multiple invasions, rather than being solely the result of within-continent speciation. Dispersal has clearly played an important role in the distribution of this group. CR *AM ORN UN, 1983, CHECK LIST N AM BIRD ALAVI M, 1994, TECTONOPHYSICS, V229, P211 ALI S, 1973, HDB BIRDS INDIA PAKI AN ZH, 1991, QUATERNARY RES, V36, P29 ARBOGAST BS, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, PA1955 AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62 AVISE JC, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P457 BAKKER EMV, 1986, S AFR J SCI, V82, P70 BALL IR, 1975, SYST ZOOL, V24, P407 BATES JM, 1994, AUK, V111, P507 BERMINGHAM E, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P6624 BONNEFILLE R, 1983, NATURE, V303, P487 BOWEN BW, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P1601 BREMER K, 1992, SYST BIOL, V41, P436 BRITTON P, 1978, SYST BIOL, V120, P215 BROWN JH, 1983, BIOGEOGRAPHY BROWN WM, 1982, J MOL EVOL, V18, P225 BRUMFIELD RT, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P1607 BURGESS N, 1996, E AFRICAN ECOSYSTEMS, P329 CAPPARELLA AP, 1992, ACT 20 C INT ORN, V1, P307 CLANCEY PA, 1990, DURBAN MUS NOVITATES, V15, P42 COETZEE JA, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P37 COETZEE JA, 1986, S AFR J SCI, V82, P71 CRACRAFT J, 1991, AUST SYST BOT, V4, P211 CRACRAFT J, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P977 CRACRAFT J, 1985, NEOTROPICAL ORNITHOL, V36, P49 CRACRAFT J, 1988, SYST ZOOL, V37, P221 CRAMP S, 1988, HDB BIRDS EUROPE, V5 CROWE TM, 1992, AUK, V109, P24 CROWE TM, 1982, J ZOOL, V198, P417 CUNNINGHAM CW, 1994, MOL ECOLOGY EVOLUTIO, P405 DASILVA JMC, 1995, STEENSTRUPIA, V21, P49 DEVRIES TJ, 1987, J GEOPHYS RES-OCEANS, V92, P14471 EDWARDS SV, 1997, AVIAN MOL EVOLUTIN S, P251 ENGHOFF H, 1996, CLADISTICS, V11, P223 FJELDSA J, 1990, ACT 20 C INT ORN, V1, P342 FJELDSA J, 1992, STEENSTRUPIA, V18, P9 FLEISCHER RC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P533 FLINT VE, 1984, FIEDL GUID BIRDS USS FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637 FRIESEN VL, 1997, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V7, P252 FRY CH, 1986, ACT 19 C INT ONR, V2, P2528 GANSSER A, 1973, J GEOL SOC LONDON, V129, P93 HAFFER J, 1974, AVIAN SPECIATION TRO HAFFER J, 1969, SCIENCE, V165, P131 HEDGES SB, 1994, CLADISTICS, V10, P43 HOFFSTETTER R, 1986, HIGH ALTITUDE TROPIC, P218 HSU KJ, 1977, NATURE, V267, P399 HUMPHRIES CJ, 1986, CLADISTIC BIOGEOGRAP IRIONDO MH, 1993, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V101, P209 JAIN DVS, 1989, PALEOCLIMATIC PALEOE KEITH SEK, 1992, BIRDS AFRICA, V4 KLEIN NK, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1914 KLICKA J, 1999, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V266, P695 KLICKA J, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P1666 KLICKA JT, 1998, SCIENCE, V282, PA1955 KRAJEWSKI C, 1996, MOL BIOL EVOL, V13, P21 KUKLA G, 1989, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V72, P203 KUTZBACH JE, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P440 LIVINGSTONE DA, 1975, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V6, P249 LIVINGSTONE DA, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P455 MAIJER S, 1997, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, V139, P606 MARTIN AP, 1992, NATURE, V357, P153 MAYDEN RL, 1988, SYST ZOOL, V37, P329 MAYR E, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P55 MEGARD F, 1992, EVOLUTION PACIFIC OC, P208 MOORE WS, 1995, EVOLUTION, V49, P718 MOREAU RE, 1952, P ZOOL SOC LOND, V121, P869 MORRONE JJ, 1995, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V26, P373 NELSON G, 1981, SYSTEMATICS BIOGEOGR NORES M, 1992, AUK, V109, P346 OSMASTON HA, 1965, THESIS OXFORD U OXFO PATTON JL, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1314 PATTON JL, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P174 PITMAN WC, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P15 PORTER SC, 1983, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, V1, P74 RABASSA J, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P153 RICHMAN AD, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2461 RIDGELY RS, 1989, BIRDS S AM, V1 RIPLEY SD, 1990, J BIOGEOGR, V17, P639 ROHWER S, 1998, AUK, V115, P284 RONQUIST F, 1996, DIVA VERSION 1 1 COM RONQUIST F, 1997, SYST BIOL, V46, P195 ROSEN DE, 1978, SYST ZOOL, V27, P159 ROY MS, 1997, AVIAN MOL EVOLUTION, P325 ROY MS, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P1337 SARICH VM, 1973, SCIENCE, V179, P1144 SCHMINCKE HU, 1976, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGY, P67 SEBRIER M, 1988, GEODYNAMIQUE, V3, P85 SELTZER GO, 1990, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V9, P137 SHIELDS GF, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V24, P212 SHORT LL, 1990, ACT 20 C INT ORN, V1, P468 SHORT LL, 1975, B AM MUS NAT HIST, V154, P163 SIBLEY CG, 1990, DISTRIBUTION TAXONOM SICK H, 1985, ORNITHOLOGICAL MONOG, V36, P233 SLIKAS B, 1996, J AVIAN BIOL, V27, P70 STRIMMER K, 1996, SYST BIOL, V45, P516 TAKEZAKI N, 1995, MOL BIOL EVOL, V12, P823 TARR CL, 1993, AUK, V110, P825 TEDFORD RH, 1985, S AFR J SCI, V81, P262 VANDERHAMMEN T, 1986, HIGH ALTITUDE TROPIC, P153 VISSER JNJ, 1984, PALEONT AFRICA, V25, P5 VOELKER G, 1999, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V11, P84 VRBA ES, 1993, BIOL RELATIONSHIPS A, P393 VRBA ES, 1985, S AFR J SCI, V81, P263 VUILLEUMIER BS, 1971, SCIENCE, V173, P771 WESSELMAN HB, 1985, S AFR J SCI, V81, P260 WINTERBOTTOM JM, 1967, PALAOECOL AFR SUR IS, V2, P77 WOOD TC, 1996, AUK, V113, P655 YOUNG TP, 1996, FAST AFRICAN ECOSYST, P401 ZINK RM, 1988, ACT 19 C INT ORN NAT, P2573 ZINK RM, 1995, CONDOR, V97, P639 ZINK RM, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P5832 TC 3 BP 1536 EP 1552 PG 17 JI Evolution PY 1999 PD OCT VL 53 IS 5 GA 253QK J9 EVOLUTION UT ISI:000083567100020 ER PT J AU McRoberts, N Finch, RP Sinclair, W Meikle, A Marshall, G Squire, G McNicol, J TI Assessing the ecological significance of molecular diversity data in natural plant populations SO JOURNAL OF EXPERIMENTAL BOTANY NR 52 AB Despite extensive research for several decades, there remains a lack of understanding of the processes that determine the dynamics of natural plant communities. In this paper some current concepts in vegetation dynamics are reviewed and an attempt is made to provide a perspective of the way in which data for molecular diversity might be used to help in developing an understanding of population processes. It is proposed that data from assessments of general population diversity, and specific ecophysiological traits can be used to assess the potential for individual species be used to assess the potential for Individual species to compete and substitute for each other in a community. CR AERTS R, 1999, J EXP BOT, V50, P29 BACHMANN K, 1994, NEW PHYTOL, V126, P403 BEGON M, 1996, ECOLOGY INDIVIDUALS BENJAMIN LR, 1996, ASPECTS APPL BIOL, V46, P103 BROWN SM, 1996, GENOME MAPPING PLANT, P85 BUSO GSC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P107 CLARKE B, 1992, GENES ECOLOGY, P353 CRAWLEY MJ, 1987, J THEOR BIOL, V125, P475 CRAWLEY MJ, 1990, POPULATION REGULATIO, P3 DAWSON IK, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P151 DIGBY PGN, 1987, MULTIVARIATE ANAL EC ELTON CS, 1958, ECOLOGY INVASIONS AN FINCH RP, 1997, RICE BIOTECHNOLOGY Q, V29, P10 FRANK DA, 1991, OIKOS, V62, P360 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GARDNER MR, 1970, NATURE, V228, P784 GILLIES ACM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1133 GRAHAM J, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1001 GRAY AJ, 1987, COLONISATION SUCCESS, P273 GRIME JP, 1997, OIKOS, V79, P259 HE QS, 1994, BIOTECHNIQUES, V17, P82 HUFF DR, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927 KARP A, 1996, ANN BOT-LONDON, V78, P143 KRZANOWSKI WJ, 1990, PRINCIPLES MULTIVARI LANDER ES, 1989, GENETICS, V121, P185 LEBOWITZ RJ, 1987, THEOR APPL GENET, V73, P556 LECORRE V, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P519 LUO ZW, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P198 MARSHALL B, 1996, ASPECTS APPL BIOL, V46, P181 MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813 MAY RM, 1974, STABILITY COMPLEXITY METZ CE, 1978, SEMIN NUCL MED, V9, P283 MURTAUGH PA, 1996, ECOL APPL, V6, P132 NOLI E, 1997, GENOME, V40, P607 PALACIOUS C, 1998, MOL ECOL, V6, P1107 PARAN I, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P985 PATERSON AH, 1996, GENOME MAPPING PLANT, P41 PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135 PIMENTEL D, 1961, ANN ENTOMOL SOC AM, V54, P76 PINO J, 1995, WEED RES, V35, P141 SHMIDA A, 1984, VEGETATIO, V58, P29 SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1970, CONCEPTS PEST MANAGE, P6 SOUTHWOOD TRE, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P1113 SYDES MA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P87 TILMAN D, 1994, ECOLOGY, V75, P2 TILMAN D, 1994, NATURE, V367, P363 TURNER JRG, 1992, GENES ECOLOGY, P29 WARDLE DA, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P405 WELSH J, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P7213 WILLIAMS JG, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P497 WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531 ZWEIG MH, 1993, CLIN CHEM, V39, P561 TC 0 BP 1635 EP 1645 PG 11 JI J. Exp. Bot. PY 1999 PD NOV VL 50 IS 340 GA 255CR J9 J EXP BOT UT ISI:000083652400002 ER PT J AU Oswald, WW Brubaker, LB Anderson, PM TI Late Quaternary vegetational history of the Howard Pass area, northwestern Alaska SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY-REVUE CANADIENNE DE BOTANIQUE NR 78 AB Palynological records from Tukuto and Etivlik Lakes contribute to an improved understanding of the late Quaternary history of vegetation in the Howard Pass area of northern Alaska. During the Itkillik II glaciation (24-14 ka BP), the vegetation of the western Arctic Foothills was sparse, xeric tundra, as evidenced by taxa indicative of dry,rocky substrates (e.g., Selaginella rupestris (L.) Spring, Chenopodiaceae, and Encalypta cf. rhaptocarpa) and very low pollen accumulation rates in this interval of the 30-ka-old Tukuto Lake record. Mesic tundra dominated by non-Sphagnum (Bryidae) mosses, Cyperaceae, and Salix species expanded near Tukuto Lake during the late-glacial period, followed by the establishment of Sphagnum moss and increased shrub cover at ca. 10 ka EP. Landscapes around both lakes supported stands of Populus cf. balsamifera during the early Holocene, and Alnus crispa expanded in the Howard Pass area during the middle Holocene. Local Variation in plant communities is illustrated by the comparison of the Tukuto and Etivlik pollen records. During the early Holocene, Populus cf. balsamifera was more common near Etivlik Lake than Tukuto Lake, and Juniperus cf. communis was present only in the vicinity of Etivlik Lake. Throughout the middle to late Holocene, Sphagnum, mesic tundra shrubs (Betula nana L., Salix, and Ericaceae species), and minor herbaceous taxa (e.g., Rubus chamaemorus L., Thalictrum, and Caryophyllaceae) were more prevalent at Tukuto Lake than at Etivlik Lake. These differences are likely related to the influence of local landform and soil characteristics near the two sites. CR *PALE, 1994, PAGES WORKSH REP SER, V941 *W REG CLIM CTR, 1998, W US CLIM HIST SUMM ABBOTT MB, 1996, QUATERNARY RES, V45, P300 AGER TA, 1975, 54 OH STAT U I POL S ANDERSON PM, 1988, CAN J EARTH SCI, V25, P84 ANDERSON PM, 1994, QUATERNARY RES, V41, P306 ANDERSON PM, 1990, QUATERNARY RES, V33, P400 ANDERSON PM, 1988, QUATERNARY RES, V29, P263 ANDERSON PM, 1985, QUATERNARY RES, V24, P307 ANDERSON PM, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V13, P71 ANDERSON PM, 1986, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V46, P273 BARTLEIN PJ, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P73 BARTLEIN PJ, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P417 BERGSTROM MF, 1984, THESIS OHIO STATE U BETANCOURT JL, 1984, NATURE, V311, P653 BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P305 BRUBAKER LB, 1998, CAN J BOT, V76, P2145 BRUBAKER LB, 2000, IN PRESS Q SIC REV BRUBAKER LB, 1983, QUATERNARY RES, V20, P194 CALKIN PE, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P159 CARTER LD, 1983, 4TH PERM P INT C WAS, P109 CARTER LD, 1984, PROGRAMS ABSTRACTS, P20 CARTER LD, 1981, SCIENCE, V211, P381 CHAPIN FS, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P694 COLINVAUX PA, 1964, ECOL MONOGR, V34, P297 CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1 DETTERMAN RL, 1970, EARLY HOLOCENE WARM, V23, P130 DETTERMAN RL, 1958, GLACIATION ARCTIC SL, V11, P43 EDWARDS ME, 1985, CAN J BOT, V63, P616 EDWARDS ME, 1986, CAN J EARTH SCI, V23, P1765 EDWARDS ME, 2000, IN PRESS Q SCI REV EDWARDS ME, 1994, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V109, P127 EDWARDS ME, 1985, US ARCT ALP RES, V17, P271 EISNER WR, 1991, ARCTIC, V44, P279 EISNER WR, 1990, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V63, P35 EISNER WR, 1992, US ARCT ALP RES, V24, P56 ELLIS JM, 1979, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V11, P403 ELLIS JM, 1984, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V95, P897 GERLACH SC, 1988, LATE PREHISTORIC DEV, V4, P107 HAMILTON TD, 1994, GEOLOGY ALASKA, P813 HAMILTON TD, 1984, GLACIATION ALASKA GE, P9 HAMILTON TD, 1975, QUATERNARY RES, V5, P471 HEUSSER CJ, 1963, POLLEN DIAGRAMS OGOT, V4, P149 HOPKINS DM, 1981, QUATERNARY RES, V15, P217 HU FS, 1993, CAN J BOT, V71, P1133 HU FS, 1998, QUATERNARY RES, V49, P86 HULTEN E, 1968, FLORA ALASKA NEIGHBO JOHNSON AW, 1966, ENV CAPE THOMPSON RE, P277 LAFARGEENGLAND C, 1988, CAN J BOT, V67, P491 LEV DJ, 1987, THESIS U WASHINGTON LIVINGSTONE DA, 1957, AM J SCI, V255, P254 LIVINGSTONE DA, 1955, ECOLOGY, V36, P587 LOZHKIN AV, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V39, P314 MURRAY DF, 1974, NOTES BOTANY SELECTE NELSON RE, 1987, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V19, P230 NELSON RE, 1988, QUATERNARY RES, V29, P66 PEWE TR, 1969, PERIGLACIAL ENV POLUNIN N, 1959, CIRCUMPOLAR ARCTIC F PORSILD AE, 1964, ILLUSTRATED FLORA CA RITCHIE JC, 1983, NATURE, V305, P126 RITCHIE JC, 1984, PAST PRESENT VEGETAT SNYDER JA, 1994, HOLOCENE, V4, P413 STOCKMARR J, 1971, POLLEN SPORES, V13, P615 STUIVER M, 1977, RADIOCARBON, V19, P355 TIKHOMIROV BA, 1969, VEGETATION FAR N USS, V6, P4 TIKHOMIROV BA, 1969, VEGETATION FAR N USS, V6, P74 VIERECK LA, 1992, ALASKA VEGETATION CL VITT DH, 1988, MOSSES LICHENS FERNS WALKER DA, 1981, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V13, P153 WALKER DA, 1991, ECOL MONOGR, V61, P437 WALKER DA, 1989, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V12, P238 WALKER DA, 1998, NATURE, V394, P469 WALKER MD, 1994, J VEG SCI, V5, P843 WIGGINS IL, 1962, FLORA ALASKAN ARCTIC WILSON MJ, 1986, ARCTIC, V39, P150 WRIGHT HE, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P657 WRIGHT HE, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATE SINCE YOUNG SB, 1971, CONTRIBUTIONS GRAY H, V201, P11 TC 0 BP 570 EP 581 PG 12 JI Can. J. Bot.-Rev. Can. Bot. PY 1999 PD APR VL 77 IS 4 GA 249DR J9 CAN J BOT UT ISI:000083318000012 ER PT J AU Forman, SL Ingolfsson, O Gataullin, V Manley, WF Lokrantz, H TI Late Quaternary stratigraphy of western Yamal Peninsula, Russia: New constraints on the configuration of the Eurasian ice sheet SO GEOLOGY NR 28 AB Ice-sheet reconstructions for the last glacial maximum in northern Eurasia range from nearly complete coverage by a contiguous marine-based ice sheet to large unglaciated areas. Stratigraphic records from Yamal Peninsula, Russia, provide new insight on the eastern limit of the Eurasian ice sheet in the Kara Sea. Radiocarbon and infrared stimulated luminescence ages from coastal cliff sections date the emplacement of the Kara diamicton as older than ca. 40 ka, reflecting regional glaciation, Ice-wedge growth, peat accumulation, and eolian and fluvial deposition characterized the past similar to 40 k.y. and do not support coverage of Yamal Peninsula by an ice sheet or proximity to a glacier margin. Thus, the late Weichselian Eurasian ice sheet was largely confined to Parents Sea and its global sea-level contribution is reduced to similar to 7 m of sea-level equivalent. CR ANDREEV AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P135 ANDREWS JT, 1992, NATURE, V358, P281 ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17 ASTAKHOV VI, 1996, PERMAFROST PERIGLAC, V7, P165 BOLSHIYANOV DY, 1995, ARCHIPELGO SEVERNAYA FORMAN SL, 1999, ARCT ANTARCT ALP RES, V31, P34 FORMAN SL, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P133 FORMAN SL, 1997, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V109, P1116 GATAULLIN VN, 1988, THESIS FEDERAL GEOLO GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3 KAPLANSKAYA FA, 1986, POLAR GEOGRAPHY GEOL, V10, P65 KITIGAWA H, 1998, SCIENCE, V279, P1187 LAMBECK K, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P1 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LUBINSKI DJ, 1996, BOREAS, V25, P89 MAKEYEV VM, 1993, POLAR GEOGRAPHY GEOL, V17, P55 MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46 MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11 MOLLER P, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P92 PELTIER WR, 1996, SCIENCE, V273, P1359 PELTIER WR, 1988, SCIENCE, V240, P895 POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169 SOLHEIM A, 1990, GEOLOGICAL SOC LONDO, V53, P253 STUIVER M, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P215 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TUSHINGHAM AM, 1991, J GEOPHYS RES-SOLID, V96, P4497 VASILCHUK Y, 1997, RADIOCARBON, V39, P1 VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43 TC 1 BP 807 EP 810 PG 4 JI Geology PY 1999 PD SEP VL 27 IS 9 GA 235DE J9 GEOLOGY UT ISI:000082524100010 ER PT J AU Greenberg, R Pravosudov, V Sterling, J Kozlenko, A Kontorschikov, V TI Divergence in foraging behavior of foliage-gleaning birds of Canadian and Russian boreal forests SO OECOLOGIA NR 59 AB We compared foraging behavior of foliage-gleaning birds of the boreal forest of two Palaearctic (central Siberia and European Russia) and two Nearctic (Mackenzie and Ontario, Canada) sites. Using discriminant function analysis on paired sites we were able to distinguish foliage-gleaning species from the Nearctic and Palaearctic with few misclassifications. The two variables that most consistently distinguished species of the two avifaunas were the percentage use of conifer foliage and the percentage use of all foliage. Nearctic foliage-gleaner assemblages had more species that foraged predominantly from coniferous foliage and displayed a greater tendency to forage from foliage, both coniferous and broad-leafed, rather than twigs, branches, or other substrates. The greater specialization on foliage and, in particular, conifer foliage by New World canopy foliage insectivores is consistent with previously proposed hypotheses regarding the role of Pleistocene vegetation history on ecological generalization of Eurasian species. Boreal forest, composed primarily of spruce and pine, was widespread in eastern North America, whereas pockets of forest were scattered in Eurasia (mostly the mountains of southern Europe and Asia). This may have affected the populations of birds directly or indirectly through reduction in the diversity and abundance of defoliating outbreak insects. Loss of habitat and resources may have selected against ecological specialization on these habitats and resources. CR *NAT RES CAN, 1996, GEOACC SPAT DAT PIL *STATS, 1995, STATISTICA WIND, V3 ADAMS JM, 1995, REV ATLAS PALEOVEGET BLONDEL J, 1984, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, V18, P141 BLONDEL J, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P488 BONAN GB, 1989, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V20, P1 BRYANT JP, 1989, AM NAT, V134, P20 CODY ML, 1974, COMPETITION STRUCTUR COOPE GR, 1987, ORG COMMUNITIES PRES, P421 CRAMP S, 1992, HDB BIRDS EUROPE MID, V6 CURRIE DJ, 1987, NATURE, V329, P326 EHRLICH PR, 1988, BIRDERS HDB FIELD GU EHRLICH PR, 1994, BIRDWATCHERS HDB GUI ERSKINE AJ, 1977, CAN WILDL SERV REP S, V41 FRENZEL B, 1992, ATLAS PALEOCLIMATES FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637 FROLOV DI, 1938, SIBERIAN SILKWORM E GREENBERG R, 1999, CONDOR, V101, P299 GRUBB PJ, 1987, ORG COMMUNITIES PAST, P99 HAILA Y, 1990, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGY, P61 HAMETAHTI L, 1981, FENNIA, V159, P69 HELLE P, 1990, BIOGEOGRAPHY ECOLOGY, P299 HOLMES RT, 1986, CONDOR, V88, P427 HOLMES RT, 1979, ECOLOGY, V60, P512 HUSSELL DJT, 1992, ECOLOGY CONSERVATION, P101 KARR JR, 1975, ECOLOGY EVOLUTION CO, P258 KONDAKOV YP, 1974, NOVOSIVIRSK SCI, P206 KOZLENKO A, 1987, THESIS I COMP ECOLOG LATHAM RE, 1993, SPECIES DIVERSITY HI, P294 MACARTHUR RH, 1958, ECOLOGY, V39, P599 MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE ANAL PHYLOG MONKKONEN M, 1994, ANN ZOOL FENN, V31, P61 MONKKONEN M, 1994, J BIOGEOGR, V21, P183 MORSE DH, 1980, LIVING BIRD, V18, P7 NEWTON I, 1972, FINCHES NIEMELA J, 1994, PERSPECTIVES INSECT, P132 NIEMI GJ, 1985, ECOLOGY, V66, P1215 PARRISH JD, 1995, CONDOR, V97, P935 PRICE T, 1991, J ANIM ECOL, V60, P643 RABENOLD KN, 1978, ECOL MONOGR, V48, P397 REMSEN JV, 1985, ORNITHOL MONOGR AM O, V36, P733 REMSON JV, 1990, STUD AVIAN BIOL, V13, P133 RICKLEFS RE, 1980, AUK, V97, P321 RICKLEFS RE, 1994, ECOLOGICAL MORPHOLOG, P13 ROBINSON SK, 1982, ECOLOGY, V63, P1918 ROYAMA T, 1984, ECOL MONOGR, V54, P429 ROZHKOV AS, 1958, ZOOL J, V37, P1749 SAB SR, 1983, CONDOR, V85 SCHLUTER D, 1986, ECOLOGY, V67, P1073 SCMIEGELOW FKA, 1997, ECOLOGY, V78, P1914 SCOTT GAJ, 1995, CANADAS VEGETATION W SIBLEY CG, 1990, PHYLOGENY CLASSIFICA TERBORGH J, 1985, COMMUNITY ECOLOGY PA, P65 WALTER H, 1979, VEGETATION EARTH ECO WEBB T, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P415 WELSH DA, 1987, ACTA OECOL-OEC GEN, V8, P247 WIENS JA, 1989, ECOLOGY BIRD COMMUNI, V1 WIENS JA, 1991, OIKOS, V60, P50 WIENS JA, 1975, P S MANAGE FOREST RA, P226 TC 0 BP 451 EP 462 PG 12 JI Oecologia PY 1999 PD AUG VL 120 IS 3 GA 233PU J9 OECOLOGIA UT ISI:000082435900015 ER PT J AU Davies, CM Webster, JP Kruger, O Munatsi, A Ndamba, J Woolhouse, MEJ TI Host-parasite population genetics: a cross-sectional comparison of Bulinus globosus and Schistosoma haematobium SO PARASITOLOGY NR 34 AB The genetic population structures of the freshwater snail Bulinus globosus and its trematode parasite Schistosoma haematobium from 8 river sites in the Zimbabwean highveld were compared using randomly amplified DNA (RAPD) markers. There was significant variability between snail populations collected at different sites, but schistosome populations only showed differentiation at a wider geographical scale (between 2 non- connected river systems). For snails, genetic distance was better correlated with proximity along rivers than absolute geographical separation. In contrast, schistosome genetic distance was better correlated with absolute geographical separation than proximity along rivers. These results are consistent with different dispersal mechanisms for snails and schistosomes and the implications for host-parasite coevolution are discussed. CR APOSTOL BL, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P325 BULL JJ, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P1423 DABO A, 1997, ACTA TROP, V66, P15 DYDBAHL MF, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2264 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FRANK SA, 1991, HEREDITY, V67, P73 FRANK SA, 1996, Q REV BIOL, V71, P37 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GANDON S, 1996, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V263, P1003 GANDON S, 1998, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V13, P215 HOFFMAN JI, 1998, ANN TROP MED PARASIT, V92, P693 HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927 JACCARD P, 1908, B SOCIETE VAUDOISE S, V44, P223 LEGENDRE P, 1991, R PACKAGE MULTIDIMEN LEGENDRE P, 1989, VEGETATIO, V80, P107 MANNING SD, 1995, INT J PARASITOL, V25, P37 MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209 MINCHELLA DJ, 1995, PARASITOLOGY, V111, P217 MORAND S, 1996, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V263, P119 MUKARATIRWA S, 1996, INT J PARASITOL, V26, P269 NADLER SA, 1995, J PARASITOL, V81, P395 PRESTON TM, 1994, PARASITOL TODAY, V10, P69 PRICE PW, 1980, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL PA RICE WR, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P223 RICHARDS CS, 1987, J PARASITOL, V73, P1146 RICHARDS CS, 1992, PARASITOL TODAY, V8, P171 SLATKIN M, 1987, SCIENCE, V236, P787 SMITHERS SR, 1965, PARASITOLOGY, V55, P695 SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY THOMPSON JN, 1994, COEVOLUTIONARY PROCE VERNON JG, 1995, J MOLLUS STUD, V61, P455 WEBSTER JP, 1998, EVOLUTION, V52, P1627 WOOLHOUSE MEJ, 1990, INT J PARASITOL, V20, P325 WOOLHOUSE MEJ, 1990, J APPL ECOL, V27, P41 TC 2 BP 295 EP 302 PG 8 JI Parasitology PY 1999 PD SEP VL 119 PN 3 GA 237GY J9 PARASITOLOGY UT ISI:000082648500007 ER PT J AU Vendramin, GG Degen, B Petit, RJ Anzidei, M Madaghiele, A Ziegenhagen, B TI High level of variation at Abies alba chloroplast microsatellite loci in Europe SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 32 AB Based on two polymorphic chloroplast microsatellites that had been previously identified and sequence characterized in the genus Abies, genetic variation was studied in a total of 714 individuals from 17 European silver fir (Abies alba Mill.) populations distributed all over the natural range. We found eight and 18 different length variants at each locus, respectively, which combined into 90 different haplotypes. Genetic distances between most populations were high and significant. There is also evidence for spatial organization of the distribution of haplotypes, as shown by permutation tests, which demonstrate that genetic distances increase with spatial distances. A large heterogeneity in levels of diversity across populations was observed. Furthermore, there is good congruence in the levels of allelic richness of the two loci across populations. The present organization of levels of allelic richness across the range of the species is likely to have been shaped by the distribution of refugia during the last glaciation and the subsequent recolonization processes. CR BERGMANN F, 1994, GENETIK WALDBAU WE 2, P65 BUCCI G, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1633 DEGEN B, 1998, FOREST GENETICS, V5, P191 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 ECHT CS, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P307 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P832 GLIEMEROTH AK, 1997, J APPL BOT-ANGEW BOT, V71, P54 GREGORIUS HR, 1974, SILVAE GENET, V23, P22 HAMRICK JL, 1992, NEW FORESTS, V6, P95 HUNTLEY B, 1990, J QUATERNARY SCI, V5, P103 KONNERT M, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V195, P19 KRAL F, 1980, P 3 IUFRO TANN WIEN, P158 LANGER H, 1963, FORSTWISS CENTRALBL, V83, P33 LEVIN DA, 1974, EVOL BIOL, V7, P139 MANLY BFJ, 1997, RANDOMIZATION BOOTST MEUSEL H, 1965, VERGLEICHENDE CHOROL MORGANTE M, 1997, MOL TOOLS SCREENING, P407 NEI M, 1973, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V70, P3321 NOREEN EW, 1989, COMPUTER INTENSIVE M PARDUCCI L, 1996, HEREDITAS, V125, P11 PETIT RJ, 1998, CONSERV BIOL, V12, P844 PETIT RJ, 1993, HEREDITY, V71, P630 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 POWELL W, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V99, P7759 PROVAN J, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P1 SCHILLER G, 1986, SILVAE GENET, V35, P11 SCHROEDER S, 1989, MITT VEREIN FORSTL S, V34, P77 SMOUSE PE, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P399 VENDRAMIN GG, 1997, GENOME, V40, P857 VENDRAMIN GG, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P111 VENDRAMIN GG, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V97, P456 WAKASUGI T, 1994, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V12, P227 TC 2 BP 1117 EP 1126 PG 10 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 1999 PD JUL VL 8 IS 7 GA 226WL J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000082045800003 ER PT J AU Tremblay, NO Schoen, DJ TI Molecular phylogeography of Dryas integrifolia: glacial refugia and postglacial recolonization SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 60 AB Chloroplast DNA variation in the Arctic plant species Dryas integrifolia (Rosaceae) was analysed in relation to both the present-day geographical distribution of populations and to Pleistocene fossil records of this species. The phylogeographical structure was weak but the analysis of haplotype diversity revealed several groups of haplotypes having present-day geographical ranges that overlap locations postulated from geographical and fossil evidence to have been glacial refugia. Based on this information we infer that two important refugial sources of Arctic recolonization by this species were Beringia and the High Arctic. Two other putative refugia, located southeast of the ice sheet and along coastal regions of the eastern Arctic may have served as sources for recolonization of smaller portions of the Arctic. The genetic substructure in the species is mostly due to variation among populations regardless of the ecogeographical region in which they are found. Spatial autocorrelation at the regional scale was also detected. High levels of diversity both within populations and ecogeographical regions are probably indicative of population establishment from several sources possibly combined with recent gene flow. CR *PARKS CAN, 1994, RES DESCR AN ELL NAT ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 ARGUS GW, 1962, AM MIDL NAT, V67, P106 AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL AVISE JC, 1992, OIKOS, V63, P62 BERNATCHEZ L, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1016 BLAKE W, 1974, CAN J EARTH SCI, V11, P1025 BOILEAU MG, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P721 BONDE E, 1969, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V1, P135 CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DEMESURE B, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P129 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P393 EFRON B, 1982, JACKKNIFE BOOTSTRAP EGER JL, 1995, J ZOOL, V235, P143 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FERGUSON MAD, 1996, GEOSCI CAN, V23, P245 FLINT RF, 1971, GLACIAL QUATERNARY G FUNDER S, 1979, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V28, P279 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GIVEN DV, 1981, PUBLICATIONS BOT, V10 GLASER PH, 1981, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V13, P173 HOLLAND PG, 1981, PROG PHYS GEOG, V5, P535 HULTEN E, 1937, OUTLINE HIST ARCTIC HULTEN E, 1959, SVENSK BOT TIDSKR, V53, P507 JOBES DV, 1995, TAXON, V44, P379 KRANNITZ PG, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1451 LAMB HF, 1978, THESIS U MINNESOTA M LECORRE V, 1997, GENET RES, V69, P117 MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209 MCCAULEY DE, 1995, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V10, P198 MCELROY D, 1991, REAP RESTRICTION ENZ MILLER NG, 1976, BRYOLOGIST, V76, P55 MOONEY HA, 1961, ECOL MONOGR, V31, P1 MURRAY DF, 1987, DIFFERENTIATION PATT, P239 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 PORSILD AE, 1947, CAN FIELD NAT, V61, P175 PORSILD AE, 1980, VASCULAR PLANTS CONT RITCHIE JC, 1992, ACTA BOT FENN, V144, P81 RITCHIE JC, 1987, POSTGLACIAL VEGETATI SAVILE DBO, 1972, ARCTIC ADAPTATIONS P SCOTT GAJ, 1995, CANADAS VEGETATION W SLATKIN M, 1987, SCIENCE, V236, P787 SMOUSE PE, 1986, SYST ZOOL, V35, P627 SOLTIS DE, 1992, MOL SYSTEMATICS PLAN, P117 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 SOLTIS DE, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V181, P203 STEBBINS GL, 1985, ANN MO BOT GARD, V72, P824 STEBBINS GL, 1984, BOT HELV, V94, P1 SWOFFORD DL, 1998, PAUP PHYLOGENETIC AN TABERLET P, 1991, PLANT MOL BIOL, V17, P1105 TEMPLETON AR, 1995, GENETICS, V140, P767 TREMBLAY NO, 1998, THESIS MCGILL U VANRAAY TJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P149 WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363 WEIDER LJ, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P107 TC 3 BP 1187 EP 1198 PG 12 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 1999 PD JUL VL 8 IS 7 GA 226WL J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000082045800009 ER PT J AU Amane, M Lumaret, R Hany, V Ouazzani, N Debain, C Vivier, G Deguilloux, MF TI Chloroplast-DNA variation in cultivated and wild olive (Olea europaea L.) SO THEORETICAL AND APPLIED GENETICS NR 29 AB Polymorphism in the lengths of restriction fragments of;he whole cpDNA molecule was studied in cultivated olive and in oleaster (wild olive) over the whole Mediterranean Basin. Seventy two olive cultivars, 89 very old trees cultivated locally, and 101 oleasters were scored for ten endonucleases. Moreover, maternal inheritance of cpDNA in olive was shown by analysing the progeny of a controlled cross between two parents which differed in their cpDNA haplotypes. In the whole species, three site- and three length-mutations were observed, corresponding to five distinct chlorotypes. The same chlorotype (I) was predominant in both oleasters and cultivated olive trees, confirming that these are closely related maternally. Three other chlorotypes (II, III and IV) were observed exclusively in oleaster material and were restricted either to isolated forest populations or to a few individuals growing in mixture with olive trees possessing the majority chlorotype. An additional chlorotype (V) was characterised by three mutations located in distinct parts the cpDNA molecule but which were never observed to occur separately. This chlorotype, more widely distributed than the other three, in both cultivated and wild olive, and occurring even in distant populations, was observed exclusively in male-sterile trees showing the same specific pollen anomaly. However, in the present study, no evidence was provided for a direct relationship between the occurrence of the cpDNA mutations and male sterility. It is suggested that the large geographic distribution of chlorotype V may be related to the high fruit production usually observed on male-sterile trees. These may be very attractive for birds which are fond of olive fruit and spread the stones efficiently. Probably for the same reason, people preserved male-sterile oleasters for long periods and, in several places, used male-sterile cultivars over large areas. CR ALCANTARA JM, 1997, ANAL JARDIN BOTANICO, V55, P101 CHAUX C, 1959, OLEICOLES INT, V5, P61 CHEN ZJ, 1990, THEOR APPL GENET, V80, P727 DAY A, 1985, CURR GENET, V9, P671 DEMESURE B, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2515 DUGGLEBY RG, 1981, ANAL BIOCHEM, V110, P49 DUMOLINLAPEGUE S, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1475 ELMOUSADIK A, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P547 GALAU GA, 1989, THEOR APPL GENET, V78, P23 GRIGGS WT, 1975, CALIFORNIA AGR EXPT, V869, P3 HAGEMANN R, 1989, PROTOPLASMA, V152, P57 KREMER A, 1993, ANN SCI FORESTIER S1, V50, P186 LIPHSCHITZ N, 1991, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V18, P441 LOUKAS M, 1983, J HORTIC SCI, V58, P121 LUMARET R, 1997, BOCCONEA, V7, P39 MICHAUD H, 1995, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V13, P131 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN OUAZZANI N, 1993, J HERED, V84, P34 OUKSILI A, 1988, OLIVAE, V16, P23 OUZZANI N, 1995, AGRONOMIE, V15, P1 OUZZANI N, 1996, EUPHYTICA, V91, P9 PALMER JD, 1987, AM NAT, V130, PS29 PONS O, 1995, THEOR APPL GENET, V90, P462 SAUMITOULAPRADE P, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V83, P529 SIGIURA M, 1986, PL SCI, V44, P211 TRUJILLO T, 1995, J AM SOC HORTIC SCI, V120, P318 VILLEMUR P, 1984, FRUITS, V39, P467 ZOHARY D, 1993, DOMESTICATION PLANTS ZOHARY D, 1975, SCIENCE, V187, P319 TC 2 BP 133 EP 139 PG 7 JI Theor. Appl. Genet. PY 1999 PD JUL VL 99 IS 1-2 GA 223QN J9 THEOR APPL GENET UT ISI:000081851900016 ER PT J AU Weider, LJ Hobaek, A Colbourne, JK Crease, TJ Dufresne, F Hebert, PDN TI Holarctic phylogeography of an asexual species complex I. Mitochondrial DNA variation in arctic Daphnia SO EVOLUTION NR 46 AB Pleistocene glacial cycles undoubtedly altered the evolutionary trajectories of many taxa, yet few studies have examined the impact of such events on genetic differentiation and phylogeography at large geographic scales. Here we present the results of a circumarctic survey of mitochondrial DNA diversity in members of the Daphnia pulex complex. The analysis involved the survey of restriction site polymorphisms in a 2100-bp fragment of the NADH-4 (ND4) and NADH-5 (ND5) genes for 276 populations representing the two major groups (tenebrosa and pulicaria) in this complex across their Holarctic range. A comparison of the distribution patterns for seven clades in this complex revealed very clear phylogeographic structuring. Most notably, pulicaria group lineages were restricted primarily to the Nearctic, with some colonization of formerly glaciated portions of northern Europe. This group was not detected from vast expanses of northern Eurasia, including the Beringian glacial refuge. In contrast, tenebrosa group haplotypes showed considerable intercontinental divergence between Eurasian and North American lineages, but were absent from Greenland and Iceland, as well as the Canadian arctic archipelago. Dispersal in Eurasia was primarily in a westerly direction from Beringia, whereas dispersal in the Nearctic followed proglacial drainage patterns. Long-distance dispersal of certain lineages was observed in both groups, and variation in haplotype richness and nucleotide diversity allowed us to make inferences about the positioning of putative glacial refugia. Overall, the phylogeographic pattern of diversification in this arctic complex is characterized by the apparently unique postglacial histories for each clade, indicating that even closely allied taxa can respond independently to the allopatric effects of glacial cycles. This is in sharp contrast to other phylogeographic studies of species assemblages from more southern (unglaciated) latitudes, which are often characterized by concordant patterns. CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 ALERSTAM T, 1986, BIOSCIENCE, V21, P3 ANDREWS JT, 1970, GEOMORPHOLOGICAL STU AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240 BERNATCHEZ L, 1991, EVOLUTION, V45, P1016 BERNATCHEZ L, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P431 BISCHOF JF, 1997, SCIENCE, V277, P74 BOILEAU MG, 1992, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V5, P25 BROWER AVZ, 1994, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V91, P6491 COLBOURNE JK, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P347 COLBOURNE JK, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P349 DIXONPM, 1993, DESIGN ANAL ECOLOGIC, P290 DUFRESNE F, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P201 DUFRESNE F, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V258, P141 DYKE AS, 1987, GEOGRAPHIE PHYSIQUE, V41, P237 FELSENSTEIN J, 1993, PHYLIP PHYLOGENY INF FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637 FREY DG, 1991, J PALEOLIMNOLOGY, V6, P193 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1 HEBERT PDN, 1986, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V43, P1416 HEBERT PDN, 1990, FUNCT ECOL, V4, P703 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HULTEN E, 1962, SV BOT TIDSSKR, V56, P362 IBRAHIM KM, 1996, HEREDITY, V77, P282 IVES JD, 1974, ARCTIC ALPINE ENV, P605 LYNCH M, 1990, MOL BIOL EVOL, V7, P377 MADDISON WP, 1992, MACCLADE VERS 3 0 AN MAGURRAN AE, 1988, ECOLOGICAL DIVERSITY MCELROY D, 1991, REAP RESTRICTION ENZ PONS O, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P1237 ROHLF FJ, 1990, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T SALVIGSEN O, 1981, BOREAS, V10, P433 SEGERSTRALE SG, 1982, FENNIA, V160, P303 SOLTIS DE, 1997, PLANT SYST EVOL, V206, P353 SWOFFORD D, 1998, PAUP 4 0 BETA VERS P TAYLOR DJ, 1996, MOL PHYLOGENET EVOL, V5, P495 VAINOLA R, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P1490 VANRAAY TJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P149 WEIDER LJ, 1987, EVOLUTION, V41, P1335 WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363 WEIDER LJ, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1 WEIDER LJ, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P107 WEIDER LJ, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P497 WILSON CC, 1998, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V55, P1010 TC 3 BP 777 EP 792 PG 16 JI Evolution PY 1999 PD JUN VL 53 IS 3 GA 217PC J9 EVOLUTION UT ISI:000081507300012 ER PT J AU Adams, JM Post, WM TI A preliminary estimate of changing calcrete carbon storage on land since the Last Glacial Maximum SO GLOBAL AND PLANETARY CHANGE NR 29 AB The glacial-to-interglacial shift in land carbon storage is important in understanding the global carbon cycle and history of the climate system. While organic carbon storage on land appears to have been much less than present during the cold, dry glacial maximum, calcrete (soil carbonate) carbon storage would have been greater. Here we attempt a global estimation of this change; we use published figures for present soil carbonate by biome to estimate changing global soil carbonate storage, on the basis of reconstruction of vegetation areas for four timeslices since the Last Glacial Maximum. It appears that there would most likely have been around a 30-45% decrease in calcrete carbon on land accompanying the transition between glacial and interglacial conditions. This represents a change of about 500-400 GtC (outer error Limits are estimated at 750- 200 GtC). In order to be weathered into dissolved bicarbonate, this would take up an additional 500-400 GtC (750-200 GtC) in CO2 from ocean/atmosphere sources. An equivalent amount to the carbonate leaving the caliche reservoir on land may have accumulated in coral reefs and other calcareous marine sediments during the Holocene, liberating an equimolar quantity of CO2 back into the ocean-atmosphere system as the bicarbonate ion breaks up. (C) 1999 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved. CR *FAO ISRIC SOIL DA, 1989, 64 FAO ISRIC SOIL DA ADAMS JM, 1998, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V16, P3 ADAMS JM, 1997, J ARCHAEOL SCI, V24, P623 ADAMS JM, 1993, NATURE, V361, P213 ADAMS JM, 1990, NATURE, V348, P711 ADAMS JM, 1995, THESIS U AIX MARSEIL BARNOLA JM, 1989, NATURE, V329, P408 BATJES NH, 1996, EUR J SOIL SCI, V47, P151 BATJES NH, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P161 BROECKER WS, 1997, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V12, P530 CLAPPERTON CM, 1993, QUATERNARY GEOLOGY G COLINVAUX PA, 1987, ENV HIST AMAZON BASI CROWLEY TJ, 1995, IN RPESS GLOBAL BIOG DAOXIN Y, 1998, 379 IGBP FAURE H, 1988, BILAN GLOBAL ACCUMUL FAURE H, 1990, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V82, P47 FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637 KERN RA, 1992, NATURE, V357, P447 LUDWIG W, 1998, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V16, P34 MOROZOVA TD, 1998, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V16, P131 PRENTICE IC, 1993, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V3, P67 PROBST JL, 1994, SCI GEOLOGIIQUES MEM SCHLESINGER WH, 1982, SOIL SCI, V133, P247 SOMBROEK WG, 1993, AMBIO, V22, P417 SPASSKAYA II, 1992, ATLAS PALAEOCLIMATES VANCAMPO E, 1993, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V8, P189 VANDERHAMMEN T, 1994, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V109, P247 WEBB R, 1995, PUBL SER REP NAT GEO ZINKE PJ, 1984, PUBLICATION US DEP E, V2212 TC 2 BP 243 EP 256 PG 14 JI Glob. Planet. Change PY 1999 PD MAY VL 20 IS 4 GA 215BP J9 GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE UT ISI:000081362300003 ER PT J AU Kullman, L TI Early holocene tree growth at a high elevation site in the northernmost Scandes of Sweden (Lapland): A palaeobiogeographical case study based on megafossil evidence SO GEOGRAFISKA ANNALER SERIES A-PHYSICAL GEOGRAPHY NR 76 AB The paper focuses on early Holocene tree growth and alpine tree-limits in the northernmost Swedish Scandes (Lapland). Megafossil wood remnants in peats and lakes were searched for over a large area at elevations high above the modem tree- limits. Wood of Pinus sylvestris, Betula pubescens ssp. tortuosa and Alnus incana was discovered near the shore of a small lake (999 m a.s.l.) c. 500 m higher than today's tree- limit of Pinus sylvestris in this region. Radiocarbon dating yielded values of unprecedented age, c. 8500-8100 C-14 years sp for all three species and in addition 5400-4500 C-14 years sp for Betula and Alnus. The highest position of the Pinus tree- limit occurred during the early Holocene, which compares well with the situation reconstructed by megafossils in the southern Scandes. It now appears that the long-term tree-limit and climate histories are broadly the same in entire mid- and northern Fennoscandia. Corrected for glacio-isostatic land uplift, the tree-limit record suggests that the summers were c. 2.4 degrees C warmer than today at 8500 C-14 years sp. A dry continental climate with substantial seasonal contrasts is likely to have prevailed during this period, which restricted the occurrence of glaciers and glacier activity. Most circumstances point to the overriding importance of the Milankovitch orbital theory for pacing or forcing the long-term postglacial climate change. The results are inconsistent with most inferences based on pollen, certain macrofossil records and general circulation simulations. These proxy environmental histories have frequently advocated a mid-Holocene thermal optimum and an oceanic and humid climate in northern and western Fennoscandia during the early Holocene. The uncovered discrepancy between the outcome of the objective and factual megafossil method and more subjective/inferential microfossil methods should be important for Quaternary plant ecology in general, stressing the usefulness of megafossil studies. CR *COHMAP MEMB, 1988, SCIENCE, V241, P1043 ANDERSSON NA, 1996, ECOL B, V45, P11 ARNO S, 1984, TIMBERLINE MOUNTAIN BARNEKOW L, 1998, GFF, V120, P59 BERGLUND BE, 1996, ECOLOGICAL B, V45, P15 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 CASELDINE CJ, 1985, SOILS QUATERNARY LAN, P87 DAHL E, 1998, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY NO EU DURIETZ GE, 1942, SVENSK BOT TIDSKR, V36, P124 ELLIS S, 1985, NORSK GEOGRAFISK TID, V39, P141 EMANUELSSON U, 1987, ECOL B, V38, P95 ENQUIST F, 1918, SGU C, V285, P1 ERONEN M, 1987, GEOGR ANN A, V69, P297 ERONEN M, 1982, GEOL FOR STOCKH FORH, V103, P437 ERONEN M, 1996, GEOPHYSICA, V32, P35 ERONEN M, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P29 HAGEM O, 1917, MEDD VESTL FORSTL FO, V2, P1 HAMMARLUND D, 1998, ISOTOPE TECHNIQUES S, P573 HAMMARLUND D, 1997, J PALEOLIMNOL, V18, P219 HARRISON SP, 1988, LUNDQUA THESIS, V21, P1 HJORT C, 1995, POLAR RES, V14, P239 HOFGAARD A, 1997, PAST FUTURE RAPID EN, P255 HOLM L, 1991, ARCHAEOL ENV, V12, P1 HUNTLEY B, 1993, GLOBAL CLIMATES LAST, P136 HYVARINEN H, 1996, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V20, P293 KARLEN W, 1976, GEOGR ANN A, V58, P1 KARLEN W, 1973, GEOGRAFISKA ANN A, V55, P29 KARLEN W, 1995, J COASTAL RES, V17, P49 KARLEN W, 1993, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V9, P69 KJALLGREN L, 1998, GEOGR ANN A, V80A, P1 KULLMAN L, 1998, AMBIO, V27, P312 KULLMAN L, 1988, ANN BOT FENN, V25, P219 KULLMAN L, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P315 KULLMAN L, 1998, BOREAS, V27, P153 KULLMAN L, 1995, ECOLOGY, V76, P2490 KULLMAN L, 1997, GEOGR ANN A, V79A, P139 KULLMAN L, 1994, GEOGR PHYS QUATERN, V48, P151 KULLMAN L, 1994, GEOGRANSKA ANN, V75, P247 KULLMAN L, 1998, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V7, P181 KULLMAN L, 1996, GLOBAL ECOL BIOGEOGR, V5, P94 KULLMAN L, 1993, GLOBAL ECOLOGY BIOGE, V2, P181 KULLMAN L, 1996, J BIOGEOGR, V23, P843 KULLMAN L, 1998, J ECOL, V86, P421 KULLMAN L, 1992, NEW PHYTOL, V120, P445 KULLMAN L, 1976, SVENSK BOTANISK TIDS, V70, P107 KULLMAN L, 1981, WAHLENBERGIA, V8, P1 KUTTEL M, 1984, DISS BOT, V72, P191 KUTZBACH JE, 1986, J ATMOS SCI, V43, P1726 LAMARCHE VC, 1973, QUATERNARY RES, V3, P632 LANG G, 1994, QUARTARE VEGETATIONS LAVOIE C, 1996, ECOLOGY, V77, P1226 LOWE JJ, 1991, PALAOKLIMAFORSCHUNG, V6, P37 LUNDGREN LN, 1995, CAN J FOREST RES, V25, P1097 MAHANEY WC, 1995, MT RES DEV, V15, P165 MAKELA E, 1998, HOLOCENE, V8, P55 MOE D, 1979, FORTIDEN SOKELYSET, P199 NESJE A, 1992, CLIM DYNAM, V6, P221 NESJE A, 1991, GEOLOGY, V19, P610 PAYETTE S, 1994, ENV REV, V2, P78 PETEET DM, 1991, CAN J BOT, V69, P786 RAPP A, 1996, ECOL B, V45, P170 REKSTAD J, 1903, NOR GEOL UNDERS AARB, V35, P14 SANDBERG G, 1982, BLOMMANDE FJALLET BO SELSING L, 1996, PALAEOCLIM RES, V20, P147 SEPPA H, 1996, FENNIA, V174, P1 SNOWBALL I, 1996, HOLOCENE, V6, P367 SNOWBALL IF, 1997, HOLOCENE, V7, P119 SONESSON M, 1974, OIKOS, V25, P288 SVENSSON NO, 1991, Q INT, V9, P7 TALLANTIRE PA, 1974, NEW PHYTOL, V73, P529 VORREN KD, 1996, PALAEOCLIM RES, V20, P257 VORREN KD, 1996, PALAEOCLIM RES, V20, P271 VORREN KD, 1993, VEGETATION HIST ARCH, V2, P145 WICK L, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P445 WOHLFARTH B, 1995, POLAR RES, V14, P253 YU GE, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P260 TC 4 BP 63 EP 74 PG 12 JI Geogr. Ann. Ser. A-Phys. Geogr. PY 1999 VL 81A IS 1 GA 219DV J9 GEOGR ANN SER A-PHYS GEOGR UT ISI:000081593400005 ER PT J AU Rundgren, M Ingolfsson, O TI Plant survival in Iceland during periods of glaciation? SO JOURNAL OF BIOGEOGRAPHY NR 81 AB Aim The paper addresses the classical question of possible plant survival in Iceland during the last glacial period in the light of a palaeobotanical record from northern Iceland, spanning the period 11,300-9000 BP, including the Younger Dryas stadial. We review the Late Cenozoic fossil plant record, the past debate on glacial plant refugia in Iceland, and the evidence for ice-free areas during the Weichselian. Location The investigated lake sediment record comes from Lake Torfadalsvatn, which is situated in the northwestern part of the Skagi peninsula in northern Iceland. Methods The sediment chronology was constructed from the occurrence of the Vedde Ash and the Saksunarvatn ash, two well-dated Icelandic tephras, together with the results from five AMS and conventional radiocarbon dates performed on bulk sediment samples. The vegetational reconstruction was based on detailed pollen analysis of the sediment sequence. Results The pollen analysis revealed that many of the taxa present in the area prior to the Younger Dryas stadial continued to produce pollen during that cold event. The more or less immediate reappearance of a few other pollen taxa at the Younger Dryas-Preboreal boundary suggests that these plants also survived, even if they did not produce sufficient pollen to be recorded during the Younger Dryas stadial. Main conclusions We conclude that the relatively high plant diversity found in high Arctic areas and present-day nunataks in Iceland and Greenland, together with the fact that many plant species were able to survive the Younger Dryas stadial on the Skagi peninsula, suggest that species with high tolerance for climate fluctuations also survived the whole Weichselian in Iceland. This conclusion is supported by recent palaeoclimatic data from ice-cores and deep-sea sediments, indicating that Icelandic climate during the last glacial was only occasionally slightly colder than during the Younger Dryas stadial. CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 ALEKSANDROVA VD, 1980, ARCTIC ANTARCTIC THE ALEKSANDROVA VD, 1988, VEGETATION SOVIET PO ALM T, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P171 ALM T, 1991, NORD J BOT, V11, P465 ANAMTHAWATJONSS K, 1994, NORWEGIAN J AGR SC S, V18, P9 ASKELSSON J, 1938, MEDD FRA DANSK GEOL, V9, P300 BAY C, 1992, MEDD GRON BIOSCI, V36, P1 BILLINGS WD, 1968, BIOL REV, V43, P481 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 BIRKS HH, 1996, QUATERNARY RES, V45, P119 BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399 BJORCK S, 1992, BOREAS, V21, P15 BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59 BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P304 BLISS LC, 1984, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V7, P324 BLISS LC, 1988, N AM TERRESTRIAL VEG, P1 BLYTT A, 1876, ESSAY IMMIGRATION NO BUCKLAND P, 1991, ENV CHANGE ICELAND P, P107 BUCKLAND PC, 1986, BOREAS, V13, P173 CALLAGHAN TV, 1985, POPULATION STRUCTURE, P399 CARLSSON BA, 1994, ECOGRAPHY, V17, P321 COOPE GR, 1979, CARABID BEETLES THEI, P407 COOPE GR, 1986, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V314, P619 DAHL E, 1955, GEOL SOC AM BULL, V66, P1499 DAHL E, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P173 DOKKEN TM, 1996, GEOLOGY, V24, P599 EDLUND SA, 1989, ARCTIC, V42, P3 EGGERTSSON O, 1993, JOKUL, V43, P15 EGGERTSSON O, 1994, POLAR RES, V13, P209 EINARSSON E, 1970, ECOLOGY CONSERVATION, V1, P247 EINARSSON T, 1994, GEOLOGY ICELAND ROCK EINARSSON T, 1963, N ATLANTICA BIOTA TH, P355 EINARSSON T, 1961, SONDERVEROFFENT GEOL, V6, P1 ELKINGTON TT, 1968, NEW PHYTOL, V67, P109 FREDSKILD B, 1973, MEDD GRONLAND, V198, P1 FRIDRIKSSON S, 1975, SURTSEY EVOLUTION LI GEIRSDOTTIR A, 1993, QUATERNARY RES, V42, P115 GJAEREVOLL O, 1977, KONGLEGIGE NORSKE VI, V4, P1 GLAWION R, 1985, NATURLICHE VEGETATIO GUOMUNDSSON A, 1995, EYJAR ELDHAFI, P33 HALLSDOTTIR M, 1995, ICELANDIC AGR SCI BU, V9, P17 HALLSDOTTIR M, 1990, JOKULL, V40, P67 HJORT C, 1985, JOKULL, V35, P9 HOPPE G, 1982, JOKULL, V32, P3 HULTEN E, 1962, SV BOT TIDSSKR, V56, P362 INGOLFSSON O, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P245 INGOLFSSON O, 1988, GEOLOGISKA FORENINGE, V110, P293 JOHNSEN SJ, 1995, TELLUS B, V47, P624 JONSDOTTIR IS, 1995, GLOBAL CHANGE ARCTIC, P81 KOC N, 1993, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P115 KRISTINSSON H, 1987, GUIDE FLOWERING PLAN LARSSEN BB, 1987, POLAR RES, V5, P313 LINDAL JH, 1939, Q J GEOL SOC LOND, V95, P261 LINDROTH CH, 1931, ZOOL BIDR UPPS, V13, P105 LOVE D, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P189 MOORE PD, 1991, POLLEN ANAL NILSEN TH, 1978, NATURE, V274, P786 NORDDAHL H, 1983, THESIS LUND U LUND NORDHAGEN R, 1936, NORDISKA, P93 NORODAHL H, 1991, ENV CHANGE ICELAND P, P31 NORODAHL H, 1993, JOKULL, V43, P33 PFIRMAN S, 1990, GEOLOGICAL HIST POLA, P187 REIMNITZ E, 1993, J GLACIOL, V39, P186 RUNDGREN M, 1997, BOREAS, V26, P201 RUNDGREN M, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P405 SARNTHEIN M, 1995, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V10, P1063 SAVILE DBO, 1972, CANADA DEP AGR MONOG, V6, P1 SEREBRYANNY LR, 1996, ECOL STUD, V124, P47 SERNANDER R, 1896, BOT NOTISER, P114 SIGBJARNARSON G, 1983, JOKULL, V33, P87 SIGURVINSSON JR, 1983, JOKULL, V33, P99 SIMONARSON LA, 1979, JOKULL, V29, P44 SORENSEN T, 1941, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V125, P1 STEINDORSSON S, 1963, N ATLANTIC BIOTA THE, P303 STEINDORSSON S, 1937, NATTURUFROEDINGURINN, V7 STEINDORSSON S, 1962, RIT VISINDAFELAGS IS, V35, P1 THORS K, 1991, ENV CHANGE ICELAND P, P93 TORARINSSON S, 1937, GEOGR ANN, V19, P161 VORREN TO, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P41 WALKER GPL, 1965, T LASCESTER LIT PHIL, V59, P25 TC 0 BP 387 EP 396 PG 10 JI J. Biogeogr. PY 1999 PD MAR VL 26 IS 2 GA 219QK J9 J BIOGEOGR UT ISI:000081618000016 ER PT J AU Borgen, L TI Genetic variation in Minuartia (Caryophyllaceae) in Svalbard SO NORDIC JOURNAL OF BOTANY NR 45 AB Based on a survey of eight enzyme systems, genetic variation in three Minuartia species was analysed and the diversity in 15 populations in Svalbard (78 degrees N) compared to seven populations in Norway, Iceland, and Greenland. In the two sexual diploids, M. biflora and M. rubella, genetic diversity was as high in populations from Svalbard as in populations from more southerly latitudes. In M. biflora, eight out of 15 loci were polymorphic (P=53.3 %); in M. rubella eight out of 18 (P=44.4 %). The mean number of alleles per locus (A) and the number of multilocus genotypes (MG) were also higher in M. biflora than in M. rubella, A=1.60 and MG=21 vs. A=1.44 and MG=9. The proportion of genetic diversity due to variation among populations was much lower in M. biflora than in M. rubella, FST=0.249 vs. FST=0.895, and the estimated gene flow much higher, Nm=0.745 vs. Nm=0.029, indicating that M. biflora is a mixed mater and M. rubella a selfer. In the vegetatively reproducing tetraploid, M. rossii, 13 (65 %) out of 20 putative loci showed fixed heterozygosity, the mean number of alleles per 'locus' was A=1.70, and two multilocus phenotypes were observed, proving that at least two clones occur in Svalbard. No allele was shared by all three species and Nei's genetic; identity for biflora-rubella was extremely low, I=0.07. The results suggest that the three species, which are currently placed in separate sections, represent lineages that diverged a long time ago. CR ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 BORGEN L, 1997, NORD J BOT, V16, P487 BROCHMANN C, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P135 BROCHMANN C, 1992, AM J BOT, V79, P673 BROCHMANN C, 1993, PLANT SYST EVOL, V185, P55 BROCHMANN C, 1995, RAPP BOT SER, V3, P18 BROWN AHD, 1989, PLANT POPULATION GEN, P145 CAVALLISFORZA LL, 1967, EVOLUTION, V21, P550 CRAWFORD DJ, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI SERIES, V4, P146 CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271 DAHL E, 1998, PHYTOGEOGRAPHY NO EU EHRENDORFER F, 1980, POLYPLOIDY BIOL RELE, P45 ELVEN R, 1996, NORSK POLARINSTITUTT, V198, P9 GJAEREVOLL O, 1990, MAPS DISTRIBUTION NO, V2, P1 HALLIDAY G, 1993, FLORA EUROPAEA, V1 HAMRICK JL, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI SERIES, V4, P73 HAMRICK JL, 1990, POPULATION GENETICS, P43 HARALDSEN KB, 1993, NORD J BOT, V13, P377 HARTMAN CJ, 1832, HDB SKANDINAVIENS FL HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS HULTEN E, 1958, K SVEN VETENSKAPSAKA, V7, P1 KEPHART SR, 1990, AM J BOT, V77, P693 KNUTH P, 1898, HDB BLUTENBIOLOGIE, V2 LEVENE H, 1949, ANN MATH STAT, V20, P91 LOVE A, 1975, CYTOTAXONOMICAL ATLA MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391 NEI M, 1977, ANN HUM GENET, V41, P225 NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P583 NILSSON O, IN PRESS FLORA NORDI, V1 ODASZ AM, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P1379 PETROVSKY VV, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P19 PHILIPP M, 1990, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V34, P1 PHILIPP M, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P89 REINHAMMAR LG, 1998, NORD J BOT, V18, P7 RICHARDS AJ, 1986, PLANT BREEDING SYSTE RONNING OI, 1996, FLORA SVALBARD SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY SWOFFORD DL, 1981, J HERED, V72, P281 TIKHMENEV EA, 1984, EKOLOGIAY, V4, P8 TIKHMENEV EA, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P67 WEEDEN NF, 1989, ADV PLANT SCI SERIES, V4, P5 WOOKEY PA, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P215 WRIGHT S, 1951, ANN EUGEN, V14, P323 WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395 WRIGHT S, 1978, EVOLUTION GENETICS P, V4 TC 0 BP 179 EP 192 PG 14 JI Nord. J. Bot. PY 1999 VL 19 IS 2 GA 217LR J9 NORD J BOT UT ISI:000081501200006 ER PT J AU Hobaek, A Weider, LJ TI A circumpolar study of Arctic biodiversity: Phylogeographic patterns in the Daphnia pulex complex SO AMBIO NR 26 AB We summarize the results of a circumarctic study on biogeographic patterns in genetic diversity within asexual clones of the water flea, the Daphnia pulex complex (a freshwater crustacean). The complex is shown to consist of several thousands of distinct clones, which can be grouped into 2 major lineage groups based on molecular markers. The main groups and their component subgroups differ markedly in their distributions, and hybrids are common in 2 zones of overlap (Northern Europe and Canada). Clonal diversity is at least as high in the Arctic as in the temperate zone. Moreover, the genetic structure of all the subgroups is extremely fragmented, implying that clonal composition in the Arctic differs conspicuously among regions. This extraordinary diversity with its spatial structure on local to continental geographic scales defies the general notion of the Arctic tundra as a homogenous biome of low biodiversity. CR *UNEP, 1995, GLOB BIOD ASS ABBOTT RJ, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P199 AVISE JC, 1987, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V18, P489 AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL BROCHMANN CH, 1998, AM J BOT, V58, P135 COLBOURNE JK, 1998, BIOL J LINN SOC, V65, P347 COLBOURNE JK, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P349 DAHL E, 1987, ECOL B COPENHAGEN, V38, P77 DARWIN C, 1959, ORIGIN SPECIES MEANS DEMEESTER L, 1996, ECOSCIENCE, V3, P385 DUFRESNE F, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V258, P141 FISCHER S, 1851, MIDDENDORFF REISE DU, V2, P149 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GLESENER RR, 1978, AM NAT, V112, P659 HEBERT PDN, 1988, EVOLUTION, V42, P147 HEBERT PDN, 1987, EVOLUTION SEX ITS CO, P175 HEBERT PDN, 1997, HYDROBIOLOGIA, V360, P295 HEBERT PDN, 1989, METHODOLOGIES ALLOZY HESSEN DO, 1994, ARCH HYDROBIOL BEIH, V43, P185 NEVO E, 1984, LECTURE NOTES BIOMAT, V53, P13 REMMERT H, 1980, ARCTIC ANIMAL ECOLOG UDVARDY MDF, 1969, DYNAMIC ZOOGEOGRAPHY WARD RD, 1994, HEREDITY, V73, P532 WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363 WEIDER LJ, 1999, IN PRESS EVOLUTION WEIDER LJ, 1999, MOL ECOL, V8, P1 TC 0 BP 245 EP 250 PG 6 JI Ambio PY 1999 PD MAY VL 28 IS 3 GA 208VH J9 AMBIO UT ISI:000081012200007 ER PT J AU Bussell, JD TI The distribution of random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) diversity amongst populations of Isotoma petraea (Lobeliaceae) SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 82 AB RAPDs were generated from plants of six populations of Isotoma petraea F Muell. The species occurs on rock outcrops in southern and western Australia, with populations exhibiting different breeding systems, including complete autogamy, varying levels of outbreeding and complex hybridity. Non-metric multidimensional scaling (nMDS) analysis of the random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) data set clearly resolved all populations. The Pigeon Pock population, which is home to both complex hybrid and structural homozygote plants, was divided into those two groups by the nMDS analysis. There was little diversity in highly autogamous populations, but levels were higher in the outbred Yackeyackine population. All complex hybrid populations and plants possessed numerous genetic system-specific RAPDs, some of which were shown to be held in fixed heterozygosity. Estimating GS, using RAPDs has been problematical due to their dominance, and analytical methods usually rely on knowledge of the selfing rate or assume Hardy- Weinberg equilibrium. This assumption does not hold when populations exhibit fixed heterozygosity, and an alternative method, Shannon's Index, was used to partition genetic diversity. The distribution of genetic diversity fit expectations for an inbreeding species, with most of the variation (87.5%) occurring between populations. This compares to an average RAPD-based G(ST) of 59.6% for inbreeding species generally and 15.5% for outbreeding species. CR AAGAARD JE, 1998, HEREDITY, V81, P69 AAGAARD JE, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P801 APOSTOL BL, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P991 AYRES DR, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P761 BATAILLON TM, 1996, GENETICS, V144, P409 BLACKSAMUELSSON S, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P593 BONNIN I, 1996, AM J BOT, V83, P843 BROWN AHD, 1983, ISOZYMES PLANT GEN A, P219 BRUNELL MS, 1997, SYST BOT, V22, P543 BUSSELL JD, 1997, J ROYAL SOC W AUSTR, V80, P221 BYRNE M, 1991, THESIS U W AUSTR CARDOSO MA, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P601 CHALMERS KJ, 1992, HEREDITY, V69, P465 CLARK AG, 1993, MOL BIOL EVOL, V10, P1096 DAWSON IK, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P10 DAWSON IK, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P151 DOYLE JJ, 1990, FOCUS, V12, P13 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P179 FRITSCH P, 1992, NATURE, V359, P633 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GAGNE G, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P1216 GAIOTTO FA, 1997, THEOR APPL GENET, V95, P842 GILLIES ACM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1133 GRASHOFBOKDAM CJ, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P165 GUSTAFSSON L, 1994, PLANT SYST EVOL, V189, P133 HAMRICK JL, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P1291 HARRIS SA, 1995, PLANT SYST EVOL, V197, P195 HILLIS DM, 1994, HOMOLOGY HIERARCHICA, P339 HOGBIN PM, 1998, HEREDITY, V80, P180 HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927 ISABEL N, 1995, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V92, P6369 JAMES SH, 1990, HEREDITY, V64, P289 JAMES SH, 1983, HEREDITY, V51, P653 JAMES SH, 1970, HEREDITY, V25, P53 JAMES SH, 1965, HEREDITY, V20, P341 KING LM, 1989, EVOLUTION, V43, P1117 LAMED R, 1991, APPL BIOCHEM BIOTECH, V27, P173 LANNERHERRERA C, 1996, GENET RESOUR CROP EV, V43, P13 LATTA RG, 1997, GENETICS, V146, P1153 LECORRE V, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P519 LEVIN DA, 1977, EVOLUTION, V31, P477 LIAO LC, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1275 LIU F, 1998, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V265, P293 LIU Z, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V87, P97 LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P1 MAGUIRE TL, 1997, HEREDITY, V79, P394 MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813 MENKIR A, 1997, CROP SCI, V37, P564 MILLIGAN BG, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P423 MONAGHAN BG, 1996, S AFR J BOT, V62, P287 NEI M, 1973, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V70, P3321 NESBITT KA, 1995, HEREDITY, V74, P628 NOLAN MF, 1996, AUST SYST BOT, V9, P291 PALACIOS C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P1107 PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135 PENNER GA, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V85, P702 PODANI J, 1995, SYNTAX 5 02 MAC COMP QUIROS CF, 1995, PLANT CELL REP, V14, P630 REITER RS, 1992, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V89, P1477 RIESEBERG LH, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P99 RITLAND K, 1989, CAN J BOT, V67, P2017 ROSSETTO M, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P321 RUSSELL JR, 1993, MOL ECOL, V2, P89 SALE MM, 1996, AUST J BOT, V44, P559 SAMPSON JF, 1988, AUST J BOT, V36, P447 SCHIERENBECK KA, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P137 SCHOEN DJ, 1991, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V88, P4494 SHANNON CE, 1949, MATH THEORY COMMUNIC SNOW R, 1963, STAIN TECHNOL, V38, P9 SPOONER DM, 1996, THEOR APPL GENET, V92, P532 STEWART CN, 1996, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V9, P153 STEWART CNJ, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V74, P132 SZMIDT AE, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P412 TOLLEFSRUD MM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1217 TRAVIS SE, 1996, MOL ECOL, V5, P735 VANOPPEN MJH, 1995, EUR J PHYCOL, V30, P251 WAYCOTT M, 1995, MAR ECOL-PROG SER, V116, P289 WEISING K, 1995, DNA FINGERPRINTING P WILLIAMS JGK, 1993, METHOD ENZYMOL, V218, P704 WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531 WOLFF K, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P365 YEH FC, 1995, J HERED, V86, P454 TC 7 BP 775 EP 789 PG 15 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 1999 PD MAY VL 8 IS 5 GA 207TY J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000080952900007 ER PT J AU Sandvik, SM Totland, O Nylehn, J TI Breeding system and effects of plant size and flowering time on reproductive success in the alpine herb Saxifraga stellaris L. SO ARCTIC ANTARCTIC AND ALPINE RESEARCH NR 32 AB The pollination and reproductive ecology of Saxifraga stellaris was investigated in alpine southwest Norway. A breeding system analysis, with performance of controlled crosses, revealed that S. stellaris is self-compatible and that reproductive success after cross- and self-pollination is equal. Relative autodeposition efficiency (i.e. mean seed:ovule ratio in caged, nonmanipulated Plants relative to mean seed:ovule ratio of control plants) was, however, low (0.29, suggesting that S. stellaris depends on insect visitation for maximum seed set. Seed set is not restricted by pollen availability, as indicated by a supplemental hand-pollination experiment. Plant size had a strong positive impact on ovule number, which in turn was positively correlated with seed number. Plant size also had a positive influence on seed weight. Seed weight was lowest for late-flowering plants, suggesting that shorter time for seed maturation and lower temperatures late in the season restrict seed weight. No correlations between flowering date and seed number were found, perhaps because the pollinators are relatively insensitive to temperature conditions and thus their activity does not change through the flowering season of S. stellaris. CR BELL KL, 1980, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V12, P1 BERGGREN M, 1994, THESIS U OSLO BLISS LC, 1962, ARCTIC, V15, P117 CALLAGHAN TV, 1985, POPULATION STRUCTURE, P399 GALEN C, 1991, AM J BOT, V78, P978 GALEN C, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P1052 HOUGHTON JT, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE 1995 HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS KEVAN PG, 1972, J ECOL, V60, P831 KUDO G, 1991, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V23, P436 LEVESQUE CM, 1982, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V14, P117 LINDMARK G, 1902, BIHANG TILL KUNGLIGA, V28, P1 MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391 MOLAU U, 1996, COMMUNICATION MOLAU U, 1992, J ECOL, V80, P149 MULLER H, 1881, ALPENBLUMEN IHRE BEF PEDERSEN HA, 1995, LINDLEYANA, V10, P19 PHILIPP M, 1990, MEDDELELSER GRONLAND, V34, P1 RICHARDS AJ, 1986, PLANT BREEDING SYSTE SAVILE DBO, 1972, CANADA DEP AGR MONOG, V6, P1 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY STANTON ML, 1989, OECOLOGIA, V78, P477 STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337 TIKHMENEV EA, 1984, SOV J ECOL+, V15, P166 TOTLAND O, 1997, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V29, P285 TOTLAND O, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P66 TOTLAND O, 1994, ECOGRAPHY, V17, P159 WARMING E, 1909, MEDDELSER GRONLAND, V36, P169 WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE WILKINSON L, 1992, SYSTAT WINDOWS STAT YOUNG HJ, 1992, ECOLOGY, V73, P639 ZIMMERMAN M, 1988, AM NAT, V131, P723 TC 1 BP 196 EP 201 PG 6 JI Arct. Antarct. Alp. Res. PY 1999 PD MAY VL 31 IS 2 GA 211KV J9 ARCT ANTARCT ALP RES UT ISI:000081160900010 ER PT J AU Brubaker, LB Anderson, PM Murray, BM Koon, D TI A palynological investigation of true-moss (Bryidae) spores: morphology and occurrence in modern and late Quaternary lake sediments of Alaska SO CANADIAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY-REVUE CANADIENNE DE BOTANIQUE NR 32 AB This study describes (i) spore morphology of 121 Alaskan species of true moss (Bryidae) and (ii) percentages of Bryidae and Sphagnum spores in mud-water interface samples from 46 Alaskan lakes and a late-Quaternary sediment core from Idavain Lake in southwestern Alaska. Bryidae spores were collected from herbarium specimens, prepared by standard palynological chemical treatment and described under light microscopy. An identification key based on spore shape, wall structure, and size recognized 11 major morphological groups. Although family, genus, or species identifications were not possible for most groups, spores of a few genera and species were distinctive. Bryidae spores occurred in 80% of the modern sediment samples, representing boreal forest and three areas of tundra (North Slope, Seward Peninsula, and southwestern Alaska). Bryidae and Sphagnum spore percentages showed greatest differences between the North Slope tundra and other vegetation types, whereas pollen percentages distinguished boreal forest from tundra regions as a group. Bryidae spores were present throughout the Idavain Lake record but were most common in late-glacial sediments. Variations in the abundance of Bryidae spores are consistent with or enhance paleoenvironmental interpretations based on pollen and other spore types. CR *PALE, 1994, PAGES WORKSH REP SER, V941 AGER TA, 1982, PALEOECOLOGY BERINGI, P75 ANDERSON LE, 1990, BRYOLOGIST, V93, P448 ANDERSON PM, 1991, J BIOGEOGR, V18, P565 ANDERSON PM, 1994, QUATERNARY RES, V9, P306 ANDERSON PM, 1986, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V46, P273 BLISS LC, 1992, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEMS CH, P59 BONAN GB, 1989, VEGETATIO, V84, P31 BOROS A, 1975, ATLAS RECENT EUROPEA BRUBAKER LB, 1999, IN PRESS QUATERNARY CLARKE GCS, 1979, BRYOPHYTE SYSTEMATIC, P231 COLINVAUX PA, 1964, ECOL MONOGR, V34, P297 CWYNAR LC, 1982, ECOL MONOGR, V52, P1 CWYNAR LC, 1980, SCIENCE, V208, P1375 DICKSON JH, 1973, BRYOPHYTES PLEISTOCE DICKSON JH, 1986, HDB HOLOCENE PALEOEC, P627 ERDTMAN, 1965, POLLEN SPORE MORPHOL FAEGRI K, 1992, TXB POLLEN ANAL GRICHUK MP, 1961, PALEOGRAFIYA CHETVER, P189 HORTON DG, 1983, J HATTORI BOT LAB, V54, P353 HU FS, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P382 LONGTON RE, 1988, BIOL POLAR BRYOPHYTE MCCLYMONT JW, 1955, BRYOLOGIST, V58, P287 MOCK CJ, 1998, INT J CLIMATOL, V18, P1085 STEERE WC, 1979, BRYOPHYTE SYSTEMATIC, P123 STEERE WC, 1978, VEGETATION PRODUCTIO, V29, P141 VANCLEVE K, 1991, BIOSCIENCE, V41, P78 VIERECK LA, 1992, ALASKA VEGETATION CL VITT DH, 1974, CAN J BOT, V52, P1973 VITT DH, 1988, MOSSES LICHENS FERNS VITT DH, 1982, SYNOPSIS CLASSIFICAT, P307 WALKER DA, 1989, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V22, P238 TC 1 BP 2145 EP 2157 PG 13 JI Can. J. Bot.-Rev. Can. Bot. PY 1998 PD DEC VL 76 IS 12 GA 212UK J9 CAN J BOT UT ISI:000081235800017 ER PT J AU Kume, A Nakatsubo, T Bekku, Y Masuzawa, T TI Ecological significance of different growth forms of purple saxifrage, Saxifraga oppositifolia L., in the High Arctic, Ny- Alesund, Svalbard SO ARCTIC ANTARCTIC AND ALPINE RESEARCH NR 22 AB Saxifraga oppositifolia is morphologically variable, and many scientists recognize two morphs; the Prostrate form (P-form) and Cushion form (C-form). In order to investigate the adaptation of the different growth forms, we analyzed the relationships between growth forms, growth patterns, manner of reproduction, tolerance to disturbance and succession. The distribution of the third internode length of shoots showed bimodality, long-internode shoot, and short-internode shoot, and it was closely related with the growth form-P-form and C- form, respectively. When both C-form and P-form plants were growing in the same moist riverbank, they :had similar net photosynthesis per dry weight. The colony expansion rate of P- form was faster than C-form and the shoot fragments of P-form were easy to root and establish. On the other hand, C-form had a larger number of flowers per plant dry weight than P-form, and this caused an increase in seed production. These results showed that growth forms and reproductive characteristics were closely related, and P-form was advantageous in vegetative propagation by shoot fragments while C-form was advantageous in sexual reproduction. Morphological variability within population of S. oppositifolia appeared to be adaptive for this species as a pioneer in the primary succession in High Arctic where the selective forces vary spatially and temporally. CR BEKKU Y, 1999, IN PRESS POLAR BIOSC, V12 BOWMAN WD, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P2085 BRYSTING AK, 1996, POLAR RES, V15, P93 CHAPIN FS, 1980, ARCTIC ECOSYSTEM COA, P458 CHAPIN FS, 1994, ECOL MONOGR, V64, P149 CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V26, P308 CRAWFORD RMM, 1995, BOTANICAL J SCOTLAND, V41, P177 CRAWFORD RMM, 1997, BRIT ECOLOGICAL SOC, V13, P113 CRAWFORD RMM, 1993, FLORA, V188, P367 ELVEN R, 1996, CATALOGUE SVALBARD P, V198, P9 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 HULTEN E, 1986, ATLAS N EUROPEAN VAS, V2 JONES V, 1956, J ECOL, V44, P300 LID J, 1994, NORSK FLORA MCGRAW JB, 1995, ECOL STU AN, V113, P33 MCGRAW JB, 1983, J ECOL, V71, P879 MINAMI Y, 1995, P BRYOLOGICAL SOC JA, V6, P157 MINAMI Y, 1996, P NIPR S POLAR BIOL, V9, P307 NAKATSUBO T, 1994, ECOLOGICAL RES, V9, P245 RONNING OI, 1996, SVALBARDS FLORA STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337 TEERI JA, 1972, THESIS DUKE U DURHAM TC 0 BP 27 EP 33 PG 7 JI Arct. Antarct. Alp. Res. PY 1999 PD FEB VL 31 IS 1 GA 201VD J9 ARCT ANTARCT ALP RES UT ISI:000080616400006 ER PT J AU Allen, JRM Huntley, B TI Estimating past floristic diversity in montane regions from macrofossil assemblages SO JOURNAL OF BIOGEOGRAPHY NR 44 AB The relationship between the diversity of higher plant macrofossils in surface sediments of lakes and the surrounding vegetation is examined in two mountain regions; Grodalen in central Norway and the south-east Cairngorms in Scotland. Two lake sediment cores from each area were also analysed to examine vegetation history and to estimate changes in biodiversity through the Holocene. The diversity of present day vegetation in each region was estimated using both quadrat data and classified satellite images of the study areas. The mean surface sample macrofossil representation of species recorded in quadrats collected within 250m of the lakes was c. 17%. This figure drops to only c. 2% when the satellite imagery of the same area is used to provide a maximal species list. The macrofossil data from the Norwegian cores show that deglaciation in this region occurred earlier on the mountain summit than in the valley and that the maximum tree line elevation was during the interval 9100-4400 C-14 yr sp. In the Cairngorms the maximum tree line elevation was prior to c. 4500 C-14 yr BP. The changes in higher plant diversity recorded at these sites through the Holocene show that c. 4000 C-14 yr sp the reduction in the tree line resulted in decreased P- diversity at higher altitudes but an increase at the lower altitude as the forest cover opened up. Under conditions of climatic warming it is likely areas that come to lie below the tree line will experience reduced diversity and that a permanent loss of biodiversity would result from a severe reduction in the area above the tree line. CR AMMANN B, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P137 BARBER KE, 1994, HOLOCENE, V4, P198 BENNETT KD, 1996, BOT J SCOTLAND, V48, P51 BIRKS HH, 1994, DISSERTATIONES BOT, V234, P129 BIRKS HH, 1993, J QUATERNARY SCI, V8, P147 BIRKS HH, 1978, NEW PHYTOL, V80, P455 BIRKS HH, 1975, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V270, P181 BIRKS HH, 1973, QUATERNARY PLANT ECO, P173 BIRKS HH, 1994, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V12, P719 BIRKS HJB, 1996, ECOGRAPHY, V19, P332 BIRKS HJB, 1992, HOLOCENE, V2, P1 BIRKS HJB, 1993, PHYTOCOENOLOGIA, V23, P399 BOULTON GS, 1994, NERC SPECIAL PUBLICA, V942, P11 BREVIK O, 1996, THESIS NORWEGIAN U S DRAKE H, 1980, NEW ZEAL J BOT, V18, P257 DUNWIDDIE PW, 1987, ECOLOGY, V68, P1 GEAR AJ, 1991, SCIENCE, V251, P544 HILL MO, 1996, EFFECTS RAPID CLIMAT, P34 HOLTEN JI, 1996, EFFFECTS RAPID CLIMA, P11 HUNTER GK, 1981, J CELL SCI, V49, P163 HUNTLEY B, 1994, J QUATERNARY SCI, V9, P311 JESSEN K, 1949, P R IR ACAD B, V52, P85 JESSEN K, 1938, P R IR ACAD B, V44, P205 KATTENBERG A, 1996, CLIMATE CHANGE, P285 KRISTIANSEN IL, 1988, REV PALAEOBOT PALYNO, V53, P185 KULLMAN L, 1993, GLOBAL ECOLOGY BIOGE, V2, P181 KULLMAN L, 1988, NEW PHYTOL, V108, P101 MCQUEEN DR, 1969, TUATARA, V17, P13 MEGAARD T, 1996, THESIS NORWEGIAN U S NESJE A, 1991, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V10, P87 OSULLIVAN PE, 1975, BOREAS, V4, P197 OSULLIVAN PE, 1976, J BIOGEOGR, V3, P293 OSULLIVAN PE, 1974, POLLEN SPORES, V16, P33 PEARS NV, 1968, OIKOS, V19, P71 PETEET DM, 1995, QUAT SCI REV, V14 PETEET DM, 1993, QUAT SCI REV, V12 POLUNIN O, 1985, GUIDE VEGETATION BRI THOMSON AG, 1996, EFFECTS RAPID CLIMAT, P81 TROELSSMITH J, 1955, DANMARKS GEOL UNDE 4, V3, P1 VANDINTER M, 1996, VEG HIST ARCHAEOBOT, V2, P229 WEBB JA, 1982, NEW PHYTOL, V91, P341 WHITTAKER RH, 1977, EVOLUTIONARY BIOL, P1 WRIGHT HE, 1980, BOREAS, V9, P107 WRIGHT HE, 1967, J SEDIMENT PETROL, V37, P975 TC 0 BP 55 EP 73 PG 19 JI J. Biogeogr. PY 1999 PD JAN VL 26 IS 1 GA 194CC J9 J BIOGEOGR UT ISI:000080173700006 ER PT J AU Thiede, J Bauch, HA TI The Late Quaternary history of northern Eurasia and the adjacent Arctic Ocean: an introduction to QUEEN SO BOREAS NR 8 CR ANDERSEN BG, 1994, ICE AGE WORLD BAUMANN KH, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V43, P185 CLIMAP PM, 1976, SCIENCE, V191, P1131 KASSENS H, 1999, LAND OCEAN SYSTEMS S LOZAN JL, 1998, WARNSIGNAL KLIMA KLI SPIELHAGEN RF, 1997, GEOLOGY, V25, P738 STEIN R, 1998, REPORTS POLAR RES, V279, P1 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TC 0 BP 3 EP 5 PG 3 JI Boreas PY 1999 PD MAR VL 28 IS 1 GA 188NX J9 BOREAS UT ISI:000079855300001 ER PT J AU Larsen, E Funder, S Thiede, J TI Late Quaternary history of northern Russia and adjacent shelves - a synopsis SO BOREAS NR 29 AB This synopsis highlights some of the main results presented in this issue of Boreas. The collection of papers deals with ice sheet reconstruction in space and time, isostatic and eustatic response to deglaciation, land to shelf sediment interaction, and Eemian and Holocene environmental variations. The most significant new results are that the last glacial maximum of the Kara Sea and Barents Sea ice sheets were both much smaller and much older than in most previous hypotheses. This puts new constraints on, for example, climate and ice sheet linkages, ice sheet interactions (Scandinavian-Barents Sea-Kara Sea), and land-ocean riverine input through time. CR ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21 ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23 BAUCH HA, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P194 BIRYUKOV VY, 1988, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V68, P117 CORNER GD, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P146 DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET FAUSTOVA MA, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISK C, V81, P113 FORMAN SL, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P133 GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1 HARWART S, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P167 HEBBELN D, 1997, PALEOCEANOGRAPHY, V12, P65 HOUMARKNIELSEN M, IN PRESS B GEOLOGICA ISAYEVA LL, 1984, LATE QUATERNARY ENV, P21 KASSENS H, IN PRESS LAND OCEAN KIENEL U, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P181 KNIESS J, IN PRESS BERLIN POLA LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LARSEN E, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P115 MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46 MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11 MOLLER P, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P92 PEREGOVICH B, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P205 SAARNISTO M, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P12 SEJRUP HP, 1994, BOREAS, V23, P1 SPIELHAGEN RF, 1997, GEOLOGY, V25, P783 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TVERANGER J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P81 WAHSNER M, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P215 YAKOVLEV SA, 1956, 17 VSEGEI TC 0 BP 6 EP 11 PG 6 JI Boreas PY 1999 PD MAR VL 28 IS 1 GA 188NX J9 BOREAS UT ISI:000079855300002 ER PT J AU Astakhov, VI Svendsen, JI Matiouchkov, A Mangerud, J Maslenikova, O Tveranger, J TI Marginal formations of the last Kara and Barents ice sheets in northern European Russia SO BOREAS NR 40 AB Glacial landforms in northern Russia, from the Timan Ridge in the west to the east of the Urals, have been mapped by aerial photographs and satellite images supported by field observations. An east-west trending belt of fresh hummock-and- lake glaciokarst landscapes has been traced to the north of 67 degrees N. The southern boundary of these landscapes is called the Markhida Line, which is interpreted as a nearly synchronous limit of the last ice sheet that affected this region. The hummocky landscapes are subdivided into three types according to the stage of postglacial modification: Markhida, Harbei and Halmer. The Halmer landscape on the Uralian piedmont in the east is the freshest, whereas the westernmost Markhida landscape is more eroded. The west-east gradient in morphology is considered to be a result of the time-transgressive melting of stagnant glacier ice and of the underlying permafrost. The pattern of ice-pushed ridges and other directional features reflects a dominant ice flow direction from the Kara Sea shelf. Traces of ice movement from the central Barents Sea are only discernible in the Pechora River left bank area west of 50 degrees E. In the Polar Urals the horseshoe-shaped end moraines at altitudes of up to 560 m a.s.l. reflect ice movement up- valley from the Kara Ice Sheet, indicating the absence of a contemporaneous ice dome in the mountains. The Markhida moraines, superimposed onto the Eemian strata, represent the maximum ice sheet extent in the western part of the Pechora Basin during the Weichselian. The Markhida Line truncates the huge arcs of the Laya-Adzva and Rogovaya ice-pushed ridges protruding to the south. The latter moraines therefore reflect an older ice advance, probably also of Weichselian age. Still farther south, fluvially dissected morainic plateaus without lakes are of pre-Eemian age, because they plunge northwards under marine Eemian sediments. Shorelines of the large ice- dammed Lake Komi, identified between 90 and 110 m a.s.l. in the areas south of the Markhida Line, are radiocarbon dated to be older than 45 ka. The shorelines, incised into the Laya-Adzva moraines, morphologically interfinger with the Markhida moraines, indicating that the last ice advance onto the Russian mainland reached the Markhida Line during the Middle or Early Weichselian, before 45 ka ago. CR ARKHIPOV SA, 1980, PALAEOGEOGRAPHY W SI ARSLANOV HA, 1987, NEW DATA GEOCHRONOLO, P101 ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17 ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21 ASTAKHOV VI, 1996, PERMAFROST PERIGLAC, V7, P165 ASTAKHOV VI, 1979, QUATERNARY GLACIATIO, V4, P22 ASTAKHOV VI, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P29 BARANOSKAYA OF, 1986, KAINOZOI SHELFA OSTR, P83 BIRYUKOV VY, 1988, PALAEOGEOGR PALAEOCL, V68, P117 BOITSOV MN, 1961, T VSEGEI N, V64, P27 FAUSTOVA MA, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISK C, V81, P113 GATAULLIN V, 1998, ALL RUSS C MAIN RES, P19 GATAULLIN V, 1997, INT C PROBL EARTH CR, P248 GESSE VN, 1963, KAINOZOISKY POKROV B, P105 GROSSWALD MG, 1993, NATO, V1, P1 GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1 GROSSWEEGE W, 1994, CURR OPIN SURG INFEC, V2, P40 KALETSKAYA MS, 1962, MATERIALY GEOLOGII P, V2, P60 KUZNETSOVA LA, 1971, PLEISTOCENE PECHORA LAVROV AS, 1991, NATL GEOLOGICAL MAP LAVROV AS, 1986, NEW DATA PALEOGEOGRA, P69 LAVROV AS, 1989, PALEOKLIMATY OLEDENE, P205 LAVROV AS, 1978, STROYENIE FORMIROVAN, P53 LAVROV AS, 1977, STRUCTURE DYNAMICS E, P83 LAVROV AS, 1966, VERKHNY PLEISTOTSEN, P112 LAVRUSHIN YA, 1989, LITOLOGIA KAINOZOISK, P3 LEVKOV EA, 1980, GLACIOTECTONICS MANGERUD J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P46 POPOV AI, 1962, VOPROSY GEOGRAPHICHE, P109 PUNKARI M, 1995, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V14, P589 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TARAKANOV LV, 1973, GEOMORFOLOGIA, V4, P85 TVERANGER J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P81 TVERANGER J, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V13, P189 TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328 VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43 VORONOV PS, 1965, SBORNIK STATEI GEOLO, V2, P84 YAKOVLEV SA, 1956, T VSEGEI, V17 YERSHOV ED, 1988, GEOCRYOLOGY USSR EUR YUDKEVICH AI, 1976, VOPROSY STRATIGRAFII, P142 TC 7 BP 23 EP 45 PG 23 JI Boreas PY 1999 PD MAR VL 28 IS 1 GA 188NX J9 BOREAS UT ISI:000079855300004 ER PT J AU Mangerud, J Svendsen, JI Astakhov, VI TI Age and extent of the Barents and Kara ice sheets in Northern Russia SO BOREAS NR 63 AB The youngest ice marginal zone between the White Sea and the Ural mountains is the W-E trending belt of moraines called the Varsh-Indiga-Markhida-Harbei-Halmer-Sopkay, here called the Markhida line. Glacial elements show that it was; deposited by the Kara Ice Sheet, and in the west, by the Barents Ice Sheet. The Markhida moraine overlies Eemian marine sediments, and is therefore of Weichselian age. Distal to the moraine are Eemian marine sediments and three Palaeolithic sites with many C-14 dates in the range 16-37 ka not covered by till, proving that it represents the maximum ice sheet extension during the Weichselian. The Late Weichselian ice limit of M. G. Grosswald is about 400 km (near the Urals more than 700 km) too far south. Shorelines of ice damned Lake Komi, probably dammed by the ice sheet ending at the Markhida line, predate 37 ka. We conclude that the Markhida line is of Middle/Early Weichselian age, implying that no ice sheet reached this part of Northern. Russia during the Late Weichselian. This age is supported by a series of C-14 and OSL dates inside the Markhida Line all of >45 ka. Two moraine loops protrude south of the Markhida line; the Laya-Adzva and Rogavaya moraines. These moraines are covered by Lake Komi sediments, and many C-14 dates on mammoth bones inside the moraines are 26-37 ka. The morphology indicates that the moraines are of Weichselian age, but a Saalian age cannot be excluded. No post-glacial emerged marine shorelines are found along the Barents Sea coast north of the Markhida line. CR ARKHIPOV SA, 1995, BOREAS, V24, P196 ARSLANOV KA, 1980, GEOKHRONOLOGIA CHETV ARSLANOV KA, 1987, NEW DATA GEOCHRONOLO, P101 ARSLANOV KA, 1993, RADIOCARBON, V35, P387 ASTAKHOV V, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P19 ASTAKHOV V, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P17 ASTAKHOV V, 1984, STRATIGRAFIA SSSR QU, P193 ASTAKHOV V, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGIS CA, V81, P21 ASTAKHOV VI, 1994, 1394 U BERG CTR STUD ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P23 ASTAKHOV VI, 1999, OTECHESTVENNAYA GEOL ASTAKHOV VI, 1988, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V7, P29 CHERNYSCHCHEV T, 1891, IZVESTIYA GEOLOGISHE, V10, P55 DEBENHAM NC, 1985, NUCL TRACKS RAD MEAS, V10, P717 DENTON GH, 1981, LAST GREAT ICE SHEET DEVYATOVA EI, 1982, LATE PLEISTOCENE NAT FAUSTOVA MA, 1992, SVERIGES GEOLOGISK C, V81, P113 GATAULLIN V, 1993, BOREAS, V22, P47 GAUTAULIN V, 1997, INT C PROBL EARTH CR, P248 GOLBERT AV, 1973, PLEISTOCENE SIBERIA, P151 GROSSWALD MG, 1995, J GLACIOL, V41, P313 GROSSWALD MG, 1993, NATO, V1, P1 GROSSWALD MG, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P3 GROSSWALD MG, 1980, QUATERNARY RES, V13, P1 GUSLITSER BI, 1985, T I GEOLOGY KOMI BRA, V54, P97 KANIVETS VI, 1976, PALAEOLITHIC EXTREME, P95 KOSTER EA, 1988, J QUATERNARY SCI, P69 KVASOV DD, 1979, ANN ACADEMIAE SCI A3, V127, P1 LAMBECK K, 1996, GLOBAL PLANET CHANGE, V12, P41 LANDVIK JY, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P43 LAVROV AS, 1975, 4 ALL UN S HIST LAK, P119 LAVROV AS, 1989, PALEOKLIMATY OLEDENE, P205 LAVROV AS, 1977, STRUCTURE DYNAMICS E, P83 LAVROV AS, 1966, VERKHNY PLEISTOTSEN, P112 LAVROVA MA, 1949, UCHONYE ZAPISKI LENI, V124, P14 MAHANEY WC, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P49 MANGERUD J, 1994, 1 ANN PALE PAL ARCT MANGERUD J, 1997, GEOL SOC AM 1997 ANN, P110 MANGERUD J, 1995, INT UN QUAT RES 14 I, P177 MANGERUD J, 1989, QUATERNARY INT, V3, P1 MANGERUD J, 1998, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V17, P11 MEJDAHL V, 1992, ANCIENT TL, V10, P22 MICHEL FA, 1998, QUATERN INT, V45-6, P43 MILLER GH, 1985, QUATERNARY SCI REV, V4, P215 MOLODKOV A, 1988, BOREAS, V17, P267 MURRAY AS, 1999, IN PRESS QUATERNARY MURRAY AS, 1998, RADIAT MEAS, V29, P503 PELTIER WR, 1994, SCIENCE, V265, P195 POLYAK L, 1995, GEOLOGY, V23, P567 POLYAK L, 1997, MAR GEOL, V143, P169 RAUKAS A, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P183 RUTTER N, 1995, QUATERN INT, V28, P19 SCHWAN J, 1988, SEDIMENT GEOL, V55, P197 SCHWAN J, 1987, SEDIMENT GEOL, V52, P273 SCHWAN J, 1986, SEDIMENT GEOL, V49, P73 SVENDSEN JI, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P234 TVERANGER J, 1999, BOREAS, V28, P81 TVERANGER J, 1998, J QUATERNARY SCI, V60 TVERANGER J, 1995, QUATERNARY RES, V44, P328 VELICHKO AA, 1997, QUATERN INT, V41-2, P43 WINTLE AG, 1997, RADIAT MEAS, V27, P769 YAKOVLEV SA, 1956, T VSEGEL LENINGRAD, V17, P1 ZEEBERG J, 1998, BOREAS, V27, P127 TC 8 BP 46 EP 80 PG 35 JI Boreas PY 1999 PD MAR VL 28 IS 1 GA 188NX J9 BOREAS UT ISI:000079855300005 ER PT J AU Ayres, DR Ryan, FJ TI Genetic diversity and structure of the narrow endemic Wyethia reticulata and its congener W-bolanderi (Asteraceae) using RAPD and allozyme techniques SO AMERICAN JOURNAL OF BOTANY NR 46 AB Wyethia reticulata is an edaphic endemic in the Sierra Nevada foothills. Its sympatric congener; W. bolanderi, is also restricted to the foothills, but has a north-south range of 275 km, compared to 14 km for W. reticulata. The goals of this study were to determine clonal diversity, population size, genetic variation, and spatial and generic structure for each species from paired populations in El Dorado County, California, using allozyme and RAPD (random amplified polymorphic DNA) methodologies. Wyethia reticulata, spreading by rhizomes, had populations dominated by a few large individuals, while W. bolanderi, with a basal caudex, had populations of a few hundred evenly sized individuals. Genetic analyses indicated that W. reticulata, compared to its congener, had somewhat less genetic diversity (H-I: 0.28 vs. 0.38), had more of its genetic variation partitioned among populations (F-ST: 0.25 vs. 0.07), and showed a complete absence of inbreeding (F-IS: -0.03 vs. 0.22). Population membership in accord with populations defined by geographical location resulted only when all markers were included in the analysis. Ecological limits on recruitment of genets appears to result in small population size in W. reticulata. Limited gene flow, drift within small populations, and sexual reproductive dominance of large clones result in the genetic divergence of populations in this species, while genetic diversity is maintained by the longevity of clones and outbreeding. CR *EIP ASS SACR CA, 1991, PRES SIT PRES STRAT APOSTOL BL, 1996, HEREDITY, V76, P325 AYRES DR, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P761 AYRES DR, 1997, THESIS U CALIFORNIA BASKAUF CJ, 1994, EVOLUTION, V48, P180 BLACK WC, 1985, THEOR APPL GENET, V70, P484 BLACK WV, 1995, FORTRAN PROGRAMS ANA CRAWFORD DJ, 1985, AM J BOT, V72, P1177 EDWARDS AL, 1994, SYST BOT, V19, P291 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 HAMRICK JL, 1979, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V10, P173 HAMRICK JL, 1990, POPULATION GENETICS, P43 HARTL DL, 1989, PRINCIPLES POPULATIO HICKMAN JC, 1993, JEPSON MANUAL HIGHER HUNTER JC, 1991, INT C SERP EC AND HA HUSBAND BC, 1995, HEREDITY, V75, P549 KARRON JD, 1988, AM J BOT, V75, P1114 KARRON JD, 1987, EVOL ECOL, V1, P47 LINHART YB, 1993, AM J BOT, V80, P598 LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65 LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91 MANTEL N, 1967, CANCER RES, V27, P209 MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813 NEI M, 1977, ANN HUM GENET, V41, P225 NEI M, 1978, GENETICS, V89, P583 PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135 PLEASANTS JM, 1989, AM J BOT, V76, P1136 PURDY BG, 1994, AM J BOT, V81, P904 PURDY BG, 1996, CAN J BOT, V74, P1138 PURDY BG, 1995, SYST BOT, V20, P179 ROGERS JH, 1974, SOIL SURVEY EL DORAD ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T RUNDEL PW, 1986, FREMONTIA, V14, P3 SCHOEN DJ, 1982, EVOLUTION, V36, P361 SHERMANBROYLES SL, 1992, SYST BOT, V17, P551 SIMPSON EH, 1949, NATURE, V163, P688 SMITH JP, 1988, CALIFORNIA NATIVE PL STEBBINS GL, 1993, INTERFACE ECOLOGY LA STEWART CN, 1995, BIOL CONSERV, V74, P135 SWOFFORD DL, 1989, BIOSYS 1 RELEASE 1 7 VANHEUSDEN AW, 1992, PLANT SYST EVOL, V179, P221 VANVALEN L, 1965, AM NAT, V99, P377 WEBER WA, 1946, AM MIDL NAT, V35, P400 WEIR BS, 1984, EVOLUTION, V38, P1358 WRIGHT S, 1931, GENETICS, V16, P97 YOUNG AG, 1996, CONSERV BIOL, V10, P1220 TC 7 BP 344 EP 353 PG 10 JI Am. J. Bot. PY 1999 PD MAR VL 86 IS 3 GA 177VM J9 AMER J BOT UT ISI:000079231800004 ER PT J AU Fedorov, V Goropashnaya, A Jarrell, GH Fredga, K TI Phylogeographic structure and mitochondrial DNA variation in true lemmings (Lemmus) from the Eurasian Arctic SO BIOLOGICAL JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY NR 46 AB The geographic pattern of mtDNA variation in lemmings from 13 localities throughout the Eurasian Arctic was studied by using eight restriction enzymes and sequencing of the cytochrome b region. These data are used to reveal the vicariant history of Lemmus, and to enamine the effect of the last glaciation on mtDNA variation by comparing diversity in formerly glaciated areas to the diversity in non-glaciated areas. Phylogenetic congruence across different Arctic taxa and association between observed discontinuities, and probable Pleistocene barriers, suggest that glacial-interglacial periods were crucial in the vicariant history of Lemmus. Differences in amount of divergence (2.1-9.1%) across different historical barriers indicate chronologically separate vicariant events during the Quaternary. Populations from a formerly glaciated area are no less variable than those in the non-glaciated area. Regardless of glaciation history, no population structure and high haplotype diversity were found within geographic regions. The lack of population structure indicates that populations with high ancestral haplotye diversity shifted their distribution during the Holocene, and that lemmings tracked a changing environment during the Quaternary without reduction of effective population size. (C) 1999 The Linnean Society of London. CR ANDERSEN BG, 1997, ICE AGE WORLD INTRO AVISE JC, 1994, MOL MARKERS NATURAL BERNATCHEZ L, 1994, CAN J FISH AQUAT SCI, V51, P240 BIBB MJ, 1981, CELL, V26, P167 CHAPIN FS, 1994, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V9, P45 CHERNYAVSKY FB, 1993, ZOOL ZH, V72, P111 COOPE GR, 1994, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V344, P19 ELIAS SA, 1996, NATURE, V382, P60 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 EXCOFFIER L, 1993, WINAMOVA VERSION 1 5 FEDOROV V, 1998, IN PRESS J EVOLUTION FRANKHAM R, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P311 FREDGA K, 1995, SWEDISH RUSSIAN TUND, P235 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GROSSWALD MG, 1992, GEOGR ANN, V74, P295 HENTTONEN H, 1993, BIOL LEMMINGS, P157 HEWITT GM, 1996, BIOL J LINN SOC, V58, P247 HEWITT GM, 1993, EVOLUTIONARY PATTERN, P98 HOPKINS DM, 1982, PALEOECOLOGY BERINGI, P3 IRWIN DM, 1991, J MOL EVOL, V32, P128 JAAROLA M, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P299 JARARELL GH, 1993, BIOL LEMMINGS, P45 KIMURA M, 1980, J MOL EVOL, V16, P111 KOCHER TD, 1989, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V86, P6196 KOWALSKI K, 1995, ACTA ZOOL CRACOV, V38, P85 KUMAR S, 1993, MEGA MOL EVOLUTIONAR MARTIN AP, 1993, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V90, P4087 MCELROY D, 1992, J HERED, V83, P157 MERILA J, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P946 NEI M, 1990, GENETICS, V125, P873 NEI M, 1987, MOL EVOLUTIONARY GEN OVERPECK J, 1997, SCIENCE, V278, P1251 PALUMBI S, 1991, SIMPLE FOOLS GUIDE P PIELOU EC, 1991, ICE AGE RETURN LIFE SAGE RD, 1986, EVOLUTION, V40, P1092 SAITOU N, 1987, MOL BIOL EVOL, V4, P406 SDOBNIKOV VM, 1957, T ARKT NAUCHNO ISSLE, V205, P109 SHER AV, 1991, QUATERNARY INT, V10, P215 STACY JE, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P751 TEGELSTROM H, 1987, J MOL EVOL, V24, P218 TEGELSTROM H, 1992, MOL GENETIC ANAL POP, P89 TEMPLETON AR, 1996, CONSERVATION GENETIC, P398 WEIDER LJ, 1997, HEREDITY, V78, P363 WENINK PW, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P318 WENNERBERG L, 1998, IN PRESS IBIS ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308 TC 6 BP 357 EP 371 PG 15 JI Biol. J. Linnean Soc. PY 1999 PD MAR VL 66 IS 3 GA 180FV J9 BIOL J LINN SOC UT ISI:000079376200006 ER PT J AU Telleria, JL Carbonell, R TI Morphometric variation of five Iberian Blackcap Sylvia atricapilla populations SO JOURNAL OF AVIAN BIOLOGY NR 58 AB This paper analyses the variation of several morphological traits in five populations of Blackcaps Sylvia atricapilla distributed along a latitudinal gradient in the Iberian peninsula. The northern and central populations differ from the southern ones in their longer and more pointed wings, narrower bills, shorter tarsi and smaller body size. These features define two morphological groups and correlate with differences in their migration and feeding habits. Birds from northern and central Iberia breed in habitats with harsh winter conditions, which they abandon in autumn when they migrate to their wintering grounds. Birds from the mild, southern sectors remain there throughout the winter. Their migratory behaviour, and a stronger specialisation for feeding on foliage invertebrates, could explain the morphological differentiation of northern Blackcaps relative to southern ones. Our results suggest that the Iberian migratory populations might have descended from ancestral, southern-like ones, that have become adapted to exploit their seasonal breeding grounds. CR *STATS INC, 1996, STAT WIND BAKER AJ, 1992, EVOLUTION, V46, P1784 BERTHOLD P, 1993, BIRD MIGRATION GEN S BERTHOLD P, 1990, EXPERIENTIA, V46, P107 BERTHOLD P, 1981, SCIENCE, V212, P77 CARRASCAL LM, 1990, HOLARCTIC ECOL, V13, P105 CHANDLER CR, 1988, ORNIS SCAND, V19, P212 COSTA M, 1990, ECOLOGIA FUERA SERIE, V1, P31 CRAMP S, 1992, BIRDS W PALAEARCTIC, V6 CUADRADO M, 1994, RING MIGR, V15, P58 FINLAYSON JC, 1981, IBIS, V123, P88 FREEMAN S, 1990, AUK, V107, P69 FRENZEL B, 1968, SCIENCE, V161, P637 FUENTES M, 1992, ECOGRAPHY, V15, P177 GEIST V, 1989, CAN J ZOOL, V65, P1035 GUITIAN J, 1985, ARDEOLA, V32, P155 GUSTAFSSON L, 1988, ANIM BEHAV, V36, P696 HARRISON C, 1982, ATLAS BIRDS W PALEAR HELBIG AJ, 1996, IBIS, V138, P650 HERRERA CM, 1984, ECOL MONOGR, V54, P1 HERRERA CM, 1984, ECOLOGY, V65, P609 HERRERA CM, 1985, HABITAT SELECTION BI, P341 JAMES FC, 1982, ANN ZOOL FENN, V19, P275 JAMES FC, 1983, SCIENCE, V221, P184 JORDANO P, 1987, IBIS, V129, P175 JORDANO P, 1981, IBIS, V123, P502 LARSON DL, 1986, WILDLIFE 2000 MODELI, P37 LEDERER RJ, 1972, AUK, V92, P385 LEDERER RJ, 1984, OKOL VOGEL, V6, P119 LEISLER B, 1985, CURRENT ORNITHOLOGY, V2, P155 LESICA P, 1995, CONSERV BIOL, V9, P753 MARCHETTI K, 1995, J AVIAN BIOL, V26, P177 MARTIN L, 1990, NATO ASI SER, P157 MERILA J, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P2548 MOREAU RE, 1954, IBIS, V96, P411 MORENO E, 1993, ECOLOGY, V74, P2037 MORENO E, 1997, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V264, P533 MORENO J, 1989, BIOL J LINN SOC, V37, P297 NORBERG UM, 1995, FUNCT ECOL, V9, P48 NORBERG UM, 1979, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V287, P131 NORBERG UM, 1990, VERTEBRATE FLIGHT NORMAN SC, 1997, IBIS, V139, P617 PENALBA MC, 1994, J ECOL, V82, P815 PIERSMA T, 1991, AUK, V108, P441 PRICE TD, 1997, EVOLUTION, V51, P552 REY PJ, 1996, J AVIAN BIOL, V27, P327 RICKLEFS RE, 1994, ECOLOGICAL MORPHOLOG, P13 RISING JD, 1989, AUK, V106, P666 ROSENZWEIG ML, 1968, AM NAT, V102, P67 SANTOS T, 1995, MEDITERRANEAN TYPE E, P457 SCHULENBERG TS, 1983, WILSON BULL, V95, P505 SVENSSON L, 1992, IDENTIFICATION GUIDE TABERLET P, 1994, P ROY SOC LOND B BIO, V255, P195 TELLERIA JL, 1993, J BIOGEOGR, V20, P235 TELLERIA JL, 1981, MIGRACION AVES ESTRE, V2 THORPE RS, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P524 ZINK RM, 1986, CURRENT ORNITHOLOGY, V4, P1 ZINK RM, 1996, EVOLUTION, V50, P308 TC 1 BP 63 EP 71 PG 9 JI J. Avian Biol. PY 1999 PD MAR VL 30 IS 1 GA 183TN J9 J AVIAN BIOLOGY UT ISI:000079569700009 ER PT J AU Gugerli, F Eichenberger, K Schneller, JJ TI Promiscuity in populations of the cushion plant Saxifraga oppositifolia in the Swiss Alps as inferred from random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 46 AB Overviews on patterns of genetic variation within and among plant populations show that widespread, outcrossing species should have a high proportion of the total genetic variation within populations and a low proportion among populations, which results in little population differentiation. However, in Alpine areas, large-scale distribution barriers as well as small-scale habitat heterogeneity could lead to geographical and temporal isolation, respectively. We investigated the genetic variation of Saxifraga oppositifolia from 10 populations of the Alps in southeastern Switzerland using random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD). Based on the banding patterns of four RAPD primers, 84 polymorphic markers identified all 189 sampled individuals as being genetically different. The genetic variation was mainly found within populations (95%), whereas less than 5% was found among populations and among regions. Analyses of molecular variance (AMOVA) suggested that population differentiation was highly significant. However, grouping populations differently into regions did not appear to result in a clear correspondence of genetic and geographical relatedness. Genetic variation did not significantly differ between populations of two elevational levels. This coincides with results of former pollination experiments that revealed a breeding system of S. oppositifolia which remains the same irrespective of the elevation. We assume that the high outcrossing rate, rare clonal reproduction, and some long-distance dispersal even among topographically separated populations are the crucial determinants for the pattern of genetic variation found in the investigated area. CR ARFT AM, 1999, IN PRESS ECOLOGY BAUERT MR, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1519 BAY C, 1992, MEDD GRON BIOSCI, V36, P1 BRUNELL MS, 1997, SYST BOT, V22, P543 CRAWFORD RMM, 1994, BOT ACTA, V107, P271 CRAWFORD RMM, 1995, BOT J SCOTLAND, V47, P177 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 FRITSCH PF, 1993, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V11, P10 GABRIELSEN TM, 1998, MOL ECOL, V7, P1701 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 GALEN C, 1997, OPERA BOT, V132, P179 GUGERLI F, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P274 GUGERLI F, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P60 HAMRICK JL, 1996, PHILOS T ROY SOC B, V351, P1291 JOHNSON AW, 1968, BOT NOTISER, V121, P403 JONES V, 1956, J ECOL, V44, P300 KAPLAN K, 1995, GUSTAV HEGI ILLUSTRI, P130 KEVAN PG, 1972, J ECOL, V60, P831 KNABEN G, 1967, ACTA BOREALIA, V21, P1 KUDO G, 1991, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V23, P436 KUPFER P, 1983, BOT HELV, V93, P11 LOVELESS MD, 1984, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V15, P65 MCCARTHY DP, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P50 MCGRAW JB, 1995, ARCTIC ALPINE BIODIV, P33 MCGRAW JB, 1983, J ECOL, V71, P879 MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391 MOLAU U, 1997, NORD J BOT, V17, P225 MORRIS WF, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P784 MULLERSCHNEIDER P, 1986, VEROFF GEOBOT I ETH, V85, P1 ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T SAMBROOK J, 1989, MOL CLONING LAB MANU SCHNELLER J, 1998, AM J BOT, V85, P1038 SCHROTER C, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN SNEATH PHA, 1973, NUMERICAL TAXONOMY STEINGER T, 1996, OECOLOGIA, V105, P94 STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337 STENSTROM M, 1998, ECOGRAPHY, V21, P306 STENSTROM M, 1997, GLOB CHANGE BIOL, V3, P44 STEWART CN, 1996, J EVOLUTION BIOL, V9, P153 STOCKTON T, 1992, PLANT MOL BIOL REP, V10, P47 TERBRAAK CJF, 1991, CANOCO TIKHMENEV EA, 1984, SOV J ECOL+, V15, P166 VONFLUE I, 1997, THESIS U ZURICH WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V15, P6531 WRIGHT S, 1951, ANN EUGENIC, V15, P323 TC 1 BP 453 EP 461 PG 9 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 1999 PD MAR VL 8 IS 3 GA 184WY J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000079637800010 ER PT J AU Meier, C Holderegger, R TI Breeding system, germination, and phenotypic differences among populations of Saxifraga aizoides (Saxifragaceae) at the periphery of its alpine distribution SO NORDIC JOURNAL OF BOTANY NR 42 AB We investigated breeding system, germination capacity, and phenotypic variation within and among several populations of the arctic-alpine Saxifraga aizoides from the periphery of its alpine distribution area in Switzerland. Flowers of S. aizoides proved to be self-compatible, but crossing yielded much higher seed set than selfing. Agamospermy did not occur. This result fits well into a general lay-our of the common breeding system in the genus Saxifraga. Germination of the pioneer species S. aizoides was fast and high in most populations and for most stratification and germination conditions. Nevertheless, a small, isolated population of this species exhibited a lower germination rate, possibly caused by enhanced inbreeding. Phenotypic variation, especially in petal colour and leaf shape, indicated considerable genetic variation within and among populations of S. aizoides. High germination capacity, successful selfing, and the possibility to maintain substantial intrapopulational genetic variation due to high outbreeding may play decisive roles in the maintenance of biogeographically outlying, relic populations of S. aizoides in the Swiss Plateau as well as in the colonization of new habitat patches. CR BAKER HG, 1955, EVOLUTION, V9, P347 BROCKMANNJEROSC H, 1926, PFLANZENLEBEN ALPEN, P1110 DAFNI A, 1992, POLLINATION ECOLOGY DAHLGAARD J, 1995, NORD J BOT, V15, P337 ELLSTRAND NC, 1993, ANNU REV ECOL SYST, V24, P217 FISCHER M, 1997, CONSERV BIOL, V11, P727 GRIME JP, 1981, J ECOL, V69, P1017 GUGERLI F, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P274 GUGERLI F, 1998, OECOLOGIA, V114, P60 HANSEN JEL, 1994, NORD J BOT, V14, P257 HARTMANN H, 1957, JAHRESBER NATF GES G, V86, P3 HEGI G, 1904, VERH SCHWEIZ NATF GE, P230 HOHN W, 1917, BER ZURCHER BOT GES, V13, P31 HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, B GEOBOT I ETH, V63, P109 HOLDEREGGER R, 1996, BOT HELV, V106, P209 HOLDEREGGER R, 1996, BOT J LINN SOC, V122, P302 HOLDEREGGER R, 1997, FLORA, V192, P151 HOLDEREGGER R, 1998, PLANT SYST EVOL, V213, P21 HORANDL E, 1994, PHYTON-ANN REI BOT A, V34, P143 HUENNEKE LF, 1991, GENETICS CONSERVATIO, P31 JENNYLIPS H, 1948, VEGETATION SCHWEIZER KAPLAN K, 1995, ILLUSTRIERTE FLORA M, V4, P130 KUPFER P, 1983, BOT HELV, V93, P11 LEVIN DA, 1995, AM NAT, V145, P109 MOLAU U, 1993, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V25, P391 MOLAU U, 1992, J ECOL, V80, P149 OOSTERMEIJER JGB, 1996, SPECIES SURVIVAL FRA, P93 OUBORG NJ, 1993, OIKOS, V66, P298 SACHS L, 1992, ANGEWANDTE STAT SAPZHENKOVA TV, 1986, UKRAINE BOTANICAL J, V43, P28 SCHMID B, 1992, EVOL TREND PLANT, V6, P45 SCHMUCKER TH, 1937, BEIH BOT CENTRABL B, V57, P139 SOKAL RR, 1995, BIOMETRY PRINCIPLES STENSTROM M, 1992, ARCTIC ALPINE RES, V24, P337 STOCKLIN J, 1996, J VEG SCI, V7, P45 VARGAS P, 1996, NORD J BOT, V16, P257 WARD DB, 1974, TAXON, V23, P325 WARNCKE E, 1991, ACTA HORTIC, V288, P326 WATKINSON AR, 1993, J ECOL, V81, P707 WEBB DA, 1989, SAXIFRAGES EUROPE WELTEN M, 1982, VERBREITUNGSATLAS FA, V1 YOUNG A, 1996, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V11, P413 TC 1 BP 681 EP 688 PG 8 JI Nord. J. Bot. PY 1998 VL 18 IS 6 GA 177NJ J9 NORD J BOT UT ISI:000079215900004 ER PT J AU Hsiao, JY Lee, SM TI Genetic diversity and microgeographic differentiation of Yushan cane (Yushania niitakayamensis ; Poaceae) in Taiwan SO MOLECULAR ECOLOGY NR 27 AB Yushan cane (Yushania niitakayamensis) is distributed in southeast Asia. In Taiwan, the species occurs in mountains 1000-3600 m above sea level. The species appears to spread mainly by rhizomes and flowers only rarely. Nine locations across its distribution range in Taiwan were sampled. Locations at higher altitudes generally consist of grassland and forest undergrowth habitats while those of lower altitudes generally consist of forest undergrowth only. Thus two sampling sites (montane grassland and forest undergrowth) were selected from each location at higher altitudes while only one sampling site was selected from each location at lower altitudes, resulting in a total of 13 sampling sites. Within each sampling site, 20 individual plants were sampled. The results of the cluster analysis and the principal coordinate analysis based on random amplified polymorphic DNA (RAPD) indicated that the populations are generally differentiated according to geographical separation and altitudinal differences that interrupt gene flow. The populations at higher altitudes, where the species is distributed somewhat contiguously, were found to be more similar genetically. Analysis of molecular variance (AMOVA) revealed that the among-location, between sampling sites within location, and among individuals within sampling site components accounted for 15.27%, 4.80% and 79.93% of the total variance, respectively. For locations with two sampling sites, two-level AMOVA revealed that the diversities between sampling sites (sun and shade habitats) within locations ranged from 2.91% to 7.99% of the total diversity. Random permutation tests revealed that these diversities were significant, implying that there is microgeographic differentiation due to habitat differences. CR BLACKSAMUELSSON S, 1997, INT J PLANT SCI, V158, P593 CHEN YF, 1989, YUSHANIA, V6, P1 CURTIS CD, 1997, AM J BOT, V84, P607 DEBUSTOS A, 1998, THEOR APPL GENET, V96, P101 DOYLE JJ, 1987, PHYTOCHEMISTRY B, V19, P11 EXCOFFIER L, 1992, GENETICS, V131, P479 GABRIELSEN TM, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P831 HAMRICK JL, 1972, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V69, P2100 HSIAO JY, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P201 HSIAO JY, 1996, PLANT SPECIES BIOL, V11, P207 HUFF DR, 1993, THEOR APPL GENET, V86, P927 LIU T, 1963, B TAIWAN FORESTRY RE, V92 LIU YC, 1984, Q J CHINESE FORESTRY, V17, P1 LYNCH M, 1994, MOL ECOL, V3, P91 MARTIN C, 1997, MOL ECOL, V6, P813 NEI M, 1979, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V76, P5269 NEVO E, 1988, EVOL BIOL, V23, P217 NEVO E, 1994, HEREDITY, V72, P109 NEVO E, 1981, PLANT SYST EVOL, V138, P287 NEVO E, 1988, THEOR APPL GENET, V75, P529 NOLAN MF, 1996, AUST SYST BOT, V9, P291 PEAKALL R, 1995, MOL ECOL, V4, P135 ROHLF FJ, 1993, NTSYS PC NUMERICAL T SCHAAL BA, 1975, AM NATURALISTS, V108, P511 SUN GL, 1997, GENOME, V40, P806 WILLIAMS JGK, 1990, NUCLEIC ACIDS RES, V18, P6531 WRIGHT S, 1965, EVOLUTION, V19, P395 TC 0 BP 263 EP 270 PG 8 JI Mol. Ecol. PY 1999 PD FEB VL 8 IS 2 GA 170EA J9 MOL ECOL UT ISI:000078792300010 ER